Document Star_doc_e65b8c1067

NOTICE OF STAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING Star City Hall July 21, 2020 7:00 pm AGENDA 1. CALL TO ORDER (Welcome/Pledge of Allegiance) 2. ROLL CALL 3. APPROVAL OF AGENDA (Approval of Agenda as it stands/Amend Agenda) Action Item 4. CONSENT AGENDA Action Items *All matters listed within the Consent Agenda have been distributed to each member of the Star City Council for reading and study, they are considered to be routine, and will be enacted by one motion of the Consent Agenda or placed on the Regular Agenda by request. A. Bills for June 2020 B. ADA Proclamation 5. PRESENTATIONS A. Ada County Prosecutor 6. OLD/NEW BUSINESS Action Items A. Public Hearing: Sample Property (Norterra Sub-Annex/PP) (moved to July 28, 2020) B. Public Hearing: Whitener Property (Annex/DA) (moved to July 28, 2020) C. Public Hearing: Les Schwab (Ridley’s Sub Rezone/DA/PP/CUP) (moved to July 28, 2020) D. Public Hearing: Seneca Springs (10040 W State St. Annex) (moved to July 28, 2020) E. Ordinance 310 Amended Unified Development Code F. Resolution 20-04 Declaring Star a Second Amendment Sanctuary City G. Bid Documents for 960 S. Main 7. REPORTS 8. ADJOURNMENT Action Item ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Ada County Highway District Bill 07/06/2020 419.54 · ACHD Impact Fee 88,004.00 Total Ada County Highway District 88,004.00 Ada County Prosecutors Office Bill 07/06/2020 416.00 · Legal 2,500.00 Total Ada County Prosecutors Office 2,500.00 Ada County Sheriff's Office Bill 07/02/2020 450.50 · Police 85,524.00 Total Ada County Sheriff's Office 85,524.00 Alyson Likes Bill 06/26/2020 432.10 · Instructors 147.00 Total Alyson Likes. 147.00 Amber Metzger Bill 05/27/2020 432.20 · Refunds 95.00 Total Amber Metzger 95.00 Braden Farris Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 752.00 Total Braden Farris 752.00 Blue Cross of Idaho Bill 06/26/2020 415.25 · Health Ins 9,697.50 Total Blue Cross of Idaho 9,697.50 Brady Industries Bill 07/02/2020 419.61 Mtnc & Rpr - COVID 491.48 Total Brady Industries 491.48 Bradyn Hamel Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 150.00 Total Bradyn Hamel 150.00 Brigham Young University Bill 06/30/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 1,380.00 Bill 07/02/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 840.00 Total Brigham Young University 2,220.00 BuyWyz Bill 06/26/2020 419.31 · Supplies 917.67 Total BuyWyz 917.67 Page 1 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Caroline Dunford Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 48.00 Total Caroline Dunford 48.00 Century Link Bill 07/02/2020 419.51 · Telephone 180.69 Total Century Link 180.69 Christopher Yorgason Bill 06/26/2020 416.00 · Legal 3,000.00 Total Christopher Yorgason 3,000.00 Clearfly Bill 06/26/2020 419.51 · Telephone 226.02 Total Clearfly 226.02 College of Western Idaho Bill 07/02/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 1,095.00 Total College of Western Idaho 1,095.00 Computer Associates Bill 06/26/2020 419.42 · Professional Services 650.00 Total Computer Associates 650.00 Dana Partridge Bill 07/02/2020 415.17 · Pub Info-PR-Events Coor 2,925.75 Total Dana Partridge 2,925.75 Division of Building Safety Bill 06/26/2020 419.48 · Professional Dues 125.00 Total Division of Building Safety 125.00 DMH, Enterprises Bill 07/06/2020 424.50 · Plumbing Inspector 8,040.00 Total DMH, Enterprises 8,040.00 ECI Contractors Bill 07/06/2020 424.40 · Electrical Inspector 8,346.00 Total ECI Contractors 8,346.00 Elena Evans Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 132.00 Total Elena Evans 132.00 Page 2 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Emily Harvey Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 78.00 Total Emily Harvey 78.00 Erin Bryant Bill 06/26/2020 432.20 · Refunds 75.50 Total Erin Bryant 75.50 Evan Farris Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 800.00 Total Evan Farris 800.00 Fastenal Bill 07/06/2020 470.73 · Capital Exp-Community 111.93 Total Fastenal 111.93 Fire Extinguisher Co., Inc. Bill 07/02/2020 419.61 · Maintenance & Repair - B 176.00 Total Fire Extinguisher Co., Inc. 176.00 First Interstate Bank Bill 07/06/2020 419.60 Mtnc & Rpr/ 419.31 726.51 Total First Interstate Bank Supplies 726.51 Flag Store of Idaho Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 115.00 Total Flag Store of Idaho 115.00 Gabe Evans Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 60.00 Total Gabe Evans 60.00 Gameface Athletics Bill 07/02/2020 419.69 Misc. / 372.00 HTC 2,920.50 Total Gameface Athletics 2,920.50 GameTime/Great Western Bill 05/21/2020 438.20 · Parks-dev/mtnc 2,688.55 Total GameTime/Great Western 2,688.55 Gem State Paper & Supply Bill 07/02/2020 470.73 · Capital Exp-Community 179.73 Total Gem State Paper & Supply 179.73 Page 3 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Idaho Central Credit Union. Bill 07/06/2020 419.60 Mtnc & Rpr / 419.31 1,007.04 Total Idaho Central Credit Union. Supplies / 470.73 Cap - COVID 1,007.04 Idaho Federal Surplus Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 769.94 Total Idaho Federal Surplus 769.94 Idaho Power - IDACORP Bill 06/26/2020 419.52 Utilities 2,603.73 Total Idaho Power - IDACORP 2,603.73 Idaho Statesman Bill 06/26/2020 419.46 · Advertisement & Publ 598.08 Total Idaho Statesman 598.08 Idaho Tractor Inc. Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 2,153.87 Total Idaho Tractor Inc. 2,153.87 Intermountain Gas Company Bill 06/26/2020 419.52 Utilities 45.75 Total Intermountain Gas Company 45.75 Isabella Fields Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 60.00 Total Isabella Fields 60.00 JAG Tool & Equipment Rental Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 142.00 Total JAG Tool & Equipment Rental 142.00 Judy Anderson Bill 06/26/2020 432.10 · Instructors 315.00 Total Judy Anderson 315.00 Keller Associates Bill 06/26/2020 419.42 · Professional Services 6,028.75 Total Keller Associates 6,028.75 Krista Hamel Bill 06/26/2020 432.10 · Instructors 250.01 Total Krista Hamel 250.01 Liberty Mutual Surety Bond Invoice Page 4 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Bill 06/26/2020 419.44 · Subscriptions & Fees 150.00 Total Liberty Mutual Surety Bond Invoice 150.00 Marcia Craig Bill 06/26/2020 432.20 · Refunds 20.00 Total Marcia Craig. 20.00 Maria Proudfoot Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 185.50 Total Maria Proudfoot 185.50 Mountain Alarm Bill 06/26/2020 419.61 · Maintenance & Repair - B 65.00 Total Mountain Alarm 65.00 Nathan Smelders Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 132.00 Total Nathan Smelders 132.00 Neurilink Bill 06/26/2020 419.44 · Subscriptions & Fees 149.90 Total Neurilink 149.90 Niki Dean Bill 06/26/2020 432.10 · Instructors 284.49 Total Niki Dean 284.49 North Star Charter School Bill 06/26/2020 432.18 · Fields-Restrooms 2,000.00 Total North Star Charter School 2,000.00 Northwest Nazarene University Bill 06/30/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 1,425.00 Total Northwest Nazarene University 1,425.00 Phone Works Bill 06/26/2020 419.51 · Telephone 48.00 Total Phone Works 48.00 PortaPros Bill 06/26/2020 432.18 Rec RR / 301.80 Total PortaPros 419.60 Mtnc. & Rpr 301.80 Republic Services Bill 06/26/2020 419.52 · Utilities 426.24 Page 5 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Total Republic Services 426.24 RIMI Inc. Bill 07/06/2020 424.60 · Mechanical Inspector 13,217.49 Total RIMI Inc. 13,217.49 Sally Cybulski Bill 06/26/2020 432.20 · Refunds 225.00 Total Sally Cybulski 225.00 Sandra Lane Bill 06/26/2020 432.20 · Refunds 85.00 Total Sandra Lane 85.00 Sara Gross Bill 06/26/2020 432.16 · Referees 692.00 Total Sara Gross 692.00 Sherwin Williams Bill 07/06/2020 432.14 · Equipment 77.34 Total Sherwin Williams 77.34 Silver Creek Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 13,072.67 Total Silver Creek 13,072.67 Simplot Partners Bill 07/02/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 3,116.88 Total Simplot Partners 3,116.88 Six Mile Engineering Bill 07/02/2020 438.21 · Plans 10,970.02 Total Six Mile Engineering 10,970.02 Sparklight Bill 07/02/2020 419.51 · Telephone 724.01 Total Sparklight 724.01 Specialty Construction Supply Bill 07/06/2020 418.20 · Civic Promotion & Dev-fu 141.98 Total Specialty Construction Supply 141.98 SPF Water Bill 06/26/2020 419.42 · Professional Services 1,000.00 Total SPF Water 1,000.00 Page 6 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Star Fire Department Bill 07/06/2020 419.56 · Star Fire Impact Fees 23,803.00 Total Star Fire Department 23,803.00 Star Merc Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 100.45 Total Star Merc 100.45 Star Sewer District Bill 01/28/2020 419.52 · Utilities 54.38 Total Star Sewer District 54.38 Star Storage Bill 06/26/2020 432.14 · Equipment 80.00 Total Star Storage 80.00 Star Vet Clinic Bill 06/26/2020 440.00 · Animal Control 1,400.00 Total Star Vet Clinic 1,400.00 Tates Rents Bill 06/30/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 767.48 Total Tates Rents 767.48 Treasure Valley Coffee Bill 06/26/2020 419.31 · Supplies 39.30 Total Treasure Valley Coffee 39.30 United Heritage Bill 06/26/2020 217.06 · Health Insurance (Employ 88.68 Total United Heritage 88.68 United States Postal Service Bill 06/30/2020 419.33 · Postal Services/supplies 254.00 Total United States Postal Service 254.00 University of Idaho Bill 06/30/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 1,500.00 Bill 07/02/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 1,335.00 Total University of Idaho 2,835.00 University of Montana Bill 07/02/2020 417.00 · Student Scholarships 1,335.00 Total University of Montana 1,335.00 Page 7 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- 11:02 AM 07/06/20 City of Star Unpaid Bills Detail As of July 6, 2020 Type Date Split Open Balance Valley Wide Coop Bill 07/06/2020 419.61 · Maintenance & Repair - B 997.31 Total Valley Wide Coop 997.31 Vanguard Cleaning Bill 06/30/2020 419.61 Mtnc / 470.73 Cap- 1,486.76 Total Vanguard Cleaning COVID / 419.31 Supplies 1,486.76 Verizon Bill 06/26/2020 419.51 · Telephone 518.36 Total Verizon 518.36 Vickie Cooper Bill 06/26/2020 432.20 · Refunds 20.00 Total Vickie Cooper 20.00 Weinhoff Drug Testing Bill 06/26/2020 419.69 · Miscellaneous 45.00 Total Weinhoff Drug Testing 45.00 Whitman & Assoc. Inc. Bill 07/06/2020 424.20 · Building Inspector 16,793.46 Total Whitman & Assoc. Inc. 16,793.46 Winters Electric Bill 06/30/2020 419.61 · Maintenance & Repair - B 560.00 Total Winters Electric 560.00 Woody's Outdoor Power Bill 06/26/2020 419.60 · Maintenance & Rep 210.50 Total Woody's Outdoor Power 210.50 337,072.00 Page 8 of 8 ---PAGE BREAK--- A Proclamation of Recommitment to Full Implementation of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) WHEREAS, some 57 million Americans have disabilities which have caused many to undergo the indignities of discrimination; and WHEREAS, some 304,000 Idahoans have disabilities which have also caused many to undergo indignities of discrimination; and WHEREAS, on July 1, 1988, the Idaho Human Rights Act was amended to prohibit em- ployment discrimination against individuals with disabilities; and on July 26, 1990, President George H. Bush signed into law the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) to ensure the civil rights of people with disabilities; and WHEREAS, it is the purpose of this Act to provide a clear and comprehensive national mandate for the elimination of discrimination against individuals with disabilities in the areas of education, employment, government services, places of public accommodation, commercial fa- cilities, and other vital areas of society; and WHEREAS, the ADA has expanded opportunities for Americans with disabilities by re- ducing barriers and changing perceptions, and promoted full participation in community life; and WHEREAS, despite progress over the past 30 years, people with disabilities still have higher poverty rates and lower employment and educational outcomes than those without disabilities; and WHEREAS, the (City or county) of (city/county name) is committed to providing the most integrated, least restrictive environments for people with disabilities and their families to live in freedom and enjoy the promise of education, employment, effective communication, par- ticipation in their communities, culture, way of life, and to have an equal opportunity to partici- pate as active, productive and independent citizens in (identify location); and WHEREAS, it is fitting and appropriate to recognize this date and to heighten public awareness of the 30th anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act; NOW, THEREFORE, I, Trevor A. Chadwick, Mayor of the City of Star, Idaho, do hereby proclaim July 26, 2020 in the City of Star to be: AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AWARENESS DAY And do hereby reaffirm that the full promise of the ADA will only be reached if the City of Star, Idaho remains committed in our efforts to fully implement the ADA, and that the City of Star celebrates and recognizes the progress that has been made to fulfill the promise of the ADA. DATED this day of in the year 2020. By: Trevor A. Chadwick, Mayor ---PAGE BREAK--- 1 ORDINANCE NO. 310 (AMENDING THE UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE) AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF STAR, IDAHO AMENDING THE UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE, ORDINANCE NO. 303; ADOPTING AMENDMENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING SECTION: ADMINISTRATION, NON CONFORMING USES, ZONING DISTRICT STANDARDS, REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL DISTRICTS, SPECIFIC USE STANDARDS, SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS, PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS AND DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, the Mayor and Council of the City of Star, Idaho following notice and public hearing as provided by law, duly adopted the Unified Development Code Ordinance No. 303 on February 12, 2020; and WHEREAS, the Mayor and Council held a duly noticed public hearing on May 19, 2020, at which the City considered further amendments to the Unified Development Code for the City of Star; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Chapter 65, Title 67, Idaho Code, the City of Star has the authority to adopt, establish and amend the Zoning and Subdivision Ordinances; and NOW, THERFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF STAR, IDAHO as follows: SECTION 1: The Unified Development Code for the City of Star is hereby amended as follows: See attached “Amended Unified Development Code” SECTION 2: This Ordinance shall take effect and be in force from and after its passage, approval, and publication as required by law. In lieu of publication of the entire Ordinance, a summary thereof in compliance with Section 50-901A, Idaho Code, may be published. DATED this day of 2020. CITY OF STAR, IDAHO ATTEST: Trevor Chadwick, Mayor Cathy Ward, City Clerk/Treas. ---PAGE BREAK--- 1 CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION ARTICLE A. APPLICATION PROCESSING 8-1A-1: PURPOSE: 8-1A-2: DUTIES AND AUTHORITY: 8-1A-3: APPLICATION PROCESS: 8-1A-4: ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS: 8-1A-5: PROCEDURES FOR HEARINGS ON ADMINISTRATIVE DECISIONS: 8-1A-6: PUBLIC HEARING PROCESS: 8-1A-7: TIME COMPUTATION: 8-1A-8: INDEFINITE DEFERRAL PROCESS: 8-1A-9: REQUEST FOR RECONSIDERATION: 8-1A-10: APPEAL; FORM AND CONTENT: 8-1A-11: FEES: 8-1A-1: PURPOSE: The purpose of this chapter is to set forth the roles, responsibilities, and processes in the administration of permits as authorized by this title consistent with Idaho Code section 67-6502 et seq., as amended. 8-1A-2: DUTIES AND AUTHORITY: A. Planning Administrator: The administrator shall be appointed by the mayor and confirmed by a majority of the city council as the administrative official for this unified development code. For the purpose of this Title, Planning Administrator shall also refer to their authorized planning staff. The administrator or his or her authorized staff shall administer and enforce this title and fulfill all the duties imposed by law including, but not limited to: 1. The administrator shall make interpretations in the enforcement and administration of this title including, but not limited to, those in this article and the following: a. Conduct investigations of structures and use of property, as are necessary, to determine compliance with the regulations of this title; b. Order the abatement of violations of this title and aid in prosecuting such violations; c. Withhold any zoning compliance certificates on any property where structures or uses are in violation of this unified development code; and d. Enforce penalties for violations in accord with this title. 2. The administrator shall provide information to the public on planning and zoning matters. 3. The administrator shall receive and examine all applications including, but not limited to, with the consent of the owner, enter upon any property to make examinations and surveys; maintain records of all materials and correspondence related to land use applications; transmit to outside agencies and provide written notice to surrounding property owners on all council hearings; maintain land use records of the council hearings and actions thereon. By signing the required application(s), the owner provides consent for the administrator to enter their property for ---PAGE BREAK--- 2 inspection. 4. The administrator shall transmit to the council all required applications related to this title. 8-1A-3: APPLICATION PROCESS: A. Application Requirements: 1. General requirements: Applications shall be on forms provided by the city and be accompanied by a fee as established by the city council. B. Determination of Completeness: 1. An application shall contain all information deemed necessary by the administrator and as required by this code. 2. Upon receipt of a complete application, the administrator will issue a notice of application acceptance and completion. Incomplete applications will not be accepted by the City. 3. The administrator shall begin processing the application once the application is deemed complete. 4. Except for applications requiring administrative review, once the application is complete, the City will notify the applicant in writing of the scheduled public hearing date. Scheduling of applications for public hearing shall be at the sole discretion of the administrator. 5. Pre-application meetings are required for all zoning applications. C. Request for City Council Review: An applicant, an affected person or a city council member may ask the city council to review any decision of the administrator by following the provisions set forth in section 8-1A-5. 8-1A-4: ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS: A. The administrator and/or city council may recommend/require conditions of approval that are deemed necessary to protect the public health, safety, and welfare and prevent undue adverse impacts on surrounding properties. B. Where notice is required, the administrator shall notify all property owners of record (as listed in the current records of the county assessor) of time and place, and a summary of the application, within a minimum of three hundred feet (300') of the external boundaries of subject property. The administrator may determine, or other applications provided for in this title may require, that notice be sent to property owners of record whose properties are farther than the required minimum radius. 1. The following uses shall also require notice within one thousand feet (1,000’) of the property being considered: • Adult business/adult entertainment • Airport/aircraft landing field (public or private) • Asphalt plant • Bar/tavern/lounge/drinking establishment ---PAGE BREAK--- 3 • Chemical manufacturing plant • Concrete batch plant • Feedlot • Flammable substance storage • Junkyard • Manufacturing plant • Meatpacking plant • Mine, pit or quarry including accessory pit, requiring administrative or conditional use approval • Power Plant • Processing plant • RV Park • Salvage yard • Shooting range (outdoor) • Vehicle wrecking yard • Wireless communications facility C. Where notice is required, the administrator shall notify all pertinent agencies. D. The administrator shall provide the applicant written findings of fact and conclusions of law (written decision) in accord with Idaho Code section 67-6519 stating the reasons for the decision reached. All conditions of approval shall be attached to the written decision. E. Written notice of the administrator's decision shall be sent to the applicant. Any affected person(s) aggrieved by the administrator's decision may submit a written request for city council review in accord with section 8-1A-5. The administrator's decision is not final until the end of the fifteen (15) day appeal period. F. Affected Persons. An affected person is a person having a bona fide interest in real property which may be adversely affected by the approval, denial or failure to act upon an application for a subdivision, variance, special use permit and such other applications required or authorized by this Code. See Idaho Code Section 67-6521. 8-1A-5: PROCEDURES FOR HEARINGS ON ADMINISTRATIVE DECISIONS: A. Request for an Interpretation of an Ordinance: In the administration of this title, an interpretation of an ordinance may be made by the administrator. B. Requests for City Council Review of a Decision of the Administrator: All requests for review shall be filed in writing with the city clerk within fifteen (15) days after the written decision is issued. The request shall include the following information: 1. The decision being requested for review; 2. The name and address of the person requesting the review and their interest in the matter; and 3. The specific grounds upon which the request is made. C. Hearing Scheduled: The city clerk shall schedule the hearing before the city council at the ---PAGE BREAK--- 4 next public hearing date, following the notice requirements provided by subsection 8-1A-6E. D. City Council: The city council, by majority vote, in reviewing the administrator's decision, may uphold, deny, amend or modify the decision by imposing additional or different conditions and limitations. 1. If the decision of the administrator is upheld, the city council shall issue a written decision stating the decision and the reasons for the decision. 2. If the decision of the administrator is overruled, amended or modified, the council shall issue a written decision and send the matter back to the administrator for action consistent with the council’s decision. E. Notification: Within ten (10) days, after a decision has been rendered by the city council, the administrator shall send a copy of the written decision to the individual requesting the city council review and the applicant, as may be applicable. 8-1A-6: PUBLIC HEARING PROCESS: A. The following applications require public hearings: Annexation and zoning, comprehensive plan text amendments, comprehensive plan map amendments, conditional use permits, floodplain text amendments, planned unit developments, preliminary plats, with preliminary plats, unified development code text amendments, vacations, variances, and zoning map amendments. B. Preapplication Meeting: Applications requiring a public hearing require a preapplication meeting with the administrator prior to holding a neighborhood meeting. C. Neighborhood Meetings: 1. Required: If a public hearing is required, applicants are required to hold a neighborhood meeting to present the proposed project to the neighbors, answer questions and receive comments prior to the submittal of an application. 2. Notice: It shall be the sole duty of the applicant to provide written notice of the neighborhood meeting to all property owners of record (to be obtained from the County Assessor’s office) within the radius required in subsection 8-1A-4B of this article. 3. Advance Notice and Timing of Meeting: Notice of the meeting shall be provided at least seven days prior to the meeting. The meeting shall be held not more than three months nor less than two business days prior to the submittal of an application. 4. Hours Stipulated for Holding Meeting: Neighborhood meetings shall start on Saturday between ten o'clock (10:00) A.M. and seven o'clock (7:00) P.M., or on a weekday between six o'clock (6:00) P.M. and eight o'clock (8:00) P.M. The meeting shall not be on a Sunday, a holiday, a holiday weekend, or on the day before a holiday or holiday weekend. 5. Location: Neighborhood meetings shall be held at one of the following locations: on the subject property; at the nearest available public meeting place including, but not limited to, a fire station, library, school, church or community center; or at an office space with suitable meeting facilities, if the facilities are within the corporate limits of the City of Star. 6. Written Verification: The application materials shall include a copy of the provided neighborhood meeting notice, a copy of the neighborhood radius list and map, and written ---PAGE BREAK--- 5 verification of the neighborhood meeting, which shall include an attendance roster. D. Posting of Public Hearing Notice by Applicants: 1. All applicant shall post the subject property, except posting is not required for a unified development code text amendment and/or comprehensive plan text amendment. 2. Time: Not less than ten (10) days prior to the hearing, the applicant shall post a copy of the public hearing notice of the application on the property under consideration and provide an affidavit of posting, with dated photos, to the administrator. 3. Notice: a. Sign Material: The sign(s) shall consist of four foot by four foot x plywood or other hard surface mounted on two four inch by four inch x posts, or attached to another administrator approved support in such a manner that it is perpendicular to the roadway along which the sign is posted and the bottom of the sign is at least three feet above the ground. b. Purpose and Contents of Sign: Centered at the top of the four-foot by four-foot x signboard(s) in six-inch letters shall be the words "City of Star Public Hearing Notice". In addition, each sign will inform the public of the nature of the hearing, the date, time and address of the hearing location, detailed information of the proposal to be considered, a city contact number, the location of the development and the name of the applicant, and if applicable, the proposed development. Each sign shall be painted white, and the letters shall be painted black and shall appear on both sides. An example of this sign is set forth below: FIGURE 8-1A-6(a) PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE SIGN EXAMPLE c. Sign Placement: The signs shall be posted on the land being considered along each roadway ---PAGE BREAK--- 6 that is adjacent to the subject property boundaries. The sign(s) shall be located on the property, outside of the public right of way. If the sign cannot be placed on the property and still be clearly visible, the sign may be placed within the right of way if the applicant can obtain the consent of the owner of the right of way (ITD/ACHD). d. Proof of Posting: The applicant shall submit a notarized statement and a photograph of the posting to the city no later than seven days prior to the public hearing attesting to where and when the sign(s) were posted. Unless the certificate is received by such date, the public hearing will be canceled. e. Sign Removal: The signs shall be removed no later than three days after the public hearing for which the sign had been posted. f. Failure to post the property properly or within the required timeframe will result in cancelation of the public hearing and an additional posting which will be paid for by the applicant. E. Mailing and Publishing of The Public Hearing Notice: 1. Legal Notice: At least fifteen (15) days prior to the public hearing, the city shall publish a notice of the time and place and a summary of the application in the official newspaper of the city. 2. Radius: a. Time Of Notice: At least fifteen (15) days prior to the public hearing, the city shall send a notice by first class mail of the time and place, and a summary of the application to all property owners of record (to be obtained from the County Assessor’s office) within the radius required in subsection 8-1A-4B of this article. b. Notice to Other Jurisdictions: The administrator shall send notice of the application to other jurisdictions with interest and/or authority over the application, allowing thirty (30) days to respond, including, but not limited to, the following: Other jurisdictions with joint jurisdiction; Appropriate utility companies, irrigation companies or districts and drainage districts; Health and transportation authorities; and School districts. See Idaho Code 67-6511(2)(b) for statutory alternate forms of notice Staff reports will be available to the public five days prior to the public hearing. Letters from the public are required to be received by noon on the previous working day prior to the public hearing. Letters from agencies having jurisdiction are required to be received a minimum of seven days prior to the public hearing. F. Public Hearing: 1. Procedures for Legislative public hearings: Public hearings in legislative matters brought pursuant to requirements established by the Local Land Use Planning Act should take place after the City has provided notice as required by law. Prior to publishing notice of a legislative public hearing, a draft of the legislative proposal (Ordinance, Comprehensive Plan Amendment or Unified Development Code Amendment) should be prepared and be available for public inspection no later than the day the notice of public hearing is published. 2. Procedures For Quasi-Judicial Public Hearings: Quasi-judicial hearings involve site-specific decisions (such as rezoning specific property) as opposed to legislative hearings which ---PAGE BREAK--- 7 require decisions that have a broad application (such as a change in the text of a comprehensive plan or zoning ordinance, which does not necessarily affect one specific parcel of land). Quasi-judicial public hearings should follow the order of events set forth below. a. Mayor/Council President or designee announces the item for Council consideration and opens the public hearing. The Council shall not begin deliberations until all testimony and evidence has been presented. No person shall be permitted to speak at a public hearing until such person has been recognized by the Mayor/Council President. If there is a question of "conflict of interest", as defined by Idaho Code section 67-6506, for any Councilmember, it shall be disclosed at the beginning of the hearing and, if the Council finds a conflict of interest exists, the disclosing Councilmember shall step away from the Council and not participate in deliberations or decisions for that item, and shall rejoin the Council after action on that item is concluded. Any information received by a Councilmember other than during the public hearing shall be disclosed at the beginning of the hearing. Any late-arriving reports or public input may cause a delay in the proceedings while council reviews the new information. b. Applicant describes the application and reasons it complies or does not comply with plans, ordinances and standards. c. The planning and zoning official or designee reports why the application complies or does not comply with plans, ordinances and standards. d. Individuals/spokespersons testify why an application complies or does not comply with plans, ordinances and standards. Speakers shall not be interrupted by the audience. Questions from the decision makers should be asked of the person testifying before that person leaves the podium whenever possible. Public officials, when recognized, shall be allowed to question the speaker and the speaker shall be limited to answer questions asked. The question and answer period shall not be included in the speaker's time limit. Any person not conforming to these procedures may be prohibited from speaking during a public meeting. Should any person refuse to comply with such prohibition, he or she may be removed from the room by order of the Hearing Officer. Testimony should be in the following order: i. Those testifying the application complies, ii. Those identifying subjects not discussed in the application, applicant's testimony or planning and zoning official report, iii. Those testifying the application does not comply, iv. Rebuttal testimony from the applicant. Decision-makers should ask any final questions. Only information from the record can be rebutted. If the applicant testifies about new facts, then others testifying must be given an opportunity to respond to the new facts. ---PAGE BREAK--- 8 e. The Chairperson/Mayor closes the public comment portion of the hearing by declaration or Commission/Council motion. f. Council deliberates toward a decision. Council may ask the planning and zoning official or designee questions during this time. g. The Council continues the matter for additional information or makes a verbal decision by majority vote, followed by a signed written decision that is legally considered a "final decision" that can be appealed by an affected person. The final decision should include a reasoned statement that explains the criteria and standards considered relevant, the relevant contested facts relied on, the rationale for the decision based on the applicable criteria and provisions of plans, ordinances or standards, pertinent constitutional principles and factual information contained in the record. h. The Council shall decide, an application is approved, approved with conditions, or denied. If denied, the Council shall identify what the applicant can modify in the application in order to be approved. i. When a final decision has been made, the City shall send a copy of the final decision by electronic mail, or first-class postage prepaid U.S. mail, to the applicant and to an affected property owner who has requested notice of the final decision. j. Applicants, or an affected property owner as defined in Idaho Code 67-6521, shall have fourteen (14) days after a final decision to request reconsideration by the final- decision maker, and must identify specific deficiencies in a final decision. Failure to request reconsideration may invalidate a subsequent judicial appeal. After considering the identified deficiencies, the final decision about the reconsidered request shall be issued and distributed to the applicant and to an affected property owner who has requested notice of the final decision. 3. If the council finds that it does not have sufficient information to make a decision, it may continue the public hearing. The council may also choose to conduct a study session with all parties of record to address questions and issues related to the application. 4. The council may require or recommend conditions of approval that it deems necessary to protect the public health, safety, and welfare and/or to prevent undue adverse impacts on surrounding properties. 5. After the public hearing is conducted, the council may approve, approve with conditions, deny, table to a date certain, or remand to the administrator, the application request. 6. The council action shall be made within seventy (70) days after receiving all information to make a decision or seventy (70) days from the last meeting where the application is considered if additional information is not needed. 7. The administrator shall provide the applicant written findings of fact and conclusions of law in accord with Idaho Code sections 67-6519 and 67-6535 stating the reasons for the decision reached. Conditions of approval shall be attached to the written decision. ---PAGE BREAK--- 9 8-1A-7: TIME COMPUTATION: In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by this title, the City shall count calendar days. The written decision date shall be the date of the hearing at which written findings are adopted by the city council. If no hearing is held on the matter, the written decision date shall be the date written notice of such decision is mailed to the applicant. 8-1A-8: INDEFINITE DEFERRAL PROCESS: When action on an application has been deferred indefinitely at the applicants' request, the applicant shall pay an additional fee to cover the cost of re-advertising before the application is scheduled for a public hearing. 8-1A-9: REQUEST FOR RECONSIDERATION: A. Unified Development Code: Any applicant or affected person seeking judicial review of compliance with the provisions of this section must first seek reconsideration of the final decision within fourteen (14) days, as required by Idaho Code 67-6535. To request reconsideration, an applicant or affected person must meet the following criteria: 1. The requesting party must have been a party in the underlying action in one of the following: the city; the property owner of the subject property; the applicant for the project; or other affected party; and 2. The request must be in writing, accompanied by the appropriate fee, and presented to the City no more than fourteen (14) calendar days after the council action and final decision have been rendered; and 3. The request must state a basis for the request and a brief statement of issues and decision that the requesting party is asking to be reconsidered; and 4. The request must include but is not limited to: the party requesting reconsideration has relevant information; and the relevant information was not previously presented and is in response to something brought up at the previous hearing; and the information was not previously available. B. Consideration: The council will consider the request and provide a written decision to the requesting party within sixty (60) days of receipt of the request for reconsideration. D. If the City Council Approves the Request: The requesting party must pay the fee for a new public hearing within ten (10) calendar days of council's reconsideration. If the payment is not made to the city clerk within the specified time frame, the city council shall be notified at their next regularly scheduled meeting and the request for reconsideration shall be rescinded. E. All Noticing Shall Be Done in The Same Manner As All Public Hearings: If the applicant for reconsideration is not the property owner, they may post the notice of hearing sign that is required by ordinance in the right of way, if they have permission of the appropriate authority. The city council may waive this requirement, excepting publication costs. The city council shall consider all relevant facts regarding the reasons the property has not been properly posted and ---PAGE BREAK--- 10 may direct any reasonable measures it wants to assure that the public has appropriate notice. The new hearing shall be conducted in the same manner as all public hearings. F. Public Hearing: The administrator will schedule a new public hearing for the application as allowed by this code and all noticing requirements shall be mandatory. The public hearing shall be limited to a discussion of the new information and the ultimate decision shall be a final action of the city council. No request for reconsideration may be accepted by the administrator on the decision of the city council from this hearing. G. Number of Requests: One request for reconsideration by any party as stated in subsection A1 of this section, may be sought on any project. 8-1A-10: APPEAL; FORM AND CONTENT: Any city council decision may be appealed to a court of appropriate jurisdiction in accordance with the procedures established in Idaho Code. 8-1A-11: FEES: In the application of fees for the review of permit applications, the following rules shall apply: A. Basis for Calculation: For any application involving more than one classification of a petition or application, the filing fee shall be the sum of the total fee(s) of each individual application(s). B. Fees Nonrefundable: Once an application has been deemed complete by the administrator and noticing has occurred, fees to be charged for the various procedures stated above are not refundable. C. Land Use Application Fees: Land use application fees shall be set and adopted by resolution of the city council. D. The applicant shall be responsible for all other additional review fees associated with the review of the application(s). This includes but is not limited to City engineer, legal and agencies having jurisdiction. The applicant shall also be responsible for any outside agency review fees. ---PAGE BREAK--- 11 ARTICLE B APPLICATION CRITERIA 8-1B-1: ANNEXATION AND ZONING; REZONE: 8-1B-2: CERTIFICATE OF ZONING COMPLIANCE: 8-1B-3: COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS: 8-1B-4: CONDITIONAL USES: 8-1B-5: UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE TEXT AMENDMENTS: 8-1B-6: VARIANCE: 8-1B-1: ANNEXATION AND ZONING; REZONE: A. Process: Annexation and Zoning or Rezone Initiated By Property Owner: The applicant shall complete a pre-application conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for an annexation and zoning and/or rezone. An application and fees shall be submitted to the administrator on forms provided by the city. B. Standards: 1. The subject property shall meet the minimum dimensional standards of the proper district. 2. The city may require a development agreement in conjunction with the annexation and zoning, or rezone, pursuant to Idaho Code section 67-6511A, which may include a concept plan. In addition to other processes permitted by city and state code, exceptions or waivers of standards, other than use, may be permitted through execution of a development agreement. A development agreement and concept plan shall be required for any rezone to a mixed-use zone, high density zone or land which includes steep slope (land over 25%) or floodway. 3. The termination of a development agreement shall result in the reversal of the official zoning map amendment approval and applicable development approval for any undeveloped portion of property subject to the development agreement. The undeveloped property subject to the development agreement shall be rezoned to the district classification as designated by the development agreement. When no designation is provided, the property shall revert to its original zoning or, if the original designation no longer exists, to the closest current equivalent zoning as determined by the current Comprehensive Plan Land Use Map designation. 4. An amendment or termination of a previously recorded development agreement shall be recorded in the office of the county recorder by the clerk. 5. An approved development agreement must be executed within ninety (90) days of the meeting at which the development agreement is approved by the city council. A one-time administrative extension of maximum thirty (30) days may be granted by the zoning administrator. Additional extensions may be approved by majority vote of the city council. Failure to execute the development agreement within the required timeframe will result in the denial of all related applications. 6. Applicant may be responsible to participate in reimbursement costs associated with traffic studies, in proportionate share contributions that may be established with transportation authorities, relative to traffic signals, access, and/or construction improvements associates with State Highways 16, 20/26 & 44. ---PAGE BREAK--- 12 C. Required Findings: The council shall review the application at the public hearing. In order to grant an annexation and zoning or rezone, the council shall make the following findings: 1. The map amendment complies with the applicable provisions of the comprehensive plan; 2. The map amendment complies with the regulations outlined for the proposed district; 3. The map amendment shall not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety, and welfare; and 4. The map amendment shall not result in an adverse impact upon the delivery of services by any political subdivision providing public services within the city. 5. The annexation (as applicable) is in the best interest of city. 8-1B-2: CERTIFICATE OF ZONING COMPLIANCE: A. Purpose: The purpose of the certificate of zoning compliance (CZC) is to ensure that all construction, alterations and/or the establishment of a new use complies with all of the provisions of this title, and any applicable conditions of approval, before any work on the structure is started and/or the use is established. B. Applicability: These provisions apply to all requests for permits that involve construction, interior/exterior alterations and/or the change in or establishment of a new use. C. Process: A certificate of zoning compliance shall be issued by the administrator when there is a demonstration that the development complies with all provisions of this title, and any applicable conditions of approval. 1. No certificate of zoning compliance shall be issued for any use on a property in violation of this title or on a property that contains structures or uses in violation of this title. 2. The certificate of zoning compliance shall be invalid: a. If the certificate was secured in violation of a state or federal law; b. Upon violation of any regulations of this title on the subject property; or c. If the conditions of the certificate of zoning compliance have been violated. All further work shall cease on a project until the violation has been remedied. 3. Certificate of zoning compliances issued in conjunction with a proposed use shall expire if said use has not commenced within one year of the date of issuance of the certificate of zoning compliance. a. Certificate of zoning compliances issued in conjunction with construction or alteration of a structure shall expire if said construction or alteration has not commenced within one year of the date of issuance of the certificate of zoning compliance. b. The certificate of zoning compliance may require inspections and approvals specified in the approval of the application. D. Zoning Certificate Not Required: No zoning certificate shall be required for any of the following specified uses and structures when such uses are permitted in the district: 1. Lawful accessory uses, not requiring any other permit or license; 2. Lawful signs of a type for which no building permit and/or no sign permit are required. 3. Application is for a Conditional Use Permit. ---PAGE BREAK--- 13 E. Temporary Uses: A zoning certificate shall be required for temporary buildings, temporary display and retail sale of merchandise, model homes, and construction project trailers, activities, and/or uses incidental to the construction of a building or group of buildings on the same or adjacent premises. A zoning certificate shall also be required for seasonal uses fireworks stands, Christmas tree lots, fruit and vegetable stands marketing locally grown produce). Other uses which clearly are not associated with a holiday, the growing season, or a construction project may be considered for approval by the administrator. The timeframe for approval shall be determined by the administrator based on the specific use, not to exceed one year. F. Zoning Certificate Prohibited: No zoning certificate shall be issued, granted or approved for multi-family residential use, childcare facility, school, manufactured home community or mobile home park unless all irrigation ditches, laterals and canals crossing, intersecting and lying adjacent, or contiguous to, such uses are covered or fenced. Upon application, the council may waive this restriction in whole or in part if it is found that covering or fencing will not serve the public purpose in an individual case. 1. The proposed use shall not allow for placement of any structure, vehicle, sign, etc., within a vision triangle, required setback, required parking stall (except as permitted for temporary, outdoor display sale of merchandise), service drive area, dedicated trash dumpster location, sidewalk, or any other position on a lot which may interfere with vehicular or pedestrian circulation, or the normal functions of other uses on the property, or be potentially hazardous to the public. 2. The proposed use must be in conformance with the zoning district which it is proposed to be located in retail sales in a commercial zone). 3. The approval shall contain language stating that the certificate does not exempt the applicant from having to comply with regulations administered and enforced by other city, state, and federal agencies. 4. Uses which may not be considered for temporary approval. 5. No permit, except in the case of seasonal uses or uses incidental to construction, shall be issued for structures or uses which are intended to be placed upon unimproved property. 6. Seasonal uses shall: a. Obtain from the property owner a signed and notarized affidavit acknowledging that the applicant has the authority to use the property. b. Require that the property owner will be accountable for any debris or refuse left on the property more than three days after the applicant leaves the premises with the business and shall be responsible to pay any additional cleanup costs to the city. c. Moreover, an applicant who fails to clean the lot when the operation concludes shall be guilty of a misdemeanor as defined by Idaho Code section 18-113 (as amended). d. Revocation: Upon violation of any of the conditions or terms of the zoning certificates issued pursuant to this chapter, the administrator may cause the certification to be revoked. The administrator shall be authorized to revoke any zoning certificates issued by the city. e. Zoning Certificate, Lapse: A zoning certificate shall lapse and become void whenever the building permit or license either lapses or is revoked, or whenever the use of occupancy specified has ceased to exist or has been suspended for one hundred eighty (180) calendar days or longer. f. Time Extension: The administrator may grant a one-time extension not to exceed sixty (60) days. ---PAGE BREAK--- 14 8-1B-3: COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS: A. Process: 1. Comprehensive Plan Amendment Initiated by The City: The city council may propose amendments to the comprehensive plan following notice and public hearing procedures in section 67-6509 of the Idaho Code. 2. Comprehensive Plan Amendment Initiated by A Property Owner: The applicant shall complete a preapplication conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for a comprehensive plan amendment. An application and fees shall be submitted to the administrator on application forms provided by the city. 3. Public Hearing: The city council shall conduct at least one public hearing in accordance with this chapter and in accordance with the procedures in section 67-6509 of the Idaho Code. B. Required Findings: The council shall review the application at the public hearing. In order to adopt a new comprehensive plan or grant an amendment to the existing comprehensive plan, the council shall make the following findings: 1. The proposed amendment is consistent with the other elements of the comprehensive plan. 2. The proposed amendment provides an improved guide to future growth and development of the city. 3. The proposed amendment is internally consistent with the goals, objectives and policies of the comprehensive plan and the comprehensive plan future land use map. 4. The proposed amendment is consistent with this unified development code. 5. The proposed amendment is in the best interest of the city of Star. 6. The proposed amendment includes a justification letter for the amendment addressing the following criteria and the Council finds that the amendment is in compliance with the stated criteria: a. A specific description of the change being requested. b. Specific information on any property(s) involved. c. A description of the condition or situation which warrants a change being made in the plan. d. A description of the public benefit(s) that would occur from such a change in the plan and an explanation of why the public would need any such benefit(s). e. An explanation of why no other solutions to the condition or situation, which warrants a change in the plan, are possible or reasonable under the current policies of the plan. f. A detailed list of all applicable comprehensive plan goals, policies, and objectives that the proposed change would help implement or policies that must also be amended as part of the proposed change. g. A proposed development plan for any land involved. if a specific development is planned at the time the request for the amendment is being made. h. An analysis showing the estimated impact that the proposed change is expected to have on existing and planned infrastructure. i. If the amendment will impact more individuals than the applicant submitting the application a detailed description of the efforts made to inform other parties potentially impacted by the change of the application is to be provided. j. Any other data and information required by the city for their evaluation of the request. ---PAGE BREAK--- 15 8-1B-4: CONDITIONAL USES: A. Purpose: The purpose of this section is to establish procedures that allow for a particular use on a specific property subject to specific terms and conditions of approval. B. Applicability: The provisions of this section apply to all uses identified as conditional use within this title. In addition to other processes permitted by city and state code, exceptions or waivers of standards, other than use, may be permitted through issuance of a conditional use permit, development agreement or PUD. C. Process: 1. The applicant shall complete a pre-application conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for a conditional use. 2. A neighborhood meeting shall be held by the applicant pursuant to Section 8-1A-6C of this title. 3. An application and appropriate application fees shall be submitted to the City on forms provided by the city. 4. Prior to issuing the conditional use permit, the administrator may require additional information, including studies, concerning the social, economic, fiscal or environmental effects of the proposed conditional use. D. Standards: In approving any conditional use, the city council may prescribe appropriate conditions, bonds and safeguards in conformity with this title that: 1. Minimize adverse impact of the use on other property. 2. Control the sequence and timing of the use. 3. Control the duration of the use. 4. Assure that the use and the property in which the use is located is maintained properly. 5. Designate the location and nature of the use and the property development. 6. Require the provision for on site or off-site public facilities or services. 7. Require more restrictive standards than those generally required in this title. 8. Require mitigation of adverse impacts of the proposed development upon service delivery by any political subdivision, including school districts, that provides services within the city. E. Findings: The council shall base its determination on the conditional use permit request upon the following: 1. That the site is large enough to accommodate the proposed use and meet all the dimensional and development regulations in the district in which the use is located. 2. That the proposed use shall meet the intent of the Star comprehensive plan and be in compliance with the requirements of this title. 3. That the design, construction, operation and maintenance will be compatible with other uses in the general neighborhood and with the existing or intended character of the general vicinity. 4. That the proposed use, if it complies with all conditions of the approval imposed, will not adversely affect other property in the vicinity. 5. That the proposed use will be served adequately by essential public facilities and services such as highways, streets, schools, parks, police and fire protection, drainage structures, refuse disposal, water, and sewer. ---PAGE BREAK--- 16 6. That the proposed use will not create excessive additional costs for public facilities and services and will not be detrimental to the economic welfare of the community. 7. That the proposed use will not involve activities or processes, materials, equipment and conditions of operation that will be detrimental to any persons, property or the general welfare by reason of excessive production of traffic, noise, smoke, fumes, glare or odors. 8. That the proposed use will not result in the destruction, loss or damage of a natural, scenic or historic feature considered to be of major importance as determined by the City. F. Time Limitations and Extensions: 1. A conditional use permit, upon council approval, shall be valid for a maximum period of twenty-four (24) months unless otherwise approved by the City Council. During this time, the applicant shall commence the use as permitted in accord with the conditions of approval, satisfy the requirements set forth in the conditions of approval, and acquire building permits and commence construction of permanent footings or structures on or in the ground. Once all requirements are satisfied, permits are acquired and the use is commenced, the conditional use permit will become permanent unless otherwise revoked by the city council. 2. A conditional use permit that also requires platting: The final plat must be recorded within this twenty-four (24) month period. a. For projects with multiple phases, the twenty-four (24) month deadline shall apply to the first phase. In the event that the development is made in successive contiguous segments or multiple phases, such phases shall be constructed within successive intervals of one year from the original date of approval. If the successive phases are not submitted within the one-year interval, the conditional use approval of the future phases shall be null and void. 3. Time Extension. Upon written request and filed by the applicant prior to the termination of the period in accord with this subsection F, the administrator may authorize a single, administrative time extension to commence the use not to exceed one twelve (12) month period. The administrator may require the conditional use comply with the current provisions of this chapter. Additional requests must be approved by the council. a. Council approval of requests for time extension for an approved conditional use shall be determined by the city council at a public hearing and will not be granted if any of the following conditions exist: Significant amendments to the comprehensive plan or this unified development code have been adopted that change the basis under which the conditional use permit was granted. Significant changes in land use have occurred in the area that will impact or be impacted by the project. Hazardous conditions have developed or have been discovered that will impact the project. 4. Community facilities and/or services are no longer adequate to serve the project. a. The city council may place additional requirements, modify the previous approval or deny the request for time extension. b. No more than one-time extension may be granted to a single conditional use. G. Transfers and Modifications: 1. Conditional use permits are an entitlement to the specific property on which the approval was granted and upon property sale the entitlement transfers to the new owner(s) without further application or approval, provided, however, the new owner(s) shall be bound by the same conditions of approval as the original permit holder(s). This is for a specific use and may not be ---PAGE BREAK--- 17 used for other applications. 2. A conditional use permit is not transferable from one property to another. 3. All requested modifications to an approved conditional use shall be considered by the city council at a public hearing. The city council may modify the conditions, limitations and/or scope of the permit. H. Revocation: 1. A conditional use permit may be revoked or modified by the city council, upon notice and public hearing, for breach or violation of any condition of approval or limitation of the permit. 2. If the city council decides to revoke a conditional use permit, either on its own action or upon complaint to the city council, the administrator shall notify the permit holder of its intention to revoke the conditional use permit and provide the permit holder with the opportunity to contest the revocation. 3. Fifteen (15) days' prior notice of the hearing shall be given to the permit holder and all property owners of record (to be obtained from the County Assessor’s office) within the radius required in subsection 8-1A-4B of this article. 4. The council shall make findings of fact and conclusions of law supporting its decision to revoke the conditional use permit. If the council decides not to revoke the conditional use permit, no findings of fact and conclusions of law shall be made. 5. An affected person may appeal the decision of the city council under the administrative procedure act of the state of Idaho, Idaho Code title 67, chapter 52. 8-1B-5: UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE TEXT AMENDMENTS: A. Unified Development Code Amendment Initiated by A Property Owner: The applicant shall complete a pre-application conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for a unified development code text amendment. An application and fees shall be submitted to the administrator on forms provided by the city. B. Unified Development Code Amendment Initiated by the City: The city may initiate a code amendment with public notice as required herein. C. Required Findings: In order to grant a text amendment to this unified development code, the council shall review the proposed text amendment at a public hearing and make the following findings: 1. The text amendment complies with the applicable provisions of the comprehensive plan; 2. The text amendment shall not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety, and welfare; and 3. The text amendment shall not result in an adverse impact upon the delivery of services by any political subdivision providing public services within the city including. 8-1B-6: VARIANCE: A. Authority to Grant Variances: The council may authorize, in specific cases, such variance from the terms of this title as will not be contrary to the public interest where, owing to special conditions, a literal enforcement of the provisions of this title would result in unnecessary ---PAGE BREAK--- 18 hardship. No nonconforming use of neighboring lands, structures or buildings in the same district and no permitted or nonconforming use of lands, structures or buildings in other districts shall be considered grounds for issuance of a variance. Variances shall not be granted on the grounds of convenience or profit, but only where strict application of the provisions of this title would result in unnecessary, non-financial hardship. B. Process: 1. The applicant shall complete a pre-application conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for a variance. 2. A neighborhood meeting shall be held by the applicant pursuant to Section 8-1A-6C of this title. 3. An application and fees shall be submitted to the administrator on forms provided by the city. C. Standards: The variance shall comply with Idaho Code section 67-6516. A variance may be considered as a waiver of development standards when associated with a conditional use permit, development agreement or planned unit development. D. Required Findings: In order to grant a variance, the council shall review the application at a public hearing and use its discretion to make the following findings: 1. The variance does not grant a right or special privilege that is not otherwise allowed in the district; 2. The variance relieves an undue hardship because of characteristics of the site, which must be other than financial in nature; and 3. The variance is not detrimental to the public health, safety, and welfare. ---PAGE BREAK--- 19 ARTICLE C. SURETY AGREEMENTS 8-1C-1: PROCESS: 8-1C-2: PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION: 8-1C-1: PROCESS: A. The city may withhold building, electrical or plumbing permits, or certificates of occupancy on the lots or land being developed or subdivided, or the structures constructed thereon, if the improvements required under this title have not been constructed or installed, or if such improvements are not functioning properly. B. All improvements related to public life, safety and health shall be completed prior to occupancy of the structures. Those improvements include water, sewer, power facilities, streetlights, parking lot paving and striping. C. In the event that an applicant and/or owner cannot complete the nonlife, non-safety and non- health improvements, such as landscaping, pressurized irrigation, street lights, fencing, and other site amenities, within the time specified in the final plat approval or prior to occupancy, a surety agreement may be approved in accord with the procedures set forth in this chapter. a. Landscaping and pressurized irrigation must be installed as soon as allowed by weather or other relevant conditions. b. Streetlights must be installed before any occupancy permit is issued for the development. c. For fencing or other site amenities, the applicant shall provide the City with copies of paid receipts indicating purchase and order of said amenities, along with a schedule date for delivery and installation. D. The amount of surety called for shall be equal to not less than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the cost of completing the required improvements. The estimated cost for all items shall be provided by the applicant and reviewed and approved by the city engineer. E. The surety shall be in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit or a cash deposit. In all cases the surety shall be drawn solely in favor of, and payable to, the order of the city of Star, in accord with the regulations contained in the surety agreement by and between the guarantor and the city of Star. F. Where a surety is accepted by the city and deposited as provided by this article, the city may release temporary occupancy of a structure or structures. The term of the temporary occupancy shall be determined by the city engineer and/or administrator. The term shall not exceed ninety (90) days in length. A one-time administrative extension of maximum thirty (30) days may be granted by the zoning administrator. Additional extensions may be approved by majority vote of the city council. G. Where a surety is accepted by the city and deposited as provided by this article, the surety ---PAGE BREAK--- 20 shall be released subject to the following regulations: 1. The owner shall submit a written request to the city to return the surety. The request shall include the following documents: a. A statement from the owner that the required improvements are complete. b. Two complete sets of full-size prints of the as built plans and specifications for all improvements. 2. The city engineer and/or administrator shall verify and certify that the required improvements, as detailed in the surety agreement, have been installed. The as built plans shall be reviewed and approved by the city engineer. 3. Upon certification of the city engineer and the administrator, the city shall release the sureties heretofore deposited in the manner and to the extent as provided for in the surety agreement in accord with the regulations of this article. 8-1C-3: PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION: In the event an applicant and/or owner shall, in any case, fail to complete the public improvements in the time period required, the city council may proceed to have such work completed and recover the city's costs by any legal means available, including pursuing the remedies provided by the financial guarantees. ---PAGE BREAK--- 21 ARTICLE D IMPLEMENTATION PROVISIONS 8-1D-1: PURPOSE: 8-1D-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-1D-3: INTERPRETATION: 8-1D-4: ERRORS IN LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS OF PROPERTY: 8-1D-5: REFERENCES: 8-1D-6: PRESERVATION OF PRIVATE PROPERTY RIGHTS: 8-1D-7: SAVING CLAUSE: 8-1D-8: VIOLATIONS: 8-1D-9: CODE ENFORCEMENT: 8-1D-10: CITY ABATEMENT OPTION AND ASSOCIATED CHARGES: 8-1D-11: PENALTIES: 8-1D-1: PURPOSE: A. Carry out the policies of the comprehensive plan by classifying and regulating the uses of property and structures within the incorporated areas of the city of Star; B. Establish districts within the city of Star in accord with the adopted comprehensive plan in conformance with Idaho Code section 67-6511; C. Provide standards for the orderly growth and development of the city of Star. As required by Idaho Code section 67-6511, such standards include, but are not limited to, those regulating: 1. The height, number of stories, size, design, construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair or location of structures. 2. Size, minimum lot dimensions, landscape buffers, size of required yards, and density of residential properties. 3. The use of structures and property; D. Ensure the most appropriate use of properties; E. Protect property rights and enhance property values; F. Provide a method of administration and prescribe penalties for the violations of regulations hereafter described as authorized by the constitution and laws of the state of Idaho; and G. Protect and promote health, safety and the general welfare of the public. 8-1D-2: APPLICABILITY: A. No person, company, or public agency shall construct, alter, move, or change the use of a structure or undertake any development unless: 1. The proposed use, structure, or division of property complies with this title. ---PAGE BREAK--- 22 2. Any required approval is first obtained as provided by chapter 1, "Administration", of this title, and any applicable conditions of approval are met. B. Nothing in this title shall eliminate the need for obtaining any other required permits, including, but not limited to, building permits, plumbing, electrical, or mechanical permits, grading permits, or any permit, approval, or entitlement required by other titles of this code, other political subdivisions of the state of Idaho, agencies of the state of Idaho, or federal agencies. C. All properties in the Star city corporate limits shall comply with the regulations of this title unless otherwise preempted by federal, state or municipal law. D. The prosecution of violations that occurred under previous land use regulations and that remain a violation under this title shall continue until resolved. 8-1D-3: INTERPRETATION: A. Language: 1. Terminology: When used in this title, all words used in the present tense shall include the future; words used in the singular number shall include the plural number and the plural the singular, unless the natural construction of the sentence indicates otherwise. The word "shall" is mandatory, and the word "may" is permissive. 2. Number Of Days: See section 8-1A-7 of this title. 3. Minimum Requirements: When interpreting and applying the regulations of this title, all regulations shall be considered to be minimum requirements, unless stated otherwise. Proposed uses shall comply with all applicable regulations and standards unless specifically exempt elsewhere in this title. 4. Defined Terms: Terms defined within this title shall have their defined meaning when used elsewhere in this title. For the purpose of readability and clarity, such terms are not shown in initial caps. 5. Section Headings: Section headings or captions are for reference purposes only and shall not be used in the interpretation of this title. 6. References: All references to state or federal laws and/or regulations shall refer to such laws and/or regulations as they may be amended over time. B. Measurements: 1. Structure height shall be measured in accord with the Star city building code as set forth in title 7 of this code. 2. Linear distance shall be measured in a horizontal line; it shall not be measured along an inclined surface or line. For uses that have a separation standard, the distance shall be measured from the nearest customer entrance of the proposed use to the nearest property line of the specified use. The measurement is to be conducted in a radial fashion by the specified number of feet 300 feet, 1,000 feet). C. District Boundaries: Where uncertainty exists about the location of any district boundary shown on the official zoning map, the following rules shall be used to resolve the uncertainty: ---PAGE BREAK--- 23 1. Where a district boundary approximately follows a property line, such property line shall be construed as the district boundary. 2. Where a district boundary approximately follows a street, alley, or railroad line, such street, alley, centerline, or the extension of such line shall be construed as the district boundary. 3. Where a district boundary approximately follows a watercourse, the centerline of the watercourse shall be construed to be such boundary. In the event of a change in the watercourse shoreline, the boundary shall be construed as moving with the actual shoreline. 4. Where a district boundary does not obviously coincide with any of the above lines (property; street, alley, or railroad line; watercourse), or where it is not designated by dimensions, it shall be deemed to be located along the nearest section, quarter section, or sixteenth section line. D. Conflicting Regulations: 1. In case of conflict between the text and the maps of this title, the text shall prevail. 2. If conflicts occur between different regulations of this title, or between this title and other regulations of this code, the most restrictive regulation shall apply. 3. It is not intended that this title interfere with, abrogate, or annul any easements, covenants, or other agreements between parties; however, where this title imposes a greater restriction upon the use of structures or premises or upon the height of structures, or requires larger space than is imposed or required by ordinances, rules or regulations, or by easements, covenants, or agreements, the regulations of this title shall govern. E. Undesignated Uses: If a proposed use of property is not specifically listed in chapter 3, "District Regulations", of this title the use shall be prohibited, except as follows: the administrator may determine that a proposed use not listed in chapter 3, "District Regulations", of this title is equivalent to a principal permitted or conditional use. In making the determination, the administrator shall consider the following: 1. The impacts on public services and activities associated with the proposed use are substantially similar to those of one or more of the uses listed in the applicable base districts as allowed; 2. The proposed use shall not involve a higher level of activity or density than one or more of the uses listed in the applicable base districts as allowed; 3. The proposed use is consistent with the purpose of the district in which the use is proposed to be located; and 4. The proposed use is in substantial conformance with goals and objectives of the comprehensive plan. 8-1D-4: ERRORS IN LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS OF PROPERTY: Where a property has not been zoned because of an error in a legal description, the following shall apply: A. If the error is caused by the city, the error shall be corrected and duly processed by the city as soon as the error is discovered. B. If the error is caused by the applicant and/or owner, the applicant shall provide a new legal description and will be responsible for all additional costs resulting from the error. ---PAGE BREAK--- 24 8-1D-5: REFERENCES: References in this title to other ordinances or codes of the city of Star and statutes of the state of Idaho are provided solely for the coordination of this title with such other ordinances and statutes. Any amendments to cited codes that are adopted subsequent to the adoption of this title shall be applicable to this title. 8-1D-6: PRESERVATION OF PRIVATE PROPERTY RIGHTS: A. This title shall be interpreted to equally protect citizens from the undue encroachment on their private property by their neighbors' use of their private property and equally protect each citizen's right to use of their property without creating undue burden upon their neighbors. B. In the administration of this title, every person shall be secure in their premises, and no employee of the city shall enter upon, investigate, or search any of the premises of any citizen without the consent of such citizen or order issued by a court of proper jurisdiction. For consent of an applicant with an active application with the City, please refer to Section 8-1A-2A C. Every citizen of Star city shall have the right to appear in person or be represented by their agent before the council in the proper order of business to appeal a decision pursuant to the procedures contained in chapter 1, "Administration", of this title. D. In the enforcement of this title, it shall be deemed to apply equally to each citizen and each property in similar circumstances and shall not be enforced to discriminate between one individual and/or another individual or other group as compared to all others. 8-1D-7: SAVING CLAUSE: Should any section, clause, or regulation of this title be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, the same shall not affect the validity of this title as a whole, or any part thereof, other than the part so declared to be invalid, each section, clause, or regulation hereof being declared severable. 8-1D-8: VIOLATIONS: A. It is a violation of this unified development code for any person to initiate or maintain or cause to be initiated or maintained the use of any structure, land or real property within the city of Star without first obtaining proper permits or authorizations required for the use by this title. B. It is a violation of this unified development code for any person to use, construct, locate, demolish or cause to be used, constructed, located, or demolished any structure, land or property within the city of Star in any manner that is not permitted by the terms of any permit or authorization issued pursuant to this title or previous codes. C. It is a violation of this unified development code for any person to not comply with specific ---PAGE BREAK--- 25 conditions of approval within any city adopted Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law as stated in, but not limited to, a conditional use permit, final plat, or planned development, or within an approved administrative approval including, but not limited to certificate of zoning compliance, temporary use, design review, sign permit or home occupation, as set forth in this title. D. It is a violation of this unified development code to misrepresent any material fact in any application, plans or other information submitted to obtain any land use authorization as set forth in this title. E. It is a violation of this unified development code for anyone to fail to comply with the requirements of the development code, as set out in the specific sections of this title. F. It shall be unlawful and a violation of this unified development code for any person to use, construct, locate, initiate, alter or maintain any structure, land or real property, or cause any structure, land or real property to be used, constructed, located, initiated, altered or maintained in any manner which violates, omits, or fails to conform to any applicable procedure, standard, or requirement established by this title for the zoning district in which such structure, land, or real property is located. G. See 8-1D-11 Penalties. 8-1D-9: CODE ENFORCEMENT: A. Duty to Enforce: It shall be the duty of the administrator to interpret this title. 1. It shall be the duty of the administrator and/or designee to enforce the regulations of this title. The administrator or designee may call upon the services of the police, fire, parks or other appropriate city or other regulatory agencies or service provider including Idaho Transportation Department (ITD), Ada County Highway District (ACHD), irrigation districts or sewer and water districts, Central District Health Department, Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ), etc., to assist in enforcement. 2. It is the intent of this title to place the obligation of complying with its requirements upon the owner, occupier or other person responsible for the condition of the land and buildings within the scope of this title. B. Investigation: 1. The administrator or designee shall investigate any structure or use which he or she reasonably believes does not comply with the standards and requirements of this title. 2. If, after investigation, it is determined that the standards or requirements of this title have been violated, the administrator or designee shall serve a notice of violation upon the owner, tenant or other person responsible for the condition. The notice of violation shall state separately each standard or requirement violated; shall state what corrective action, if any, is necessary to comply with the standards or requirements; and shall set a reasonable time for compliance. The notice shall state that any further violation may result in criminal prosecution and/or civil penalties. ---PAGE BREAK--- 26 3. The notice shall be served upon the owner, tenant or other person responsible for the condition by personal service, registered mail, or certified mail with return receipt requested addressed to the last known address of such person. If, after a time and effort is made to serve or mail notice without success, then notice may be made by publication in the newspaper of record for the city of Star. The administrator or designee will record all efforts made to effect service in person or by mail as part of their investigative report. C. Extension of Compliance Date: 1. The administrator or designee may grant a reasonable extension of time for compliance with any notice or order, whether pending or final, upon finding that substantial progress toward compliance has been made and that the public will not be adversely affected by the extension. Such extension of time shall not exceed ninety (90) days. 2. An extension of time may be revoked by the administrator if it is shown that any of the following are true: a. The conditions at the time the extension was granted have changed. b. The administrator or designee determines that a party is not performing corrective actions as agreed. 8-1D-10: CITY ABATEMENT OPTION AND ASSOCIATED CHARGES: Nuisances which remain unabated after notice, may, at the option of the city, be removed, abated or destroyed by the city or its agents, after the following steps have been taken: A. Second Notice: If after fifteen (15) calendar days from the date a written notice is personally delivered to the property owner, or mailed to the property owner's address as shown in current official county assessor records, no abatement of the nuisance has occurred, the administrator or designee shall provide a second fifteen (15) day notice to be delivered to the property owner by certified mail or personal service, which shall indicate the following: 1. That if the property owner fails to abate the nuisance, the city shall take steps to abate the same. 2. That if the city abates the nuisance, all costs and expenses of abatement shall be billed and assessed against the property owner, and if unpaid, shall become collectable as a special assessment with property taxes. 3. That the property owner has a right to appear before the city council to show cause as to why he or she should not be forced to abate or pay for abatement of the nuisance; furthermore, that if the property owner desires such a hearing, a request for hearing, in writing, shall be given to the city administrator or designee prior to expiration of the fifteen (15) day notice, and that abatement by the city will proceed if the property owner has not exercised this option to request a hearing. 4. If said certified notice is returned as undeliverable, or is unclaimed by the property owner, nothing shall preclude the city from exercising its abatement option as specified herein. B. Authorization to Remove: When the fifteen (15) day notice has expired without a request for hearing, the administrator or designee is authorized to remove, abate or destroy the nuisance. The administrator is authorized to utilize city personnel to abate the nuisance or to contact the mayor in regard to contracting for an outside party to abate the nuisance. ---PAGE BREAK--- 27 C. Statement of Charges Mailed: If the city abates any nuisance under the provisions of this section, a statement of charges billed to the property owner shall be mailed or personally delivered to the property owner. D. Authority to Employ Labor: The mayor, with approval of the city council, is hereby given the power and authority to employ such labor as is necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter. E. Special Assessment: If payment is not received from the property owner within thirty (30) days, the amount billed shall, in accordance with state law, be assessed as a special assessment collectible against the subject property as other state, county and municipal taxes. F. Hearing: If the property owner requests a hearing to show cause before the city council, the hearing shall, if feasible, be placed on the agenda of the next regularly scheduled city council meeting. The decision of the city council shall be final. A ten (10) day period shall be given to the property owner after the council decision so that the property owner shall have an additional opportunity to abate the nuisance or to pursue any legal remedies or defenses at the district court level. 8-1D-11: PENALTIES: Any person owning or occupying any lots, lands or premises within such incorporated limits of the city who shall fail, refuse or neglect to continuously keep abated, cut down, obliterated or destroyed all such harmful, and injurious weeds and noxious weeds, grasses and growth above named in the manner prescribed, and according to the provisions of this section of this chapter shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. Each and every day any such person shall fail, refuse or neglect to comply with the provisions of this chapter it shall be deemed a separate and distinct offense against the provisions of this chapter and each such separate offenses shall be punishable as provided in this code. A. A violation of the provisions of this title is declared a misdemeanor. Any person violating or failing to comply with any of the provisions of this title shall be subject to criminal prosecution and upon conviction shall be fined as defined in section 1-4-1, "General Penalty", of this code. Each day of noncompliance with any of the provisions of this title shall constitute a separate offense. B. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection A of this section, the city may civilly prosecute any violation of this code and seek all available remedies that may include, but are not limited to, abatement of the noncompliant conditions, revocation of existing permits for noncompliance, civil damages for enforcement, or any other remedy as allowed by law. C. The city may file a lien upon any real property owned by convicted person if they fail to comply with the penalty as set forth in this section. ---PAGE BREAK--- 28 ARTICLE E DEFINITIONS 8-1E-1: TERMS DEFINED: 8-1E-2: FIGURES - SETBACKS, REQUIRED YARDS AND PROPERTY TYPE: 8-1E-1: TERMS DEFINED: As used in this title, each of the terms defined shall have the meaning given in this section unless a different meaning is clearly required by the content. Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinary accepted meanings within the context with which they are used. The most current version of the "Merriam-Webster's Unabridged Dictionary of The English Language" shall be considered as providing accepted meanings. ABANDONED: To cease or discontinue a use or activity for twelve (12) months without apparent intent to resume. ACCESSORY STRUCTURE: A detached structure that is incidental and subordinate to the principal structure and is located upon the same property. The structure shall not receive a building permit prior to the primary structure being built and will not be permitted without a primary structure. The term accessory structure shall include, but not be limited to, the following: private garage, storage structure, workshop, pool house, and/or greenhouse. New accessory structures are not allowed in the CBD district. A maximum of two accessory structures shall be allowed on any residential parcel or lot. ACCESSORY USE: A use that is incidental and subordinate to the principal use and is conducted upon the same property. ADMINISTRATOR: The administrator of the Star city planning and zoning department or an authorized representative, including their staff. Also referred to as the zoning administrator. ADULT BUSINESS/ADULT ENTERTAINMENT: Modeling, posing, exhibition, display or exposure of any type whether through book, pictures, electronic media, film, displays, live performance, dance or modeling that has as its dominant theme, or is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on any one or more of the following: a) any actual or simulated specified sexual activities; b) exposure of male or female anatomical areas; c) the removal of articles of clothing; d) appearing nude or seminude; and/or e) the use of the terms "XX", "XXX" or any series of the letter "erotic", "adult entertainment", "sex" or "nude". AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY, FISHING: Tilling of soil, aquaculture, raising crops, livestock, farming, dairying and animal husbandry including all uses customarily accessory and incidental thereto; but excluding animal slaughterhouses, fertilizer works, bone yards and commercial feedlots. Establishments primarily engaged in growing crops, raising animals, harvesting timber, and harvesting fish and other animals from a farm, ranch, or their natural habitats. ---PAGE BREAK--- 29 ALTERATIONS, STRUCTURAL: Any change, other than incidental repairs, which would prolong the life of the supporting members of a building or structures, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, and girders. ALTERNATIVE COMPLIANCE: An administrative determination that a specific application achieves or exceeds specific requirements as set forth in this title. Consideration of alternative compliance is limited in circumstances as identified in this title. ANIMAL CARE FACILITY: Any parcel of land or lot, structure, or portion thereof, that is designed or used for the boarding, care, grooming, diagnosis or treatment of animals, including, but not limited to, sick, ailing, infirm or injured animals, and those that are in need of medical or surgical attention. The term animal care shall include, but not be limited to, an animal clinic, animal hospital, or veterinary office or kennel. ANTENNA: A transmitting or receiving device used in telecommunication that radiates or captures radio or other signals, including omnidirectional or whip, directional or panel, parabolic or dish, and ancillary antennas. APARTMENT: A room, or suite of rooms, in a multiple-family structure or dwelling unit, providing living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation to a single family, for rent, lease, let or hire to be used as a single dwelling. ARTERIAL: See definition of Street, Arterial. ARTIST STUDIO: The use of the site for small scale, craftsman operated production of materials, assembly of parts, or the blending of materials, including metal and/or plastics, for the purpose of creating art. This would include frame shops as an accessory use. ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT AND RECREATION FACILITIES: The use of a site or facility for entertainment, spectator sports or recreational activities. The use includes, but is not limited to amusement parks, motion picture and performing arts theaters, racetracks, sports fields, golf courses, fitness clubs, museums, zoos, marinas, bowling, video and other games and amusements. For wedding and corporate events see events center. ASPHALT PLANT: An establishment where asphalt, tar, gravel and other materials are combined to produce pavement and other related products. AUCTION FACILITY: An establishment primarily engaged in retailing a general line of new and used merchandise on an auction basis. AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINE (ATM): A pedestrian oriented banking device operated by a financial institution for use by its customers for conducting transactions. The machines may be located at or within the financial institutions, or in other locations. ATMs for use by customers in vehicles are included in the definition of "drive-through establishment/drive-up window service". AUTOMOTIVE HOBBY: A use involving the restoration, maintenance and/or preservation of ---PAGE BREAK--- 30 motor vehicles for personal enjoyment of owner or occupant. AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE: Establishments primarily engaged in providing mechanical or electrical repair and maintenance services for automotive vehicles, such as passenger cars, trucks and vans, and all trailers. These establishments may specialize in a single service or may provide a wide range of these services. AWNING: A projecting cover extending over a door, window or wall section with support attached to the structures and used as cover, protection, or as decoration. BAKERY: Establishments primarily engaged in making and preparing bakery products. BAR/TAVERN/LOUNGE/DRINKING ESTABLISHMENT: The use of a site primarily for the sale or dispensing of alcohol by the drink or glass. The use includes, but is not limited to, lounge, and tavern. BARBERSHOP/STYLING SALON: An establishment where the following services are allowed by licensed professionals: haircutting, shampooing, shaves, perms, hair coloring, manicuring, tanning booths, including cosmetology of hair and makeup. BARRIER: A vertical element including, but not limited to, a fence, wall, structure, or a combination thereof, that completely surrounds an area and controls access to such area. BASEMENT: The bottom floor of a dwelling unit, all or partly underground, having at least one- half (1/2) of its height below the average level of the adjoining grade. BED AND BREAKFAST: A professionally run facility providing up to six rooms for temporary overnight accommodations, and where the owner/innkeeper is resident on the property. A bed and breakfast provides breakfast for overnight guests but does not provide a restaurant and/or bar. For accommodations similar but not limited to an Airbnb or VRBO, see short-term rental. BERM: An earthen mound designed to provide visual interest, screen undesirable views, and/or decrease noise. BEVERAGE BOTTLING PLANT: An establishment that produces consumable liquids (alcoholic or nonalcoholic) in bottles and/or cans. BLOCK: Land containing a lot or lots in a subdivision completely surrounded by public rights of way or boundaries of the subdivision. BOARDING HOUSE: An establishment other than a hotel, motel or short-term rental, where meals and/or lodging are provided with or without compensation, to more than two but less than twelve (12) unrelated persons. A boarding house shall include, but not be limited to, a rooming house, shelter, convent, monastery, dormitory, fraternity, sorority, etc. A boarding house does not provide a restaurant or a bar. ---PAGE BREAK--- 31 BREWERY: The use of a site that brews/manufactures/distributes such beverages as beer, ale and cider. The use may include the ancillary sale or dispensing of said beverages by the drink, glass or growler. BREWPUB: An establishment, restaurant or bar that usually serves food and brews and sells beer or similar alcoholic drink that is made on the premises. Typically, they do not bottle and sell other than in very small take home quantities. They do not distribute their beer. BUILDABLE AREA: The space remaining on a lot after the minimum open space requirements have been complied with. BUILDING HEIGHT: The vertical distance measured from the average elevation of the proposed finished grade at the front of the building to the highest point of the roof for flat roofs, to the deck line of mansard roofs, and the midpoint between the top of the peak and the facia line for gable, hip and gambrel roofs. BUILDING ENVELOPE: The area on a property exclusive of the required yards, setbacks, buffers, and unbuildable areas. BUILDING MATERIAL, GARDEN EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES: The use of a site for the retail sale and service of merchandise used in home and garden improvements. The use includes home and garden centers; hardware stores; lawn and garden equipment supply stores; paint and wallpaper stores; lumberyards; nursery, garden and farm supply stores. See also nursery, garden center and farm supplies. BUILDING OFFICIAL: The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of the building code as established by title 7 of this code or the building official's duly authorized representative. CALIPER: A measurement of the diameter of the trunk of a deciduous tree. The caliper of the trunk shall be measured six inches above the ground for all trees up to and including four- inch caliper size, and twelve inches (12") above the ground for larger sizes. CAMPGROUND: An area or ground on which tents/yurts, buildings, cabins or spaces, RVs, campers, are provided for temporary shelter, lodging or accommodation. CANOPY: A roof-like structure projecting from the exterior surface of a building, may be attached to the building or freestanding, constructed of a supporting framework and covered with nonrigid materials. CARETAKER UNIT: A dwelling unit for a person or persons hired to look after or take charge of goods, property or a person; or, a recreational vehicle or motor vehicle equipped as living quarters parked at a construction site, on a non-permanent basis, for the purpose of providing security during nonworking hours. This definition shall not include tents/yurts. CEMENT OR CLAY PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING: An establishment where pottery, ---PAGE BREAK--- 32 decorative shapes or other similar products are made. CEMETERY: The use of a site for the interment of human and/or animal remains or cremated remains. The use includes burial parks, mausoleum for vault or interments, columbarium for cinerary interments or a combination thereof. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (CO): Official certification that a building and site conform to the provisions of building and city codes. CERTIFICATE OF ZONING COMPLIANCE (CZC): An approval issued by the administrator that certifies that a structure or use, including accessory uses, meets the requirements of this title. CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PLANT: A factory where chemicals are produced and/or stored. CHILD CARE FACILITY: Any structure or place where nonmedical care, protection or supervision is regularly provided to children under twelve (12) years of age, for periods of less than twenty-four (24) hours per day, while the parents or guardians are not on the premises. For the purpose of persons with disabilities of any age, this section shall also apply. There are four types of childcare facilities distinguished by the number of individuals served: A. Child Care center: More than twelve (12). B. Child Care, group: More than six but no greater than twelve (12). C. Child Care, family: Six or fewer. D. Preschool/Early Learning – Maximum of twenty-five (25) children. CHURCH OR PLACE OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP: An establishment that by design and construction is primarily intended for conducting organized religious services, meetings, and associated activities and that is recognized as a religious corporation or society of the state of Idaho with a state tax exempt status in accord with Idaho Code section 63-602B. CIVIC, SOCIAL AND FRATERNAL ORGANIZATIONS: A facility owned or operated by an organized association of persons for a social, literary, political, educational or recreational purpose primarily for the exclusive use of members and their guests; and not primarily operated for profit nor to render a service that is customarily carried on as a business. COLD STORAGE: An establishment that provides storage of perishable foods, furs, and like items in a frozen or refrigerated state. COLLOCATION: The use of a single tower to support more than one wireless telecommunication service provider's equipment, or the mounting of an antenna to a preexisting structure. ---PAGE BREAK--- 33 COMMERCIAL USE: An occupancy of a building, structure or other property which involves any retail sale, wholesale distribution, office, entertainment service, recreational area, restaurant, room for rent, manufacturing, hybrid production facility or other nonresidential use. However, this definition shall not include home occupations, churches, public schools, hospitals, public civic centers or public recreation facilities, or other facilities owned by, or operated strictly for the benefit of the public. COMMON DRIVE: An access shared by adjacent property owners that is privately owned and maintained. CONCRETE BATCH PLANT: An establishment that combines cement, sand and gravel to produce concrete. CONDITIONAL USE: A use that, owing to some special characteristics attendant to its operation or installation (for example, potential danger, hours of operation, or noise), is allowed in a district subject to approval by the council and subject to special requirements in conformance with this title and as enabled by Idaho Code section 67-6512. CONDOMINIUM: An apartment house, office building or other multiple-unit complex, the units of which are individually owned, each owner receiving a recordable deed to the individual unit purchased, including the right to sell, mortgage, etc., that unit and sharing in joint ownership of any common grounds, passageways, etc. CONFERENCE/CONVENTION CENTER: A facility that is designed, constructed, and devoted to hosting conferences, exhibitions, large meetings, seminars, and training sessions. CONTRACTOR'S YARD: Any area of land used by a contractor for storage, maintenance, or processing incidental to the business of building, hauling, excavation, demolition, or similar activity and including any area of land used for minor preinstallation work or repair of machinery used for any of the above listed activities. CONVENIENCE STORE: Establishments known as convenience stores or food marts primarily engaged in retailing a limited line of goods that generally includes milk, bread, beverages, and snacks. The establishment may include fuel pumps. DAIRY FARM: An operation whose principal function is the production of milk. DEDICATION: The setting apart of land or interests in land for public use, charitable, religious, or educational purposes. DENSITY, GROSS: The ratio of the total number of dwelling units within a development divided by the total area, including streets; alleys; easements; waterways; and common spaces. DENSITY, NET: The ratio of the total number of dwelling units within a development divided by the total area, excluding streets; alleys; easements; waterways; and common spaces, and any other area not devoted to the residential use. ---PAGE BREAK--- 34 DEVELOPMENT: Any construction or installation of a structure, or any change in use of a structure, or any subdivision of property, or any change in the use of the land that creates additional demand and/or need for public facilities. DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT: A written agreement as a condition of annexation or rezone between the council and an owner or applicant concerning the use or development of a property in accord with Idaho Code section 67-6511A and chapter 1, "Administration", of this title. DISTILLERY: The use of a site that distills/manufactures distilled beverages. The use may include the ancillary sale or dispensing of liquor by the drink or glass. DISTRICT OR ZONE: The zoning district classification, listed in chapter 3 of this title, in effect on any given property. DRIVE-THROUGH ESTABLISHMENT/DRIVE-UP WINDOW SERVICE: The use of a portion of a structure where business is transacted, or is capable of being transacted, directly with customers located in a motor vehicle. The term drive-through establishment shall include, but not be limited to, providing food or beverage service, bank services, and/or prescription processing. The term drive-through establishment shall not include fuel sales facility or "vehicle washing facility" as herein defined. DUSTLESS MATERIALS: Hard surfaces used for driveways, loading and parking including, but not limited to, concrete, asphalt, grasscrete, pavers, grass, specifically treated gravel, and bricks. Treated gravel shall include an acceptable application treatment as determined by the administrator. DWELLING, MULTI-FAMILY: A structure, or portion thereof, that contains three or more dwelling units or apartments, where all such units are located on the same property. For the purposes of this title, a multi-family dwelling shall be deemed multi-family development. DWELLING OR DWELLING UNIT: Any structure, or portion thereof, providing independent living facilities for one "family" as herein defined, including provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation. DWELLING, SECONDARY: A habitable dwelling unit established in conjunction with and subordinate to a single-family dwelling unit. The term shall include guesthouse and granny flat. See also guesthouse/granny flat/mother-in-law quarters. DWELLING, SINGLE-FAMILY ATTACHED: A structure containing two or more dwelling units attached by a common wall or walls, where each dwelling unit is located on a separate property. May be referred as townhomes. DWELLING, SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED: A detached structure that accommodates a single dwelling. DWELLING, TWO-FAMILY DUPLEX: A structure containing two dwelling units attached ---PAGE BREAK--- 35 by a common wall, where both dwelling units are located on the same property. EDUCATION INSTITUTION, PRIVATE: The use of a site for education purposes not financially supported by the state of Idaho. The use includes, but is not limited to, elementary and secondary schools; institutions of higher learning; professional, technical and trade schools; driving schools; fine arts schools and studios. For pre-elementary schools, see childcare facility. EDUCATION INSTITUTION, PUBLIC: The use of a site for education financially supported by the state of Idaho. The use includes, but is not limited to, elementary and secondary schools; institutions of higher learning; and vocational schools. EQUIPMENT SALES, RENTAL AND SERVICES: The use of a site for the sale, rental or servicing of tools, trucks, tractors, construction equipment, agricultural implements, or similar industrial equipment. EVENTS CENTER. PUBLIC & PRIVATE, INDOOR OR OUTDOOR: A use of a property and/or structure for public or private gatherings to include wedding receptions, corporate events or other organized events where food service is provided, amplified music is present and area for a large amount of parking is required. FABRICATION SHOP: An establishment in which welding work, machining to size, assembling of materials and converting one form of metal or other materials such as plastic, into another to produce products and structures. See also definition of Manufacturing Plant. FACADE: The front or face of a building or structure. FAMILY: A. A person living alone or two or more persons related by blood or marriage; B. Eight or fewer unrelated mentally and/or physically handicapped or elderly persons residing in a dwelling under staff supervision, provided that no more than two staff members reside in the dwelling at any one time. FARM: Buildings and premises used for the raising and processing of agricultural products. FARMERS' MARKET: Typically found outdoors, where multiple vendors sell directly to the consumer. Vendors may sell a variety of items not limited to fruits and vegetables; plants and trees; handmade items including crafts, jewelry, baked goods, etc. The sale of animals is not a part of this definition. Also referred to as a Saturday or outdoor market. All vendors are subject to city permits. See Temporary Uses. FEEDLOT: A concentrated animal feeding operation (CAFO). FENCE: An enclosure or barrier constructed of wood, masonry, stone, wire, metal or other materials manufactured specifically to be used to enclose, screen or separate areas. Walls, latticework, and screens are considered fences. Items such as wooden pallets, firewood logs, or manufactured items such as skis, are not considered fencing material. ---PAGE BREAK--- 36 FINANCIAL INSTITUTION: The use of a site for lending, exchanging and handling money or currency for customers. The use includes, but is not limited to, credit unions, savings and loan, commercial banks, cash machines, insurance agents, and loan establishments. FIREWORKS STAND: A temporary structure used for retail business of selling fireworks. (See also definition of Temporary Use.) FLAG: Any fabric or bunting containing distinctive colors, patterns, or emblems used as a symbol of a government, political subdivision, or other such entity. Any fabric or bunting containing distinctive colors, patterns, or symbols used to communicate business identification and/or attract, distract, hold, direct or focus public attention. FLAGPOLE: A pole, usually made of metal, on which a flag is hoisted and displayed. See sign ordinance for regulations related to flag poles. FLAMMABLE SUBSTANCE STORAGE: An establishment, or portion thereof, wherein combustible substances (as defined by the fire code) are stored. FLEX SPACE: Allows for uses that generally require substantial amounts of storage and working area as well as office and/or showroom space. This use is not intended to permit warehousing or manufacturing that has high levels of truck activity. Loading docks shall be at the rear of the structure, shall be screened from view from street and neighboring uses, and loading ramps shall be a maximum of two feet high to discourage tractor trailer use. Examples of uses include, but are not limited to, lighting/plumbing fixture showrooms, small merchandise assembly, and low intensity sales and distribution facilities. Gross floor area of each building used as "flex space" shall be a maximum of thirty thousand (30,000) square feet. Hours of operation shall be based on specific districts. FLOODPLAIN: The relatively flat area or low land adjoining the channel of a river, stream, lake or other body of water which has been, or may be, covered by water of a flood of one percent chance in any given year. The floodplain includes the channel, floodway or floodway fringes, as established pursuant to engineering practices of the U.S. army corps of engineers. FLOOR AREA, GROSS: The measure of total square footage of habitable space of a structure. FOOD PRODUCTS, PROCESSING: The use of a site for producing, manufacturing, processing or storage of food products. The use includes, but is not limited to, bakery, beverages, coffee roasting, ice, snacks, fruits, vegetables, spices, confectionery, and dairy products. Excluded uses are animal products, seafood, milling and refining. FOOD STAND: A temporary, immobile structure, booth, stall, counter or the like operated by a vendor standing on or within the frame of the structure, booth, stall, counter or the like. Goods sold from a stand may include, but are not limited to, perishable and nonperishable food items, merchandise, and sundries. (See also definition of Temporary Use.) FOOTPRINT: Area of the ground covered by a structure, including the foundation and all areas ---PAGE BREAK--- 37 enclosed by exterior walls and/or footings. FULL CUTOFF SHIELD: In its installed position, a light fixture with a full cutoff shield will not allow any direct light above a horizontal plane and no more than five percent of the total light output may come from the zone from fifteen degrees (15°) below the horizontal to the horizontal plane. GARAGE: An enclosed accessory building designed for private storage or parking of noncommercial vehicles. A private garage attached to, or part of, the main building is considered to be part of the main use but may not be built prior to the primary structure. GASOLINE, FUELING AND CHARGING STATION: An establishment known as a gasoline or fueling station primarily engaged in one of the following: a) retailing automotive fuels diesel fuel, gasohol, gasoline) b) electric charging stations; or c) retailing these fuels in combination with activities, such as providing repair services. May also include convenience stores. GLARE: Light emitted from a fixture with intensity great enough to cause visual discomfort, eye fatigue, reduction in a viewer's ability to see, and in extreme cases, momentary blindness. GOLF COURSE: An area of land laid out for the game of golf with a series of nine or eighteen (18) holes, each including tee, fairway and putting green, and often one or more natural or artificial hazards, and which may include a driving range and clubhouse with restaurant and bar. GOVERNMENT OFFICE: An enterprise or office authorized by a federal, state, local or foreign government to conduct public business and assistance as provided in applicable federal, state, or local code or constitution. (See definition of Public Or Quasi-Public Use.) GRADE: The elevation of the natural or finished surface of the ground adjacent to the midpoint of any exterior wall of a building or structure. GRAND OPENING: A promotional activity used by newly established businesses, within two months after occupancy, to inform the public of their location and service available to the community. Grand opening does not mean an annual or occasional promotion of retail sales by a business. GREENHOUSE: A building whose roof and sides are made largely of transparent or translucent materials and in which the temperature and humidity can be regulated for the cultivation of plants. This use is accessory to a residential or principally permitted use. GREENHOUSE, COMMERCIAL: Any greenhouse used for the purpose of growing goods for wholesale or retail sales. GROSS LAND AREA: The total area of the land being developed, exclusive of required street buffers and buffers between incompatible land uses. The calculation for required open space in residential subdivisions and multi-family residential development is based on the gross land area ---PAGE BREAK--- 38 of the land being developed. GUESTHOUSE/GRANNY FLAT/MOTHER-IN-LAW QUARTERS: An additional site built house on a lot or parcel of land that: is owned by the owner of the lot or parcel containing the owner's residence; does not have its own separate house number (address); has inhabitable space not greater than one thousand (1,000) square feet; and is located within two hundred feet (200') of the principal residence. (See also Secondary Dwelling.) has inhabitable space not greater than 50% of the footprint of the primary dwelling; and is located within or attached to the primary dwelling, as a detached structure, or above a detached structure, such as a garage. (See Secondary Dwelling Unit Specific Standards) HARDSHIP: An unusual situation on an individual property that will not permit the property owner to enjoy the full utilization of their property as is enjoyed by others in the same district. A hardship can exist only when it is not self-created and is not financially based. Examples of hardship include unusual shape of the property, natural features, or other exceptional physical conditions on the property. HEALTHCARE AND SOCIAL SERVICES: The use of a site for ambulatory healthcare services. Included in this use are offices of dentists; physicians; chiropractors; optometrists; mental health practitioners; physical, occupational and speech therapists; audiologists; outpatient care centers; family planning centers, medical and diagnostic laboratories, imaging centers, kidney dialysis centers; blood and organ banks. HEIGHT: The vertical distance measured from finished grade to the top of the pole, structure, or tower, including the antenna. See also Building Height. HELIPORT: A publicly or privately-owned area of land that is used or intended for the landing and takeoff of helicopters, including the necessary accessory structures of facilities for storing and maintenance of helicopters. HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT: Parcel, lot, tract, or other defined area of land that has a ground slope of ten percent (10%) or more. HISTORIC PRESERVATION: The research, documentation, protection, restoration and rehabilitation of buildings, structures, objects, districts, areas and site significance in the history, architecture, archaeology or culture of this community, the state or the nation. HISTORIC PROPERTY: Any building, structure, area or site that is significant in the history, architecture, archaeology or culture of this community, the state or the nation. HOME OCCUPATION: An occupation, profession, activity, or use that is clearly an incidental and secondary use of a residential dwelling unit and that does not alter the exterior of the property or affect the residential character of the neighborhood. Must be approved by the HOA if applicable. HOSPITAL: A medical institution licensed by the state that is devoted to the maintenance and ---PAGE BREAK--- 39 operation of facilities for the medical or surgical care of patients twenty-four (24) hours a day and may include air transport facilities. The term hospital does not include healthcare and social services, nursing and residential care facility, or establishments that forcibly confine patients. HOTEL/MOTEL: An establishment that provides lodging to the public for a fee as defined by Idaho Code 67-4711, excluding boarding houses, bed and breakfast establishments or short-term rentals as herein defined. This classification may include incidental eating or drinking services. IMPACT AREA: The land established and adopted by ordinance by the city council, within the unincorporated area of the county, shown on the comprehensive plan future land use map and as defined in Idaho state code section 67-6509. IMPERVIOUS SURFACE: A surface that has been compacted or covered with a layer of material so that it is highly resistant to infiltration or absorption by water. It includes surfaces such as compacted sand or clay as well as most conventionally surfaced streets, roofs, sidewalks and parking lots. INDUSTRIAL UNIT: Any structure or land use which is used for the manufacture, processing, fabrication and testing of goods and materials and includes the production of power. It does not refer to the growing of agricultural products or the raising of livestock. INDUSTRY, HEAVY: A. A use engaged in the basic processing and manufacturing of materials or products, predominately from extracted or raw materials; B. A use engaged in storage or manufacturing processes using flammable or explosive materials; C. Storage or manufacturing processes that potentially involve hazardous or commonly recognized offensive conditions. INDUSTRY, INFORMATION: The use of a site for processing data. The use includes, but is not limited to, publishing industries such as newspapers, books, music, internet and software; recording and broadcasting studios; data processing centers, call centers, internet providers and other information systems. INDUSTRY, LIGHT: A use engaged in the manufacture, processing, fabrication, assembly, treatment, and/or packaging of finished products or parts, predominantly from previously prepared materials. INSTITUTION: An establishment which aids individuals in need of mental, therapeutic, rehabilitative counseling or other correctional services. JUNK: Discarded, used, or secondhand materials, including, but not limited to, used machinery, scrap copper, brass, iron, steel, other ferrous and nonferrous metals, tools, appliances, implements, vehicles or portions thereof, furniture, beds and bedding, rags, glass, plastic, cordage, rubber, building materials (excluding lumber), or other waste that has been abandoned from its original use and may be used again in its present or in a new form. ---PAGE BREAK--- 40 JUNKYARD: See definition of Vehicle Wrecking Yard/Junkyard. KENNEL: Any lot or premises or portion, indoors or outdoors, on which more than four dogs or cats are maintained, harbored, possessed, boarded, bred or cared for or kept for sale. See specific uses. LABORATORY: A place for scientific research: Where research and testing is carried out. LABORATORY, MEDICAL: An establishment where medical, dental, and optical equipment and supplies, or drugs and related chemicals are manufactured. LAGOON: An open structure or containment area designed to treat liquid manure or sewage through biodegradation by bacteria. LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE: Watering, weeding, pruning, mowing, litter removal, pest control, and removal/repair of vandalism as needed to maintain a neat and orderly appearance. LAUNDROMAT: A. An establishment that provides washing, drying, and/or ironing machines for hire; B. An establishment that provides washing, drying and/or ironing services to walk-in retail customers. LAUNDRY AND DRY CLEANING: An establishment that washes large quantities of laundry or dry cleaning for patrons, may also be combined with a laundromat. LIGHT INDUSTRY: See definition of Industry, Light. LIGHTING, DIRECT: Lighting, the source of which is visible to a viewer and/or which is reflected from the surface of a sign or building. This definition shall include exposed neon lights and tubing. LIGHTING, INDIRECT OR INTERNAL: Lighting for which the source of light is located in such a manner that the light must travel through a translucent material other than the bulb or tube necessary to enclose the light source, which material has the effect of dispersing the light before it strikes the eye of the viewer. LIVE/WORK UNIT: A unit or units consisting of both commercial/office and residential components and constructed as separate units under a condominium regime or as a single unit. The “work” component is restricted to specific uses within the CBD and MU zoning district. The “live” component may be located on the street level (on the side or behind the work component) or any other level of the building. LIVING AREA: The area of a residential dwelling as measured in square feet, excluding the garage. ---PAGE BREAK--- 41 LOADING SPACE: Space, logically and conveniently located for pick-ups and deliveries, scaled to delivery vehicles expected to be used and accessible to such vehicles. Required off street loading space is not to be included as required off street parking space. All off street loading spaces shall be located totally outside of any street or alley right of way. Lighting associated with the use shall be directed away from any residential use or district. LOT: A parcel of land and/or a portion of a subdivision, of sufficient size to meet minimum zoning requirements for use, coverage and area, and to provide such yards and other open spaces as are herein required. Such lot shall have frontage on an improved public street or on an approved private street and may consist of: A. A single lot of record; B. A portion of a recorded subdivision or a property intended as a unit for transfer of ownership or for development. LOT, COMMON: A lot held in common ownership among all owners of the subdivision and separate from individual building lots. LOT, CORNER: A lot located at the intersection of two or more streets. LOT FRONTAGE: The front of the property, measured along the street from side property line to side property line. On corner lots and through lots, all sides of a lot adjacent to streets shall be considered frontage. LOT, INTERIOR: A lot which abuts only one street. LOT, FLAG: A property in the shape of a flag on a pole where access to the street is from a narrow right of way. Flag lots may only be permitted upon approval from the Fire District. LOT LINE, FRONT: The line separating the lot or parcel from the street on which it takes access, excluding alleys. LOT LINE, REAR: The property line opposite and most distant from the front property line. Where the lot or parcel is irregular and the property lines converge, the rear property line shall be deemed to be a line at a point where the side property lines are not less than twenty feet (20') apart. LOT LINE, SIDE: Any property line other than a front or rear property line. A property line adjoining a street is called a street side property line. A property line adjoining another property is called an interior side property line. LOT, NONCONFORMING: A parcel of land which was created prior to the provisions of the city of Star's Unified Development Code but was in compliance with the zoning and subdivision ordinance(s) that were in effect at the time such parcel was created. ---PAGE BREAK--- 42 LOT-LINE OR PARCEL BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT: The adjustment of the boundary between properties where: a) the dimensions of the properties are not reduced below the minimum dimensional standards for the applicable district; b) there is no increase in the original number of properties; and c) no easements, public streets, private roads or publicly dedicated areas are affected. MANUFACTURED HOME: A. A dwelling constructed according to HUD/FHA construction and safety standards and as defined by Idaho Code section 39-4105. B. A rehabilitated dwelling certified by the state of Idaho department of labor and industry, building safety division. MANUFACTURED HOME PARK: A multi-family residential development developed exclusively for siting manufactured homes on individual spaces that are rented or leased. MANUFACTURING PLANT: Shall include the processing, packaging, or assembly of products, and incidental storage, sales, and distribution of such products, but excluding those uses as defined in heavy industry. MEATPACKING PLANT: An establishment maintained for canning, curing, smoking, salting, packing, freezing, storing or other similar uses in which meat products are processed for commercial sale. MEDICAL CLINIC: A building used for the care, diagnosis, and treatment of persons who seek medical/surgical attention. This does not include medical care facilities which provide board, room or regular hospital services. MINING, Pit or Quarry and Accessory Pits: Establishments that extract naturally occurring mineral solids, such as coal, gravel and ores; liquid minerals, such as crude petroleum; and gases, such as natural gas. The term mining is used in the broad sense to include quarrying, well operations, beneficiating crushing, screening, washing, and flotation), and other preparation customarily performed at the mine site, or as a part of mining activity. Water amenities, such as ponds, created as a part of an approved subdivision, shall be reviewed as an accessory pit, but shall not be considered mining, unless materials are removed from the project site. MIXED USE DEVELOPMENT: The development of a tract of land or building or structure which includes uses from two or more of the land use categories such as residential, commercial, office, light industrial, public space or agricultural. MOBILE HOME: A transportable structure suitable for year-round single-family occupancy and having water, electrical and sewage connections similar to those of conventional dwellings. This definition applies only to units constructed prior to June 15, 1976. MONOPOLE: A cylindrical shaped pole, usually made of steel, that has no visible break in shape or appearance, other than tapering, which is secured to the ground in a manner to stand vertically upright. ---PAGE BREAK--- 43 MORTUARY: An establishment in which deceased human bodies are kept and prepared for burial or cremation. MOTEL: See definition of Hotel/Motel. MULTI-FAMILY DEVELOPMENT: Development where there are three or more dwelling units or apartments located on the same property. A multi-family dwelling may or may not be present on the property. MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING: See definition of Dwelling, Multi-Family. NEIGHBORING PROPERTIES: Abutting properties and any properties separated from the subject property solely by a roadway or dedicated easement. (See Transitional Lot.) NONCONFORMING PROPERTY: A property that lawfully existed prior to the effective date of this title, but that does not now conform to the standards for the district in which it is located. NONCONFORMING STRUCTURE: A structure that was lawfully constructed and/or existing prior to the effective date of this title but that does not conform to the standards for the district in which it is located. NONCONFORMING USE: A use that lawfully existed prior to the effective date of this title but that does not now conform to the allowed uses for the district in which it is located. For the purposes of this title, nonconforming parking lot design and landscaping shall be deemed a nonconforming use. NURSERY, GARDEN CENTER AND FARM SUPPLY: An establishment that primarily engages in retailing nursery and garden products, such as trees, shrubs, plants, seeds, bulbs, and sod Also included are establishments primarily engaged in retailing farm supplies, such as animal feed. See also Building Materials. NURSING AND RESIDENTIAL CARE FACILITY: The use of a site for providing assistance to individuals needed to perform the routines of daily life. The use includes, but is not limited to, children's treatment facility, assisted care, skilled nursing facility, residential care facility, and drug and alcohol treatment facility. The number of rooms within such a facility are not to be calculated as residential density. OFFICE SECURITY FACILITY: An establishment utilized by security personnel in the fulfillment of their job to protect local properties, businesses, individuals, and/or the community at large. OPEN SPACE, DEVELOPED: An area of open land used for recreational opportunities and that provides either active or passive recreational facilities. The term shall not include streets, parking areas, unusable drainage areas as determined by the administrator, or structures for habitation. OPEN SPACE, NATURAL: An area of open land, with little or no land disturbance, preserved, ---PAGE BREAK--- 44 enhanced and/or restored in order to maintain the natural, scenic, ecological, cultural, hydrological, geological, or agricultural values of the land. Natural open space may include trails and park bench style seating; interpretive signage and kiosks for educational purposes; and agricultural activities. OPEN SPACE, USABLE AREA: Among other useable open space areas as may be determined by the Council, the following areas shall be included into the calculation for “Usable Area of Open Space”: Active recreational facilities, trails, pathways, park bench style seating, interpretive signage and kiosks for educational purposes, picnic areas, community gardens, courses or courts, children's play areas, dog play areas. Landscape buffer areas, not required pursuant to other sections of this title, may be considered, in part, as useable open space provided a pathway or other usable amenity is located within and incorporated into the buffer area. This shall include detached sidewalk buffers. Up to fifty percent (50%) of the total area of water bodies ponds) within a development may be considered usable area provided only if there is a finding that the ponds employ active recreation capabilities such as fishing, rafting, canoeing, and the like and is available to all residents of the subdivision. All ponds shall be aerated. Irrigation ditches, drainage ditches and the like, shall not be considered water bodies and therefor shall not be a part of the usable open space area calculations, unless left as natural open space, as herein defined, and provided with either open style fencing, pathways, or both. PARKING LOT/PARKING GARAGE: A site/building for parking vehicles for a fee. PARKING SPACE, OFF STREET: An area adequate for parking an automobile with dimensions conforming to the requirements of this title. PARKS, PUBLIC AND PRIVATE: A public or private open space that is primarily used for active recreation. PAWNSHOP: An enclosed building where all business is conducted for the loaning of money, purchase, sale or exchange of used items. (See Specific Use Standards) PENNANT: Any lightweight plastic, fabric, or other material, whether or not containing a message of any kind, suspended from a rope, wire, or string, usually in series, designed to move in the wind. The display of a single pennant, unattached to another, may be regarded as a type of decorative flag. PERSONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES: The use of a site for the provision of individualized services generally related to personal needs. Personal service uses include, but are not limited to, beauty and healthcare services such as salons, hair, nail and skin care, spa, and barbers; locksmiths; and repairs such as footwear and leather goods, and watches. Professional service uses include, but are not limited to architects, landscape architects and other design services; computer designers; consultants; accountants; lawyers; media advisors; photography studios; realtors and title companies. PHARMACY: An establishment where medical prescriptions are filled and sold. An establishment where medical supplies, over the counter drugs, and a variety of other merchandise ---PAGE BREAK--- 45 is sold. PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO: An establishment or building utilized for the creation and/or production of pictures on photographic, reproduction or electronic media. PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD): Property planned as a unit that demonstrates innovation and creativity in site design to protect natural features, preserve open space and create public amenities. A well-designed urban type development characterized by a wide mix of uses, on site amenities, trip capture, and connectivity within the community; conservation of open space and preservation of environmental attributes; an emphasis on community character and forming a sense of community. A PUD may contain a specific use exception for uses not allowed in the zoning district and may allow for a density bonus. PORTABLE CLASSROOMS/MODULAR BUILDING: A building or building component, other than a manufactured home, which is constructed according to standards contained in the international building code, as adopted, which is of closed construction and is either entirely or substantially prefabricated or assembled at a place other than the building site, used for private/public education facilities. POWER PLANT: An electricity generating facility regulated by the federal energy regulatory commission including, but not limited to, fossil fuel, geothermal, hydroelectric, biomass, solar and wind energy conversion facilities. PRINCIPAL USE: The use of land or a structure allowed outright in a specific district as distinguished from an accessory or conditional use. Principal uses shall be subject to review through the CZC process. PROCESSING PLANT: A building where the act of converting material from one form to another occurs. PROFESSIONAL OFFICES: Offices and related spaces maintained and used as a place of business, such as doctors, dentists, engineers, attorneys, architects, accountants and other persons providing professional services. PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE: The use of a site for a public infrastructure including, but not limited to a) power substation, electric substation, grid switching site, electric transmission line; b) public well and/or water reservoir; and c) municipal wastewater and treatment facility. PUBLIC UTILITY YARD: A yard where facilities such as utility shops, garages, or storage areas are located that are owned and operated by a public utility. RECREATIONAL VEHICLE: A portable structure primarily designed as temporary living accommodation for recreational, camping, and travel use and as defined in Idaho Code section 49-119. RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARK: A premises upon which two or more parking sites are ---PAGE BREAK--- 46 located, established, or maintained for occupancy by recreational vehicles for temporary use for recreation or vacation purposes. Density allowances of the specific zoning district shall not be used to calculate the number of parking sites for the park. RECYCLING CENTER: An establishment that is not a junkyard and in which recoverable resource materials, such as paper products, glassware, and metal cans, are collected, sorted, flattened, crushed, or bundled within a completely enclosed structure prior to shipment to others who use such resource materials to manufacture new products. RESEARCH ACTIVITIES: A use that has facilities or laboratories for scientific research, investigation, testing, or experimentation, but not facilities for the manufacture or sale of products, except as incidental to the main purpose of the facility. RESTAURANT: A. The use of a site for the primary purpose of food preparation, having kitchen and cooking facilities, and where meals are regularly served to the public for compensation. B. Establishments with a liquor and/or beer and wine license that includes a restaurant certificate and that meet the definition of restaurant as set forth in Idaho administrative code. RETAIL STORE/RETAIL SALES AND SERVICES: The use of a site that offers merchandise to the public for monetary compensation. The use includes, but is not limited to, convenience stores; food stores; apparel and accessories stores; book, computer, and music stores; electronics and appliances; florists; furniture and home furnishings; general merchandise stores; health and personal care stores; hobby, office supplies, stationery and gift stores; specialty stores; sporting goods; and used merchandise stores. RETIREMENT HOME: A residential establishment shared by eight or more persons, fifty- five (55) years or older, or their immediate family, where care and supervision are not provided. SAND AND/OR GRAVEL YARD: A commercial establishment where sand and gravel, soil and soil blends, decorative rock and aggregate are produced, and/or washed and/or sold. See also Mining. SELF-SERVICE USES: Any commercial use in which there is not an attendant on the site during all hours of operation, including, but not limited to, automated teller machines, laundromats, vehicle washing, fuel sales facilities, and storage facilities. SETBACK LINE: The minimum required distance between the property line and the nearest structure. See figure 8-1E-2. SHOOTING RANGE: Any facility designed and operated for the safe practice of shooting rifles, shotguns, pistols, black powder devices, archery or any other similar device, which may include any accessory uses and structures normally associated with this activity. SHOPPING CENTER: A group of three or more retail sale or service commercial ---PAGE BREAK--- 47 establishments, attached or detached that are planned, developed, owned and/or managed as units related in location, size and type of shops to the trade area the unit serves. SHORT-TERM RENTAL: A short-term rental refers to the rental of part or all of any legally permitted dwelling unit for fewer than 30 consecutive days. Also referred to as an Airbnb, VRBO or a hostel. SITE PLAN: A plan, to scale, showing existing and proposed uses, structures and improvements proposed for a property as required by the regulations involved. Such plans include property lines, streets, driveways, parking, building sites, landscaping, open space, and utility easements. SOIL STABILIZATION: The state of having sufficient vegetation and gradual slopes to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation onto adjacent features such as streets, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, lawns, or water bodies. SOLID WASTE TRANSFER STATION: The use of a site for the collection and temporary storage of solid waste for subsequent transport to a permanent disposal location. STABLE: An equine boarding facility in which horses, and sometimes other large types of livestock, are kept. The facility may include, but is not limited to, a barn, riding arena(s) and/or pasture facilities. STORAGE FACILITIES, OUTDOOR: The commercial use of a site where equipment, registered vehicles, inventory, supplies, or other similar items are stored, including a building with a roof but without walls completely enclosing the building. STORAGE FACILITY, SELF-SERVICE: A structure or group of structures with a controlled access and fenced compound that contains individual, compartmentalized, or controlled units that are leased or sold to store material (including, but not limited to, goods, wares, merchandise, or vehicles) and may include an area of outdoor storage for vehicles and equipment. As a part of this use, a dwelling unitor caretaker’s unit, which may include an office, shall be permitted for a person or persons hired to manage the property. STREET FRONTAGE: The distance measured along the property line, which fronts upon a street or alley or other principal thoroughfare that provides vehicular access to a property. STROBE LIGHT: An attention getting device that emits a repetitive light; independent of, or as part of a sign. For the purposes of this code, strobe light shall not be considered an animated sign. SUBDIVISION: A. The division of a lot or parcel of land, into two or more lots for the purpose of conveyance of ownership or for building development; and the recorded plat thereof; or B. The platting of one lot or parcel for the purposes of remedying a prior illegal division of property or as deemed appropriate by the administrator and/or city engineer. ---PAGE BREAK--- 48 SWIMMING POOL COMMERCIAL/PUBLIC: An artificial pool of water intended for recreation by human beings, including all pertinent equipment. This includes a public or private facility that charges a fee to use the pool and the pool meets all health requirements. TELEVISION STATION: A facility that broadcasts audio and video over the airwaves, which is properly licensed. This does not include the transmission tower. TEMPORARY LIVING QUARTERS: A "manufactured home" as herein defined, permitted as a temporary dwelling for a member of the immediate family on the same property as the principal permitted use. May also be considered as a temporary living use in an existing dwelling while a new dwelling is being constructed on the same property, provided that once a new dwelling is completed and prior to an occupancy permit, the temporary livings quarters is removed. TEMPORARY USE: The use of a site on a seasonal basis and for a short period of time. The use includes, but is not limited to, Christmas tree lots, construction buildings, firework stands, food service vehicles, model homes, produce stands, snow cone stands, and pumpkin stands. TERMINAL, FREIGHT OR TRUCK: The use of a site where freight brought by truck or rail is transferred. The use may include the storage or repair of trucks or railcars. The use excludes the long term or permanent storage of freight. TRANSITIONAL LOT OR PROPERTY: The size of a new residential lot when being proposed adjacent to an established residential use. The ratio for lots adjacent to properties shall be determined on a case by case basis, when considering the size of the development potential for the existing use. This shall not be required if separated by an existing roadway or large canal where the distance between new structures and existing structures equal or exceed 100 feet. TOWER, LATTICE: A tower made of an open metal framework consisting of strips of metal overlapped in a pattern to achieve strength and height. TRAILER: A vehicle without motor power designed for carrying persons or property on its own structure and to be drawn by a vehicle with motor power. The term "trailer" shall include coach, boat trailer, semitrailer, travel trailer, or utility trailer. TREES, CLASS I, II, III: The classes of trees are defined for the purposes of this title by the “Tree Guide” as provided by Boise City and the 2018 Treasure Valley Tree Selection Guide (or most recent version). In general, class I trees are smaller ornamental trees, class II trees are medium/large trees appropriate for street tree planting, and class III trees are very large trees. TRUCK: A motor vehicle exceeding eight thousand (8,000) pounds' gross weight designed, used or maintained primarily for the transportation of commercial property. TRUCK STOP: An establishment that sells and supplies motor fuel, lubricating oils, tires, and/or grease to on premises trade, primarily to trucking industry. This use may also include accessory vehicle repair shops, vehicle washing facilities, convenience store and/or restaurant. ---PAGE BREAK--- 49 TURF FARM: A property for agricultural use that is five acres in size or greater and is used for the purpose of growing turf. UPLIGHTING: Lighting that is directed in such a manner as to shine light rays onto a solid surface, including a building or sign USE, CHANGE OF: A change of use shall include, but not be limited to, an expansion, alteration, or change in occupancy. UTILITY: Electrical, natural gas, water, wastewater, sewer, telephone, satellite and cable services and facilities. VARIANCE: A relief from development standards as allowed by this title and as enabled by Idaho Code section 67-6516. VEHICLE: Shall include, but not limited to, automobile, truck, recreational vehicle, or as otherwise defined in Idaho Code section 49-123 which includes every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be transported or drawn travel trailers) upon a public highway, excepting devices moved by human power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks. This shall include electric scooters. VEHICLE, COMMERCIAL: Any currently licensed and operable motor vehicle, as defined by Idaho Code section 49-123. VEHICLE EMISSION TESTING: A mobile or stationary area where vehicle emissions testing is performed as required by the state of Idaho (see also definition of Temporary Use). VEHICLE IMPOUND YARD: The use of a site for the temporary storage of vehicles to be claimed by the owners. Shall not be used as a vehicle repair or wrecking yard. VEHICLE, INOPERABLE: A vehicle that cannot move under its own power or does not meet the minimum legal requirements necessary for the motor vehicle to be operated in a safe and lawful manner upon the roadways and highways in the state of Idaho, as set forth in Idaho Code title 49. VEHICLE REPAIR, MAJOR: The use of a site for major vehicle rebuilding or reconditioning. The use includes engine rebuilding; major reconditioning of worn or damaged motor vehicles; and collision service, including body, frame, or fender straightening or repair. VEHICLE REPAIR, MINOR: The use of a site for minor vehicle maintenance and repair. The use includes vehicle repair garages, muffler shops, tire sales and installations, transmission shops, and wheel and brake shops. VEHICLE SALES OR RENTAL AND SERVICE: The sale, trade, or lease of new or used vehicles in operating condition and any repair work or minor service. Repair work or minor service shall include, but not be limited to, replacement of parts tires, shocks, brakes, ---PAGE BREAK--- 50 mufflers, windshields, radiators, upholstery), oil change, minor engine repair, tune up, and accessory sales of replacement parts. Any operation specified under the definition of "vehicle repair, major" is excluded. VEHICLE WASHING FACILITY: The use of a site where a vehicle may be washed, waxed, detailed, or vacuumed by the owner of the vehicle or employees on the site. VEHICLE WRECKING YARD/JUNKYARD/SALVAGE YARD: Any area, lot, land, or parcel where two or more vehicles without current registration or two or more inoperable or dismantled vehicles that are not in operating condition (or parts thereof) are stored, dumped, dismantled, partially dismantled or wrecked; or as defined by Idaho Code section 40-111, the use of a site that is maintained, operated, or used for storing, keeping, buying, or selling junk, or for the maintenance or operation of an automobile graveyard, garbage dumps and sanitary fills. The following uses are excluded from this definition: agricultural equipment on a "farm" as herein defined and vehicles stored or dismantled within a completely enclosed structure. Property whereupon junk, waste, vehicles, discarded or salvaged materials/parts are primarily stripped of parts in preparation for future storage, destruction, or rebuilding. This connotates that vehicles within such areas are inoperable either physically and/or legally licensed and registered). While, expectedly, storage of items will occur by nature of this kind of use, this use classification/definition does not expect that such will become the primary activity conducted from the site. Specific examples of such uses include, but are not limited to, the following: automobile wrecking yards. VETERINARY OFFICE: See definition of Animal Care Facility. VICINITY MAP: A drawing which sets forth by dimensions or other means the relationship of the proposed developments to other nearby developments or landmarks and community facilities and services within the general area in order to better locate and orient the subject property. VINEYARD: A property in agriculture that is five acres in size or greater, used for the purpose of growing and cultivating grapevines. See also wineries. VISION TRIANGLE: The boundaries of an area at the intersection of: a) two public streets; b) the intersection of a public street and driveway; c) the intersection of a public street and alley; or d) at the crossing of a railroad over a street, where visual observations are limited and specified by this title for the purpose of protecting public health and safety. This shall be defined by the highway authority having jurisdiction. WALKWAY: A public way for nonvehicular use only, whether or not along the side of a road. WALL AREA: The total square footage of an exterior wall and determined by multiplying the total linear elevation of the building (or the leased portion thereof) by the distance from the roofline to pedestrian grade. WAREHOUSE AND STORAGE: A structure used primarily for storing materials and/or freight, ---PAGE BREAK--- 51 including, but not limited to, goods, wares, merchandise, or vehicles. WATER AMENITY: Any body of water either natural or manmade, which either exists or is proposed to be improved as a part of the development, in which its banks in all places adjacent to and located on said development are no steeper than one foot vertical per every four feet horizontally (1:4) and which has a depth and velocity in all places adjacent to and located on said development such that the product of the maximum depth (feet) multiplied by the peak velocity (feet per second) does not exceed four WHOLESALE SALES: The use of a site for selling, distributing, or brokering merchandise to retailers, business users, or other wholesalers. This use can include incidental retail sales to the general public. WINERY: The use of a site that manufactures alcoholic beverages from the fermented juice of grapes, fruits or other liquid bearing plants. The use may include the ancillary sale or dispensing of beverages by the drink or glass and including retail sales to the general public. See also vineyard. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITY: A steel monopole, guywire tower, lattice tower or other similar structure designed to support directional antennas, parabolic dishes or antennas, microwave dishes, in addition to associated ground equipment and other similar equipment used in the wireless communications industry. WOODWORKING SHOP: An establishment where wood is modified into finished product to be sold. YARD, FRONT: A yard extending between the side lot lines across the front of a lot and from the front lot line to the front of the principal building. YARD, REAR: An area extending across the full width of the property and lying between the rear property line and the nearest line of the principal structure. See figure 8-1E-2. YARD, REQUIRED: An area that extends along a property line to a depth or width specified in the setback regulations for the district in which the property is located. See figure 8-1E-2. YARD, SIDE: An area extending from the front yard to the rear yard between the side property line and the nearest line of the principal structure. See figure 8-1E-2. YARD, STREET: An area extending across the full width of the property and lying between the front property line and the nearest line of a principal structure. See figure 8-1E-2. YARD SALE: The sale of household or personal articles (as furniture, tools, or clothing) held on the seller's own premises. Yard sales are limited to one sale per month, lasting no longer than three days. Yard sales are not commercial activities. ---PAGE BREAK--- 52 8-1E-2: FIGURE - SETBACKS, REQUIRED YARDS AND PROPERTY TYPE ---PAGE BREAK--- 53 CHAPTER 2 NONCONFORMING PROPERTY, USE OR STRUCTURE 8-2-1: PURPOSE: 8-2-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-2-3: NONCONFORMING PROPERTY: 8-2-4: NONCONFORMING USE: 8-2-5: NONCONFORMING STRUCTURE: 8-2-6: VIOLATIONS: 8-2-1: PURPOSE: The purpose of this article is to allow any nonconforming property, use, or structure that lawfully existed prior to the effective date ( ) to continue until they are removed, but not to encourage their continuation. It is further the intent of this article that nonconforming uses or structures shall not expand or extend the nonconforming aspect of the property, use, or structure, unless approved subject to a conditional use permit as set forth in this title. 8-2-2: APPLICABILITY: These regulations shall apply to any lawfully existing nonconforming property, use, or structure in any district, except: in the event that a property, use, or structure that was deemed nonconforming under past regulations now complies with the standards of this title, such property, use, or structure shall be deemed conforming. 8-2-3: NONCONFORMING PROPERTY: A. The nonconforming property shall not be diminished in size. B. Any property reduced by governmental action that reduces an existing conforming parcel below the required property size shall be deemed as a conforming property for the purpose of development. To be deemed a conforming property, the owner or applicant shall submit documents to the administrator proving the following: 1. The property was in compliance with the minimum property size requirement of the applicable district prior to the decrease in property size; and 2. The decrease in property was caused by acquisition through prescription, purchase, or other means by the transportation authority, a utility company or corporation under the jurisdiction of the Idaho public utilities commission, or other local, state, or federal agency. 8-2-4: NONCONFORMING USE: A. The nonconforming use may continue as long as the use remains lawful and is not expanded or extended, subject to the following provisions: 1. Alteration: No existing structure containing a nonconforming use may be enlarged, extended, constructed, reconstructed, moved or structurally altered except: a) through the approval of a ---PAGE BREAK--- 54 conditional use permit in accord with the procedures set forth in this title; or b) where the use of the structure is changed to a conforming use. 2. Extension: A nonconforming use may be extended to occupy additional land area only through the approval of a conditional use permit in accord with the procedures set forth in this title. B. If a nonconforming use has ceased for twelve (12) consecutive months or has been replaced with a conforming use, the nonconforming use shall be deemed abandoned and shall not be reestablished. C. A nonconforming use or structure housing a nonconforming use that is damaged more than fifty percent (50%) of its current assessed taxable value by fire, flood, explosion, wind, earthquake, war, riot, calamity, or other catastrophic event, shall comply with this title upon reconstruction. If the damage to the nonconforming use or structure housing the nonconforming use is fifty percent (50%) or less of its current assessed taxable value, the nonconforming use may continue, provided that the nonconforming use commences within twelve (12) months of the event. 8-2-5: NONCONFORMING STRUCTURE: A. Nonconforming structures may be enlarged, repaired or modified, with approval of a conditional use permit, provided that the additions or modifications to the structure conform to the requirements of this title. B. A nonconforming structure that is damaged more than fifty percent (50%) of its current assessed taxable value by fire, flood, explosion, wind, earthquake, war, riot, calamity, or other catastrophic event, shall comply with this title upon restoration or reconstruction. If the damage to the nonconforming structure is fifty percent (50%) or less of its current assessed taxable value, the structure may be restored or reconstructed, provided that restoration or reconstruction commences within twelve (12) months of the event. C. Structures listed on the national register of historic places shall be exempt from the regulations of this section. 8-2-6: VIOLATIONS: Properties, uses, or structures that were in violation of previous land use regulations and that remain a violation under this title shall be considered continuing violations. ---PAGE BREAK--- 55 CHAPTER 3 ZONING DISTRICT STANDARDS ARTICLE A DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSES ESTABLISHED: 8-3A-2: OFFICIAL ZONING MAP: 8-3A-3: USES WITHIN ZONING DISTRICTS: 8-3A-4: ZONING DISTRICT DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS: 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED: The following zoning districts are hereby established. For the interpretation of this title, the zoning districts have been formulated to realize the general purposes as set forth in this title. In addition, the specific purpose of each zoning district shall be as follows: A AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT: To provide for agricultural use with parcels that are 5 acres or larger in size. May include active agriculture, viticulture, equestrian, and residential. Uses include native open space and active farmland. The agricultural land use is not amenity based (sewer, water, schools) and will usually be located away from goods and services. These areas encourage the keeping and raising of crops and/or animals and do not necessarily include manicured yards, sidewalks, bike paths, streetlights or planned park and recreation facilities. Density may be limited due to the limited availability of infrastructure. Wells and septic systems should be permitted for lots in this land use designation if approved by the applicable Health Department. Easements of at least 20-feet in width shall be provided where determined necessary for the future extension of water and sewer mains. Modified street sections and a reduction in light pollution (by reducing or eliminating lighting standards) may be offered for a more rural feel. Private streets may be permitted in this district for access to newly subdivided or split property. This district does allow for some commercial uses as specified in 8-3A-3. R-R RURAL-RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT: To provide for rural single-family residential use adjacent to agricultural uses, adjacent to other Rural Residential type uses, and adjacent to BLM land areas. Parcels are to be two acres minimum. It is the intent of this land use designation to help to preserve Star’s rural feel. Huge manicured “Rural Residential” lots are discouraged and therefore manicured home site areas on these properties should not exceed 1/2 acre. Uses may include active agriculture, viticulture, equestrian, and residential. Uses include native open space and small-scale active farmland. The Rural Residential land use is not amenity based (sewer, water, schools) and will usually be located away from goods and services. These areas encourage the keeping and raising of small-scale crops and/or animals and do not necessarily include manicured yards, sidewalks, bike paths, streetlights or planned park and recreation facilities. Density may be further limited due to the limited availability of infrastructure. Modified street sections and a reduction in light pollution (by reducing or eliminating lighting standards) may be offered for a more rural feel. Private streets may be permitted in this district for access to newly ---PAGE BREAK--- 56 subdivided or split property. This land use designation is to be located such that it does not block extension of urban services at reasonable costs. Wells and septic systems should be permitted for lots in this land use designation if approved by the applicable Health Department. Easements of at least 20-feet in width shall be provided where determined necessary for the future extension of water and sewer mains. This district does allow for some commercial uses as specified in 8- 3A-3. R RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT: To provide regulations and districts for various residential neighborhoods. Gross density in a Residential district shall be determined according to the numeral following the R. The numeral designates the maximum number of dwelling units per acre. In zoning designations of R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 and R-5, housing shall be single family detached unless approved with a PUD or development agreement. Connection to municipal water and sewer facilities are required for all subdivision and lot split applications submitted after the effective date hereof in all districts exceeding one dwelling unit per acre. Wells and septic systems may be permitted for larger lots in this land use designation that are not adjacent to municipal services, as determined by the Sewer District, and if approved by the applicable Health Department. Private streets may be approved in this district for access to newly subdivided or split property. This district does allow for some non-residential uses as specified in 8-3A-3. CBD CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT: To provide for commercial, retail, civic, office, and entertainment uses. High density housing is encouraged on the upper floors of mixed-use buildings and may also be allowed at the fringes of the land use designation shown on the comprehensive plan. Live/work designed development is also encouraged in this district. Developments in this district are to place an emphasis on pedestrian and bicycle access and compatibility. Special emphasis shall be placed on development in the central downtown area to encourage and create a vibrant, walkable downtown community that incorporates the Boise River as an active amenity. C-1 NEIGHBORHOOD BUSINESS DISTRICT: To provide for the establishment of convenience business uses which tend to meet the daily needs of the residents of an immediate neighborhood while establishing development standards that prevent adverse effects on residential uses adjoining a C-1 district. Such districts are typically appropriate for small shopping clusters or integrated shopping centers located within residential neighborhoods, where compatible. C-2 GENERAL BUSINESS DISTRICT: To provide for the establishment of areas for commercial uses allowed in other commercial zones and commercial uses which are more intensive than those permitted in other commercial zones, and typically located adjacent to arterial roadways and not immediately adjacent to residential, including the establishment of areas for travel related services such as hotels, motels, service stations, drive-in restaurants, offices, limited warehousing, commercial services and retail sales. L-O LIMITED OFFICE DISTRICT: To provide for the establishment of groupings of professional, research, executive, administrative, accounting, clerical, limited commercial and similar uses. Development shall not be traffic intensive and research facilities shall not involve ---PAGE BREAK--- 57 heavy testing operations of any kind. The L-O district is designed to act as a buffer between other more intense nonresidential uses and residential uses and is thus a transitional use. LI LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT: To provide for manufacturing, warehousing, mini‐storage and open storage, multi‐tenant industrial park, contractors yards, and similar uses. Limited office and commercial uses may be permitted as ancillary uses. All development within this land use shall be free of hazardous or objectionable elements such as excessive noise, odor, dust, smoke, or glare. PS PUBLIC/SEMIPUBLIC: To provide for the development of such uses as golf courses, parks, recreation facilities, greenways, schools, cemeteries, and public service facilities such as government offices and utilities. All development within this land use is encouraged to be designed to accommodate the different needs, interests, and age levels of residents in matters concerning both recreation and civil activities. MU MIXED USE DISTRICT: To provide for a mixture of uses which may, at the sole discretion of the Council, include office, commercial, and/or residential depending upon the specific comprehensive plan area designated as Mixed Use. Development within this zone is to proceed through the PUD process unless a development agreement has already been executed for the particular property. Identifying areas for mixed-use development has two objectives. The first objective is to give the city a better tool to manage the type of developments through the planned unit development and/or the Development Agreement process. The second objective is that this zone may allow the development community to be more innovative in design and placement of structures subject to Council review and approval. Rezoning within this land use designation is to be strictly monitored by the city to assure that the Mixed-Use areas are not being used simply to justify high density residential use. Residential uses shall may be part of an overall mixed-use development that includes a non-residential component and may not exceed 30% of the overall size of the development. P PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT: This designation, following any zoning designation noted on the official zoning map of the city R-4-P), indicates that the development was approved by the city as a planned unit development, with specific allowances and design approved by Council. DA DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT: This designation, following any zoning designation noted on the official zoning map of the city C-2-DA), indicates that the zoning was approved by the city with a development agreement, with specific conditions of zoning. 8-3A-2: OFFICIAL ZONING MAP: The boundaries of the districts are shown on the official zoning map of the city of Star. The official zoning map is made a part of this title, as well as such other map or maps that are duly adopted. Said official zoning maps properly attested, shall be placed and remain on file in the office of the Star city clerk. ---PAGE BREAK--- 58 8-3A-3: USES WITHIN ZONING DISTRICTS The following table lists principal permitted accessory uses conditional or prohibited uses. A. Permitted uses and accessory uses shall be reviewed in accord with this title. It shall be unlawful and a violation of this title for any person to conduct any permitted use in any district, unless such person first obtains each applicable permit from the city. B. Uses that are listed as C shall be subject to a conditional use permit approval through the public hearing process. Conditional uses shall be approved in accord with the procedures and regulations for conditional uses set forth in this title. It shall be unlawful and a violation of this title for any person to conduct any conditional use in any district, unless such person shall first obtain a conditional use permit approval through the public hearing process from the city. C. The administrator shall interpret the appropriate district for land uses not specifically mentioned by determining the district in which similar uses are permitted. If the administrator determines that a proposed use is not specifically mentioned and is not similar to any specifically mentioned use the administrator shall determine that the use is prohibited. D. When submitting a CUP, PUD or development agreement for a mixed-use zone, or for multiple conditional uses on one site, all uses that are contemplated for the development shall be identified with the application and shall be reviewed by the council to determine which may be permitted, which should remain as conditional uses and which should be prohibited. A development agreement may be used in lieu of a conditional use permit application or a PUD application if the council makes the findings as otherwise required. E. In zoning designations of R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 and R-5, housing shall be single family detached unless approved with a PUD or development agreement in lieu of a PUD. F. As of the adoption of this ordinance the Rural transitional district zone (RT) has been eliminated for new zoning. Properties with a Rural transitional zoning designation (RT) on the effective date of this ordinance shall be considered nonconforming use properties subject to the nonconforming use regulations herein, and shall automatically revert to Rural Residential (RR) for the purpose of zoning until a time that they are rezoned to a district that meets the adopted Comprehensive Plan Land Use Map. ---PAGE BREAK--- 59 ZONING DISTRICT USES USES A R-R R CBD C-1 C-2 L-O LI PS MU Accessory structure- Residential or Commercial A A A N/C A A A A A C/P Adult business/adult entertainment N N N N N N N C N N Agriculture, forestry, fishing P P N N N N N N N N Airport C N N N N N N C N N Animal care facility 1 P C N C P P P P N C Artist studio1 P P N P P P P P P P Arts, entertainment, recreation facility1 C N N P C P P C P C Asphalt plant 1 N N N N N N N C N N Auction facility N N N N N C N C N C Automated Teller Machine (ATM) 1 N N N A A A A A A A Automotive hobby 1 A A A N N N N A N A Automotive mechanical/electrical repair and maintenance N N N C C P N P N C Bakery- Retail or Manufacturing N N N P P P P P N P/C Bar/tavern/lounge/drinking establishment N N N P C P C C N C Barbershop/styling salon N N N P P P P N N P Bed and breakfast P P N P P P N N N C Beverage bottling plant N N N N N N N P N N Boarding house C C C N N N N N N C Brewery/Distillery N N N P C P N P N C Brewpub/Wine Tasting A A N P C P C C N C Building material, garden equipment and supplies N N N P C P C P N C Campground/RV park 1 C N N N N N N N N C Caretaker Unit 1 A A A N A A N N A A Cement or clay products manufacturing N N N N N N N P N N Cemetery 1 C C N N N N N N P N Chemical manufacturing plant 1 N N N N N N N C N N Child Care center (more than 12) 1 N C N C C C C N N C Child Care family (6 or fewer) 1 A A A A A A A N N A Child Care group (7-12) 1 C C C C C C C N N C Child Care-Preschool/Early Learning1 N C C C C C C N N C Church or place of religious worship1 P P C N P P P N C P Civic, social or fraternal organizations C N N P P P P N N C ---PAGE BREAK--- 60 Concrete batch plant 1 N N N N N N N C N N Conference/convention center N N N P P P P C C C Contractor's yard or shop 1 C C N N N N N C N N Convenience store N N N P C P P P N C Dairy farm C N N N N N N N N N Drive-through establishment/drive-up service window 1 N N N P P P C C N C Dwelling: Multi-family 1 N N C C N N N N N N C Secondary 1 A A A C N N N N N N C Single-family attached N N P C N N N N N N C Single-family detached P P P C N N N N N N C Two-family duplex N N P C N N N N N N C Live/Work Multi-Use 1 N N N C N N N N N C Educational institution, private C C C C C C C N N C Educational institution, public C C C C C C C N C C Equipment rental, sales, and services N N N C C P N P N C Events Center, public or private (indoor/outdoor) C C N C C C N C C C Fabrication shop N N N N N P N P N N Farm P P N N N N N N N N Farmers' or Saturday market C C N C C C C C C C Feedlot N N N N N N N N N N Financial institution N N N P P P P P N C Fireworks Stands N N N C P P P C P C P N C P Flammable substance storage N N N N N N N C N N Flex Space N N N N C P C P N C Food products processing C N N N C C N P N N Fracking N N N N N N N N N N Gasoline, Fueling & Charging station with or without convenience store 1 N N N C C P C P N C Golf course C C C N C C C C C C Government office N N N P P P P P P C Greenhouse, private A A A N N N N N N A Greenhouse, commercial P C N N C P N P N C Guesthouse/granny flat P P C N N N N N N C Healthcare and social services N N N P P P P P N C ---PAGE BREAK--- 61 Heliport C N N N N N N C N N Home occupation 1 A A A A N N N N N A Hospital N N N P C P P C N C Hotel/motel N N N C C P N C N C Ice manufacturing plant N N N N N N N P N N Industry, information N N N P P P P P N C Institution N N N C C P N N C C Junkyard N N N N N N N C N N Kennel C C N N N C N C N C Laboratory N N N P P P P P N C Laboratory, medical N N N P P P P P N C Lagoon N N N N N N N C C N Laundromat N N N P P P P P N C P Laundry and dry cleaning N N N P P P P P N C Library N N N P P P P N P N Manufactured home 1 P P P N N N N N N C Manufactured home park 1 N N C N N N N N N N Manufacturing plant N N N N N C N C N N Meatpacking plant C N N N N N N C N N Medical clinic N N N P P P P N N C P Mining, Pit or Quarry (excluding accessory pit) 1 C N N N N N N C N N Mining, Pit or Quarry (for accessory pit) 1 A A A A A A A A A A Mortuary N N N N C P N P N C Museum C N N P P P P N P C P Nursery, garden center and farm supply N N N C P P P P N C Nursing or residential care facility 1 N N C C P P P N N C Office security facility N N N P P P P P N C Parking lot/parking garage (commercial) N N N C C C C C C C Parks, public and private P P P P P P P P P P Pawnshop N N N P P P P P N C P Personal and professional services N N N P P P P P N C P Pharmacy N N N P P P P P N C P Photographic studio N N N P P P P P N C P Portable classroom/modular building C C C C C C C N C C ---PAGE BREAK--- 62 (for private & public Educational Institutions) Power plant N N N N N N N C N N Processing plant C N N N N N N C N N Professional offices N N N P P P P P N C Public infrastructure; Public utility major, minor and yard 1 C C C C C C C C C C Public utility yard C N N N C C N P C N Recreational vehicle dump station N N N N C C N C N A Recycling center N N N N C C N P N N Research activities A N N P P P P P N C Restaurant N N N P C P P C N C Retail store/retail services N N N P C P P P N C Retirement home N N C N C C N C N N C Riding Arena or Stable, Private/ Commercial P/C P/C C/N N N N N N N N Salvage yard N N N N N N N C N N Sand and gravel yard C N N N N N N P N N Service building C N N P P P N P N C Shooting range (Indoor/Outdoor) C N N C/N C/N C/N N C N C/N Shopping center N N N P C P N N N C Short Term Rentals 1 A A A A N N N N N A Solid waste transfer station N N N N N N N C N N Stable P P C N N N N C N C Storage facility, outdoor (commercial)1 C N N N C P N P N C Storage facility, self-service (commercial)1 C N N N C P N P N C Swimming pool, commercial/public N N N P P P P P P P Television station N N N N N C N C N C Temporary living quarters 1 P P C N N N N N N N Terminal, freight or truck 1 N N N N N C N P N N Truck stop N N N N N C N P N C Turf farm P P N N N N N N C N Vehicle emission testing 1 N N N P P P P P N C Vehicle impound yard 1 N N N N N N N P N N Vehicle repair, major 1 N N N N C P N P N C Vehicle repair, minor 1 N N N C C P N P N C ---PAGE BREAK--- 63 (Ord. 215, 11-2-2011; amd. Ord. 223, 2-21-2012; Ord. 236, 7-15-2014; Ord. 252, 11-2-2015) Notes: 1. Indicates uses that are subject to specific use standards in accord with chapter 5 of this title. NEED TO ADD - #2 & #3 8-3A-4: ZONING DISTRICT DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS: Zoning District Maximum Height Note Conditions Minimum Yard Setbacks Note Conditions Front Rear Interior Side Street Side A 50' 30' 30' 30' 20' R-R 35' 30' 30' 20' 20' R-1 35' 30' 30' 10' 20' R-2 35' 20' 20' 10' 20' R-3 35' 15’ to living area/side load garage 20’ to garage face 15' 5' per story 20' R-4 35' 15’ to living area 20’ to garage face 15' 5' per story 20' R-5 35' 15’ to living 15' 5' 20' Vehicle sales or rental and service 1 N N N C C P N P N C Vehicle washing facility 1 N N N C C P N P N C Vehicle wrecking, junk or salvage yard1 N N N N N N N C N N Veterinarian office P C N P C P P P P N C Vineyard P P N N N N N C N C Warehouse and storage N N N N N P C P N C Wholesale sales N N N C P P C P N C Winery P C N N N C N P N C Wireless communication facility 1 C C C C C C C C C C Woodworking shop N N N N N P N P N N ---PAGE BREAK--- 64 area/side load garage 20’ to garage face R-6 to R- 11 detached housing 35’ 15’ to living area 20’ to garage 10’ if alley load 15’ 4’ if alley load 3’ 20’ R-6 to R- 11 attached housing 35’ 15’ to living area 20’ to garage 10’ if alley load 15’ 4’ if alley load 0’ for common walls 5’ at end of building 20’ R-12 and higher 35’ 15’ to living area 20’ to garage 15’ 4’ if alley load 5’ for single story 10’feet for multi-story 20’ CBD 35' 0' 0' 0' 0' C-1 35' 20' 5' 0' 20' C-2 35' 20' 5' 0' 20' LO 35’ 20’ 10’ 0’ 20’ PS 35’ 20’ 10’ 0’ 20’ MU 35' For MU and CBD - Unless otherwise approved by the Council as a part of a PUD or development agreement, all residential buildings shall follow the residential setbacks shown in this table based upon the project density and all other buildings shall follow setbacks for the C-2 zone Notes: 1. Front yard setback shall be measured from the face of the garage to the face of the sidewalk, allowing for 20’ of parking on the driveway without overhang onto the sidewalk. 2. Interior side yard setbacks for lots with 50’ or less of lot width shall be allowed 5’ interior side yard setbacks for one and two-story structures. 3. All setbacks in the M-U zone shall be a minimum 15’ when adjacent to a residential use or zone. Note Conditions: A. Minimum Property Size: 1. Each property shall be of sufficient size to meet the minimum setbacks as established in this ---PAGE BREAK--- 65 section. 2. Minimum property size shall be determined exclusive of land that is used for the conveyance of irrigation water, drainage, creek or river flows unless: a) the water is conveyed through pipe or tile; and b) included as part of a utility easement that generally runs along the property lines. 3. When two or more parcels of land, each of which is of inadequate area and dimension to qualify for a permitted use under the requirements of the district in which the parcels are located, are held in one ownership, they shall be used as one property for such use. 4. Front yard setback shall be measured from the back of sidewalk. B. Minimum Street Frontage: 1. Properties with street frontages on cul-de-sacs or at approximately a ninety-degree (90°) angle shall be a minimum of twenty feet (20') measured as a chord measurement. 2. Street knuckles shall be separated from through traffic by a landscape island. Properties with frontages on such knuckles shall be a minimum of twenty feet (20') measured as a chord measurement. 3. All other properties with street frontage shall have a minimum of thirty feet C. Additional Setback Criteria: 1. Chimneys, pop out windows, direct vent gas fireplaces, entertainment centers, window seats and other projections which do not increase the usable floor area and do not exceed eight feet in width may project up to two feet into any required setback, provided that projections that are at finished grade, including, but not limited to, chimneys and fireplaces, do not encroach within a side yard utility easement. 2. One detached accessory building that is less than two hundred (200) square feet in area and nine feet or less in height shall be allowed in the required rear yard. In no case shall an accessory building be allowed in the street yard or the required side yard. 3. Accessory structures, such as decks and patios, which are one foot or less in height, as measured from the property's finished grade, may occupy any yard area. 4. In all residential zones garages and carports opening onto a side street must have a minimum distance between the opening of such garage or carport and the side street lot line of not less than twenty feet 5. Front yard setback from arterial and collector streets (as identified on the highway district functional classification map) is 30 feet in all residential zoning districts. 6. Street side setback on arterial and collector streets (as identified on the highway district functional classification map) is 20 feet in all residential zoning districts. 7. Setback areas are subject to drainage compliance or otherwise specified within this title. 8. If a conditional use, PUD or development agreement in lieu of a PUD is utilized, waivers to setbacks shall be permitted if determined by the council to be appropriate for the said development and that such waivers will be compatible with the area and that the overall density allowed by the said zoning district is not exceeded. D. Maximum Height Limit: 1. Height exceptions shall not be permitted except by discretion of the council with the submittal of a conditional use permit or development agreement application. 2. The maximum height limitations shall not apply to the following architectural features, not intended for human occupation: spire or steeple, belfry, cupola, chimney. Such architectural ---PAGE BREAK--- 66 features shall have a maximum height limit of twenty feet as measured from the roofline. 3. The maximum height limitations shall not apply to the following: amateur radio antenna; bridge tower; fire and hose tower; observation tower; power line tower; smokestack; water tank or tower; ventilator; windmill; wireless communication facility, or other commercial or personal tower and/or antenna structure; or other appurtenances usually required to be placed above the level of the ground and not intended for human occupancy. 4. No exception shall be allowed to the height limit where the height of any structures will constitute a hazard to the safe landing and takeoff of aircraft in an established airport. E. All new residential and accessory structures within any zoning district shall comply with residential setbacks. F. Spite strips, common lots, phasing, or any other means of any type purposely or otherwise used to block services or development, including but not limited to sewer, water, streets, or utilities are not allowed in any zoning district within the City of Star. ---PAGE BREAK--- 67 ARTICLE B ADDITIONAL RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT STANDARDS 8-3B-1: ALL AGRICULTURAL AND RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS: 8-3B-2: RURAL RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT: 8-3B-3: RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS: 8-3B-1: ALL AGRICULTURAL AND RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED. B. Lighting shall comply with dark sky lighting requirements. 8-3B-2: RURAL RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED. B. Manicured homesite areas shall be minimal and subordinate to open rural ground for pastures, farming, and other rural uses. C. Rural style street sections shall be provided if approved by the applicable roadway authority. D. Rural Residential developments are to be located so that they do not block extension of urban services at reasonable costs and will require utility easements where necessary to assure urban service extensions. 8-3B-3: RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED. B. When development is planned with lots that directly abut existing lots within a Rural Residential area, or “Special Transition Overlay Area” as shown on the Comprehensive Plan Land Use map, an appropriate transition shall be provided for the two abutting residential lot types. A transition shall take into consideration site constraints that may exist and may include clustering of the urban lots in order to provide an open space area avoiding urban lots directly abutting rural residential lots, or may include the provision of a buffer strip avoiding urban lots directly abutting rural residential lots, or may include setbacks within the urban lots similar to the rural residential lots directly abutting, or may include the provision of one half to one acre size lots directly abutting the rural residential lots. C. Urban style development, as guided by provisions within the compressive plan and this Title, is required to limit urban sprawl, however, densities of no more than 1 to 2 dwelling units per acre are to be designed within the floodplain, ridgeline developable areas and hillside developable areas (both as defined within the comprehensive plan). D. Housing developments with densities of R-11 and higher shall be designed to limit height, increase setbacks and/or provide additional landscaping along the perimeter of ---PAGE BREAK--- 68 the development, if determined by the council, where abutting areas are planned for lower densities. E. Rezoning to R-11 and higher shall not be allowed unless adequate ingress/egress to major transportation corridors is assured. F. All new residential, accessory uses or additions/remodels within the residential zones shall pave all unpaved driveways to the home. G. Spite strips, common lots, unreasonable development phasing, or other means of any type purposely or unintentional that may result in the blocking of services or development, including but not limited to sewer, water, streets, or utilities are prohibited in any zoning district within the City of Star. ---PAGE BREAK--- 69 ARTICLE C ADDITIONAL COMMERCIAL DISTRICT STANDARDS 8-3C-1: ALL COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS: 8-3C-2: CBD CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT: 8-3C-1: ALL COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED. 8-3C-2: ADDITIONAL CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT STANDARDS: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED. B. High density residential may be permitted within the CBD in mixed use buildings with commercial or office type uses on the first floor and high density residential on upper floors. C. New development on Main Street and Star Road, generally south of State Street, shall include transition consisting of a compatible mix of lower intensity commercial, retail and office type uses mixed with live/work type residential. Existing Single-Family uses are encouraged to convert to or redevelop as non-residential uses. D. Big Box commercial, generally a single-story single use building over 50,000 square feet, shall not be permitted and any single-story single use building which is large in scale, such as approaching the 50,000 square foot size, shall be located to front on Highway 44 or Star Road. E. The Council may place requirements on a mixed-use development, including a ratio of uses and/or timing of phases, to ensure that the overall development maintains its commercial intent. ---PAGE BREAK--- 70 ARTICLE D ADDITIONAL LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT STANDARDS 8-3D-1: LI LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED B. Specific Standards for Light Industry: 1. All mechanical equipment emissions; shipping and/or delivery; or other outdoor activity areas shall be located a minimum of three hundred feet (300') from any abutting residential districts, or the use is subject to a conditional use permit. 2. The application shall identify how the proposed use will address the impacts of noise and other emissions on adjoining residential districts. More specifically, the following adverse effects shall be mitigated through setbacks, buffers, sound attenuation and/or hours of operation: a. Noise, odor, or vibrations; or direct or reflected glare detectable by the human senses without the aid of instruments. b. Radioactivity and electric or electromagnetic disturbances that unduly interfere with the normal operation of equipment, instruments, or appliances on abutting properties. c. Any other emission or radiation that endangers human health, results in damages to vegetation or property or which exceeds health and safety standards. d. In the event that the administrator determines that the applicant cannot adequately address such impacts, the use shall be subject to conditional use approval. ---PAGE BREAK--- 71 ARTICLE E ADDITIONAL MIXED-USE DISTRICT STANDARDS 8-3E-1: MU MIXED USE DISTRICT: A. Comply with Section 8-3A-1: ZONING DISTRICTS AND PURPOSE ESTABLISHED B. All development applications within a mixed-use district shall be accompanied by a conditional use permit, planned unit development, or development agreement application, which shall include a concept plan of the development. C. The administrator shall make a recommendation to the applicant regarding what mix of uses are appropriate for any mixed-use development and shall then make a recommendation to the Council. D. The development shall include uses from two or more of the land use categories such as residential, commercial, office, light industrial, public space or agricultural. E. Mixed-use areas along state highways, where adequate access can be provided for commercial use, shall be predominantly commercial with a very minor component of residential unless the residential is placed on upper floors as part of a mixed-use building. F. For any mixed-use development which includes a residential component, a minimum of two housing types, including but not limited to, single-family detached dwellings, single family attached dwellings and multi-family dwellings, shall be required. This excludes multi-family that is proposed to be placed solely on upper floors as part of a mixed-use building. G. The Council may place requirements on a mixed-use development, including a ratio of uses and/or timing of phases, to ensure that the overall development maintains its mixed-use intent. requiring phasing percentages of specific uses. Better defined/percentage ---PAGE BREAK--- 72 CHAPTER 4 ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL DISTRICTS ARTICLE A. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 8-4A-1: PURPOSE: 8-4A-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-4A-3: ACCESSORY STRUCTURES: 8-4A-4: ADDRESS NUMBERING: 8-4A-5: BIKEWAYS: 8-4A-6: CLEAR VISION TRIANGLE: 8-4A-7: OBJECTIONAL CONDITIONS: 8-4A-8: DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT: 8-4A-9: ENCLOSED TRASH AREA: 8-4A-10: FENCES: 8-4A-11: GRADING: 8-4A-12: PATHWAYS: 8-4A-13: OUTDOOR LIGHTING: 8-4A-14: OUTDOOR SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT AREAS: 8-4A-15: PRESSURIZED IRRIGATION SYSTEM: 8-4A-16: SELF-SERVICE USES: 8-4A-17: SIDEWALKS AND PARKWAYS: 8-4A-18 : WATER AND SEWER SUPPLY, PUBLIC: 8-4A-1: PURPOSE: This article provides standard regulations for the location, design, and development of new land uses and the alteration of existing land uses. This article supplements the regulations for development as otherwise stated within this title. 8-4A-2: APPLICABILITY: This article shall apply to the development of all principal permitted, accessory and conditional uses. The following regulations are the minimum standards of development. Additional standards may be applied in accord with specific use standards, or other regulations of this title. 8-4A-3: ACCESSORY STRUCTURES: A. No detached accessory building or structure shall occupy any area in front of the main building, unless approved as a conditional use or with a development agreement. B. Regardless of their size, detached accessory buildings shall not encroach into required street side or front yard areas. C. A principal permitted structure with a valid building permit and being at least fifty percent ---PAGE BREAK--- 73 (50%) constructed shall be present on the subject property. D. The accessory structure shall not be used as an additional dwelling. See secondary dwelling for allowance as a dwelling. E. The accessory structure shall not be used for commercial or industrial purposes. F. The accessory structure shall not be used to store commercial vehicles. G. An accessory structure shall not be located in any required yard or on any publicly dedicated easement. H. An accessory structure located in the rear yard shall not exceed a height of twenty-four feet I. An accessory structure located in the side yard, or portion thereof, shall be similar in appearance and color to the principal permitted dwelling. J. Accessory structures shall not be allowed in the central business district. 8-4A-4: ADDRESS NUMBERING: All residential, commercial and industrial buildings within the City shall be numbered with an address assigned by the City. Numbers on residential buildings shall be a minimum of four inches in height. Numbers on commercial, industrial and apartment buildings shall be a minimum of twelve inches (12") in height. Number colors should contrast with the building color so that they are plainly visible. 8-4A-5: BIKEWAYS: A. Bikeways shall be encouraged within all developments, within the public right of way or separate easement, consistent with the city's comprehensive plan. B. The roadways to bikeways plan as adopted by the county highway district, shall be considered when reviewing bikeway designs. C. Standards: For bicycle and parking standards, see Chapter 8, Design Review. D. New bikeways shall provide adequate easements to the City to provide connectivity. 8-4A-6: CLEAR VISION TRIANGLE: A. Measurement of the Clear Vision Triangle: 1. For two public streets, the area is defined by measuring from the intersection of the edge of the travel lane (excluding parking and sidewalk) a distance of forty feet (40') along each road. (See figure 8-4A-7(a) of this section.) 2. For a public street and driveway or alley, the area is defined by measuring from the intersection of the edge of travel lane and the corner of the driveway or alley twenty feet (20') ---PAGE BREAK--- 74 along the roadway and ten feet (10') along the driveway or alley. See figure 8-4A-7(a) of this section. FIGURE 8-4A-7(a) CLEAR VISION TRIANGLE DRAWING ---PAGE BREAK--- 75 B. Standards, Both at Controlled and Uncontrolled Intersections: 1. Planting and Development Standards: a. Any class I or class II trees planted within a clear vision triangle shall be pruned to a minimum height of eight feet above the adjacent ground (less the height of berm, if applicable) or sidewalk surface and fourteen feet (14') above the adjacent street surface. See figure 8-4A-7(a) of this section. b. No evergreen trees shall be planted within any clear vision triangle. c. No class III trees shall be planted within any clear vision triangle. d. The maximum height of any berm or vegetative ground cover at maturity within the clear vision triangle shall be three feet from the lowest adjacent street grade. e. No fences higher than three feet from the lowest adjacent street grade are permitted within four feet from the corner of a lot that abuts two streets to provide a safe clear vision triangle for vehicular traffic. f. No signs taller than three feet are permitted in the clear vision triangle, except for street/stop signs approved by the transportation authority. g. Street signs must be visible and clear of vegetation of any kind. 2. Other Agency Standards: In all cases, the transportation authority standards shall apply in addition to city of Star standards. 8-4A-7: OBJECTIONAL CONDITIONS RESTRICTED: A. Performance Requirements: No land or building in any district shall be used or occupied in any manner creating dangerous, injurious, noxious or otherwise objectionable conditions which could adversely affect the surrounding areas or adjoining premises; except, that any use permitted by this title may be undertaken and maintained if acceptable measures and safeguards to reduce dangerous and objectionable conditions to acceptable limits as established by the following performance requirements: 1. Fire Hazards: Any activity involving the use or storage of flammable or explosive materials shall be protected by adequate firefighting and fire prevention equipment and by such safety devices as are normally used in the handling of any such material. Such hazards shall be removed from adjacent activities to a distance which is compatible with the potential danger involved as specified in the uniform fire code. 2. Radioactivity Or Electrical Disturbances: No activity shall emit harmful radioactivity at any point, or electrical disturbance adversely affecting the operation of any equipment at any point other than that of the creator of such disturbance. 3. Noise: Objectionable noise which is due to the volume, frequency or beat shall be muffled or otherwise controlled. 4. Vibration: No vibration shall be permitted which is discernible without instruments on any adjoining lot or property. 5. Air Pollution: Air pollution shall be subject to the requirements and regulations established by the Idaho division of environmental quality. 6. Glare: No direct or reflected glare shall be permitted which is visible from any property outside a manufacturing district or from any street. 7. Erosion: No erosion by person, wind or water shall be permitted which carries objectionable ---PAGE BREAK--- 76 substances onto neighboring properties. 8. Water Pollution: Water pollution shall be subject to the requirements and regulations established by the health authority. 9. Service, Storage and Loading Areas: Service, storage and loading areas located at the rear or side of structures. 10. Landscaping and Signage: Landscaping and signage must meet the criteria outlined in this title. B. Enforcement: The administrator may require the submission of statements and plans indicating the manner in which dangerous and objectionable elements involved in processing and in equipment operations are to be eliminated or reduced to acceptable limits and tolerances. 8-4A-8: DRAINAGE AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT: A. Storm Drainage from Right of Way Under The Jurisdiction Of Local Highway District (Public): An adequate storm drainage system shall be required in all developments in accordance with the local highway district standards, specifications, and ordinances. B. The City of Star reviews and approves stormwater management plans and erosion and sediment control plans not covered under item 8-4A-8-A above. The City has adopted in general the standards and requirements of Section 8000, Drainage and Stormwater Management and section 8200 of the most recent addition of the Ada County Highway District Development Manual; and the most recent addition of the Catalog of Stormwater Best Management Practices as prepared by the State of Idaho Department of Environmental Quality. Development shall comply with the above referenced standards and requirements. Additionally: 1. All drainage, irrigation and stormwater from private property shall retained on said private property unless otherwise approved in writing by the administrator and/or city engineer and the jurisdiction receiving the stormwater. 2. Storm water from Public Right of Way shall not be disposed of or conveyed across private property without written agreement and easement between property owner and owner of Public Right of Way. 3. All private above-ground infiltration facilities shall have a percolation/infiltration test completed that demonstrates facility performs in accordance with approved design criteria. Passing test results shall be approved by administrator and/or city engineer prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy. 4. A plan for operation, maintenance and repair of stormwater facilities owned by private property shall be prepared and submitted to the administrator and/or city engineer for review and approval. The approved plan shall be provided to the parties responsible for maintenance and operation of the facility. 5. Privately owned stormwater facilities shall be designed to allow access for maintenance and operation. This includes heavy equipment access, if required. Maintenance access roads must be a minimum of twelve feet (12') in width, must have an HS-25 load capacity and a minimum turning radius of thirty feet ---PAGE BREAK--- 77 6. Safety ledges in accordance with Idaho BMP’s shall be constructed on the side slopes of all wet detention basins having a permanent pool of water and deeper than five feet 7. Discharge of stormwater to irrigation and/or drainage facilities is prohibited without written permission from irrigation and/or drainage facility owner. 8-4A-9: ENCLOSED TRASH AREA: All trash and/or garbage and recycle collection areas for commercial, industrial and multi-family residential uses shall be enclosed on at least three sides by a solid wall or site obscuring fence of at least six feet in height or within an enclosed building or structure. Adequate vehicular access to and from such area or areas for collection of trash and/or garbage, as determined by the administrator, shall be provided. 8-4A-10: FENCES: The following regulations shall govern the type, location, and construction of all fences: A. General Standards: 1. Fences Taller Than Six Feet: All fences taller than six feet require a building permit in the city of Star. 2. Barbwire Fencing: Barbwire fencing shall be prohibited, except through a conditional use permit in the A, RR, MU, C-1, C-2, LI. district, when: a) used as the top section for security fencing; and b) located a minimum of six feet above grade to the bottom wire. Barbwire fencing may be used in the Agricultural district for livestock only. 3. Materials: The use of boxes, sheet metal, old or decayed wood, broken masonry blocks, pallets or other like materials for fencing shall be prohibited. 4. Obstruction: No fence shall obstruct access to public utility boxes, meters or other infrastructure. 5. Maintenance: Fences shall be kept free from advertising and graffiti and maintained in good repair. 6. Front Yard Fences: Front yard fences shall not exceed three feet height for closed vision and four feet open vision. 7. Side Yard Fences on Corner Lots: Side yard fences on corner lots less than or equal to ten (10) feet from the street shall not exceed three feet height for closed vision and four feet (4’0) for open vision. 8. Compliance with Clear Vision Triangle Requirements: All fences shall comply with the clear vision triangle requirements as stated within this article. ---PAGE BREAK--- 78 FIGURE 8-4A-14 Figure 1 - Fence Regulations Figure 2 - Fence Regulations on Corner Properties ---PAGE BREAK--- 79 8-4A-11: GRADING: A. Final grading of any type of development to be used for construction of any structure shall conform to the requirements of IBC section 1805. B. Provisions to control drainage runoff shall be constructed as part of final grading of any development. Drainage runoff control provisions shall be adequate to prevent any surface or subsurface drainage water from flowing or being conveyed onto an adjacent lot or parcel. C. Any subdivision lot or parcel in the city to be used for construction of any building shall be graded in such a manner that the finish grade within three feet of any lot line, subdivision boundary and parcel boundary comply with the following requirements: 1. Match the grade of the ground of the adjacent lot or parcel at the lot line or parcel boundary; and 2. Finished grade of the ground sloped no steeper than two horizontal to one vertical or 3. Construct a permanent retaining wall so the ground within three feet of the lot line, subdivision boundary and parcel boundary comply with subsections C1 and C2 of this section. D. Permit requirements for retaining walls shall comply with IBC section 105. 8-4A-12: PATHWAYS: A. Pathways are required consistent with the city of Star comprehensive plan within new residential and commercial developments as part of the public right of way or as separate easements so that an alternate transportation system (which is distinct and separate from the automobiles) can be provided. B. Pathways in the middle of long blocks may be required where necessary to obtain convenient pedestrian circulation to schools, parks, other residential areas, and/or shopping areas. C. Pathways within subdivision shall have a walking surface of at least five feet in width. D. Pathway easements shall be open to the public. All new pathways shall dedicate an easement to the City for public use. E. Pathway easements, dedicated to the City, shall be required along the Boise river as shown within the comprehensive plan and shall be open to the public. Pathway widths along the Boise river shall be determined by the Council. 8-4A-13: OUTDOOR LIGHTING: A. The following types of lighting are exempt from the regulations of this section: 1. Light fixtures that have a maximum output of less than twenty (20) watts. 2. All outdoor lighting produced by the direct combustion of natural gas or other fossil fuels such as kerosene lanterns or gas lamps. 3. Temporary holiday lighting used for seventy-five (75) days or less per year. ---PAGE BREAK--- 80 4. Vehicular lights and all temporary emergency lighting needed for fire protection, police protection, and/or other emergency services. 5. All hazard warning lights required by federal or state regulatory agencies. B. The installation of any of the following types of lighting is prohibited: 1. Mercury vapor lamp fixture and/or lamp. 2. Laser source light or any similar high intensity light when projected above the horizontal. 3. Changing colors, strobe or moving lights, or searchlights (for advertising purposes) are prohibited in all districts. 4. Lighting, including holiday lighting, on commercial or private tower structures that exceed the district height limit is prohibited, except as required by regulations of the federal aviation administration (FAA). C. Standards: 1. Light fixtures that have a maximum output of two hundred sixty (260) lumens twenty (20) watts or more shall have an opaque top and side to prevent upward and outward lighting. 2. Light fixtures that have a maximum output of one thousand (1,000) lumens or more per fixture shall have an opaque top to prevent up lighting, and the bulb shall not be visible. 3. Light fixtures that have a maximum output of one thousand eight hundred (1,800) lumens or more shall have an opaque top to prevent up lighting; the bulb shall not be visible and shall have a full cutoff shield. See figure 8-4A-18, figure 2 of this section. 4. Light fixtures with a maximum output of one thousand eight hundred (1,800) lumens or more shall be placed such that the effective zone of light (as documented by the photometric test report) shall not trespass on abutting residential properties. See figure 8-4A-18, figure 2 of this section. 5. Down style lighting shall be required to preserve dark sky objectives, except where impractical as may be determined by the administrator and Council. 6. See Chapter 8 for additional streetlight and dark sky lighting standards. 7. Floodlight fixtures shall be located in such a manner as to prevent direct glare into a street and to minimize impact on abutting properties. a. Floodlight fixtures shall be installed so that they do not tilt up more than forty-five degrees (45°) down from vertical. 8. Up lighting shall only be allowed in cases where the fixture and any light it emits are shielded from the sky by a roof overhang or similar structural shield. 9. In residential districts, the height of a freestanding light fixture on private property shall not exceed six feet Streetlamps are exempt from this height restriction. 10. Light fixtures mounted on a wall may extend to the full height of the structure, but no farther. 11. Electrical feeds to outdoor light fixtures shall be underground, not overhead. 12. Lighting used to illuminate off street parking areas shall be downward facing and shielded from neighboring properties. ---PAGE BREAK--- 81 FIGURE 8-4A-18 Figure 1 - Examples of Full Cutoff Shields Figure 2 - Light Trespass 8-4A-14: OUTDOOR SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT AREAS: A. Outdoor mechanical equipment in commercial developments (including, but not limited to, heaters and fans) shall not be located within fifty feet (50') of any abutting residential districts. To reduce noise, permanently mounted mechanical equipment shall be enclosed to the maximum extent possible. B. Outdoor utility meters, HVAC equipment, trash dumpsters, trash compaction and other ---PAGE BREAK--- 82 service functions shall be incorporated into the overall design of commercial buildings and landscaping so that the visual and acoustic impacts of these functions are fully contained and out of view from adjacent properties and public streets. 8-4A-15: PRESSURIZED IRRIGATION SYSTEM: A. System Installation Required: In each development, the applicant shall provide underground, pressurized irrigation water. For subdivisions, each and every lot within the subdivision shall have underground pressurized irrigation water in compliance with this chapter. The pressurized irrigation system shall be constructed and installed at the same time as the domestic water lines, but it shall not necessarily be in the same trenches. B. Irrigation System Requirements: 1. The system shall not be connected to potable water, unless a waiver by Star Sewer and Water District is granted per the standards of this title; 2. The system shall be designed by a registered professional engineer licensed in the state of Idaho; 3. The system shall be a piped delivery, operating at a minimum pressure of forty-five (45) pounds per square inch (psi); 4. The system shall deliver to each destination point a minimum fifteen (15) gallons per minute (gpm) at forty-five (45) psi; 5. Main line distribution piping diameter shall be a minimum of three inches 6. All irrigation bibs shall be clearly labeled with the words "Non-Potable Water - For Irrigation Only"; 7. Provisions shall be made for diversion and flow measurement from irrigation water source; 8. Water rights shall be transferred to the association managing entity; 9. Applicant shall secure written approval from all pertinent irrigation entities for each phase of development; 10. If pressurized irrigation will not be available to each lot at all times, applicant shall provide a rotation schedule for irrigation system usage identifying times and days that pressure irrigation will be available to each lot. This schedule shall be included in the CC&R’s for the subdivision. 11. Power filters should be installed to minimize harmonic distortion. 12. All main lines should have appropriate thrust blocks. C. Irrigation System Maintenance and Operation: Irrigation system maintenance and operation shall be provided by the irrigation district or canal company in which the subdivision lies, a municipal irrigation district, or by the formation of another entity capable of operating and maintaining a pressurized irrigation system. Developer shall provide written assurance that provisions have been made for ownership, operation, and maintenance of the irrigation system prior to approval by the city council. D. Conditions for Waiver Of Irrigation System Requirement: The requirement for installation of a pressurized irrigation system may be waived by the city council when the Developer has established that any of the following situations exist: 1. A sufficient surface irrigation water right does not exist for the property: This must be documented in writing by the appropriate irrigation district or canal company and the Idaho ---PAGE BREAK--- 83 department of water resources and shall be submitted with the preliminary plat. The waiver shall be granted only for that portion of the subdivision which cannot be served. 2. Existing surface water rights cannot be delivered to the property by the irrigation district or canal company due to delivery capacity or scheduling. The administrator may require the installation of the pressurized irrigation system if water rights may be available within two years. This must be documented in writing by the appropriate irrigation district or canal company. 3. The requirement to provide a pressurized irrigation system may be waived if the city council finds that, due to the specific circumstances, the cost of obtaining water rights, reestablishing water rights or developing the system would impose an undue economic hardship on the developer. For purposes of this section, an undue economic hardship shall consist of showing that the cost per lot to develop the system would be twenty five percent (25%) higher than the cost per lot for providing a system to subdivisions of similar size and density constructed in the city within the previous two years, or that the cost per lot of the system would exceed five percent of the expected per lot market value of the development. 4. If waiver is granted by the city council, pursuant to subsections 1, 2, and 3, above, compliance with Idaho Code section 31-3805 (regulations requiring delivery of irrigation water rights in subdivisions) is still required. 8-4A-16: SELF-SERVICE USES: Any unattended, self-service uses, including, but not limited to, laundromats, automatic teller machines (ATMs), vehicle washing facilities, fuel sales facilities, and storage facilities, shall comply with the following requirements. The Star police designee may approve alternative standards where it is determined that a similar or greater level of security is provided: A. Entrance or view of the self-service facility shall be open to the public street or to adjoining businesses and shall have low impact security lighting. B. Financial transaction areas shall be oriented to and visible from an area that receives a high volume of traffic, such as a collector or arterial street. C. Landscape shrubbery shall be limited to no more than three feet in height between entrances and financial transaction areas and the public street. 8-4A-17: SIDEWALKS AND PARKWAYS: A. All sidewalks (in all zoning designations except the CBD district) shall be a minimum of five feet Sidewalks in the CBD district shall be a minimum of six feet in width. On State Street, sidewalks in the CBD shall be a minimum of eight feet in width. B. Sidewalks shall be designed to flare around mailboxes, utility boxes and other impediments to pedestrian circulation to maintain a minimum five feet of travel width. C. Detached sidewalks shall be required along all arterial and collector streets. The requirement for detached sidewalks can be waived by the administrator if the detached sidewalks are ---PAGE BREAK--- 84 incompatible with existing and/or future uses of neighboring properties. D. In agricultural, rural residential and R-1 districts, or in areas of a rural nature as determined by the Council to be appropriate by development agreement, sidewalks may not be required. E. When existing sidewalk is located adjacent to a property, the sidewalk shall be extended the length of the subject property with a minimum width to meet the standards of this title. F. In certain instances where property is located along W. State Street in the CBD, and when the Idaho Transportation Department is planning future roadway improvements, the applicant may be required to bond for sidewalk improvements. 8-4A-18: TRAVELING SLEEPING QUARTERS: Recreation vehicles and equipment, including, but not limited to, travel trailers, fifth wheels, recreational vehicles, motor coaches, and tents, shall not be used anywhere in the City as living quarters for longer than two weeks unless within an approved campground or recreational vehicle park, or as allowed in the temporary use section. 8-4A-19: WATER AND SEWER SUPPLY, PUBLIC: The owner of any building, whether occupied or not which is within three hundred feet (300’) of the Star Sewer and Water District services shall install water and sewer services and connect to the Star Sewer and Water District system, at the time of annexation and/or development, including remodels. ---PAGE BREAK--- 85 ARTICLE B. OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING REQUIREMENTS 8-4B-1: PROCESS: 8-4B-2: PARKING STANDARDS: 8-4B-3: REQUIRED NUMBER OF OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES: 8-4B-4: STANDARDS FOR ALTERNATIVES TO ON SITE PARKING: 8-4B-5: OFF STREET LOADING SPACE REQUIREMENTS: 8-4B-1: PROCESS: An off-street parking and loading plan shall be required as a component of any applicable permit. Such plan shall also be reviewed by the Star joint fire protection district. Such plan shall show the following: A. The off-street parking and loading plan shall contain the location, size, and type of all proposed off-street parking and loading facilities. B. If the proposed development project shall be completed in phases, such phases shall be noted on the plan. 8-4B-2: PARKING STANDARDS: A. Design of Parking Areas: 1. All parking areas shall be designed and constructed to provide the type and number of off- street parking spaces required by this article and designed as required by this section. 2. Location of parking spaces relative to structure(s). 3. Parking spaces for all detached residential dwelling units shall be located on the same lot as the use that they are intended to serve. 4. Parking for attached residential dwelling units shall be located not more than three hundred feet (300') from the structure(s), except as provided by section 8-4B-7 of this article. 5. Parking spaces for nonresidential uses shall be located not more than five hundred feet (500') from structure(s), except as provided by section 8-4B-7 of this article. 6. Off street parking spaces shall not be located in any landscape buffer as required by this title. 7. Parking stalls and driving aisles shall be designed in accord with the standards in table 8-4C- 5(a) of this section and figure 8-4B-5(b) of this section shows the parking design dimensions. 8. All required parking as determined in section 8-4B-6 of this article shall be designed for standard vehicles. a. All parking areas shall provide on-site turnarounds in accord with the Star fire department standards for all off-street parking spaces and loading facilities. b. The design of off-street parking areas shall not require moving any car to gain access to a required parking space. c. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the parking lot design and sidewalk and/or access provisions meet all Americans with disabilities act (ADA) requirements. ---PAGE BREAK--- 86 TABLE 8-4B-2(a) REQUIRED STALL WIDTH AND LENGTH BY PARKING ANGLE Parking Angle Stall Width Curb Length Stall Depth One-Way Driving Aisle Two-Way Driving Aisle 0° 9'0" 23'0" 9'0" 12'0" 25'0" 30° 9'0" 18'0" 17'8" 12'0" 25'0" 45° 9'0" 12'9" 20'5" 13'0" 25'0" 60° 9'0" 10'5" 21'10" 16'0" 25'0" 90° 9'0" 9'0" 20'0" 22'0" 25'0" FIGURE 8-4B-2(b) PARKING SPACE AND DRIVE AISLE DESIGN Legend: A. Parking angle D. One-way drive aisle B. Stall width E. Two-way drive aisle C. Stall depth B. Improvements: 1. All off street parking areas, including driveways and parking lots shall be improved with asphalt, concrete, pavers, or bricks, unless otherwise approved as allowed through this title. 2. All parking and loading areas shall provide proper drainage of surface water to prevent the drainage of such water onto adjacent properties or walkways. 3. Except as otherwise provided in this section, all off street parking areas shall be provided with a substantial wheel restraint to prevent cars from encroaching upon abutting private and public property or overhanging beyond the designated parking stall dimensions. This standard shall not apply to temporary uses. 4. Parking spaces shall be marked, including handicapped symbols and signs. ---PAGE BREAK--- 87 5. All lighting provided to illuminate a parking area shall comply with the lighting standards provided in this chapter. 6. All landscaping improvements shall comply with this chapter. C. Bicycle Parking Facilities: Bicycle parking facilities shall meet the following location and design standards: 1. Bicycle parking facilities shall be located as close as possible to the building entrance(s). 2. Bicycle parking facilities shall not obstruct pedestrian walkways, public sidewalks, or building. 3. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the bicycle parking facilities meet all Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. 8-4B-3: REQUIRED NUMBER OF OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES: A. Parking spaces for other permitted or conditional uses not listed herein shall be determined by the administrator. Among the factors for determining the number of spaces to be required for a use not listed herein, the administrator shall compare the proposed use with a use which has similar traffic generating characteristics as outlined in the most recent version of the institute of transportation engineers trip generation manual. B. Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces: The minimum number of required off street vehicle parking spaces for residential uses shall be: Type Of Use Off-Street Parking Spaces Required RESIDENTIAL Apartments or multi-family dwellings For each unit with 2 or more bedrooms - 2 including 1 covered; for each 1 bedroom or studio unit - 1.5 including 1 covered. Guest parking shall be provided at a ratio of .25 spaces per unit. Boarding houses, lodging houses, dormitories and fraternity houses which have sleeping rooms 1 for each sleeping room or 1 for each occupant, whichever number is greater Mobile home court (RV) 1 for each trailer/RV space Mobile home or manufactured home park For each unit with 2 or more bedrooms - 2 including 1 covered; for each 1-bedroom unit - 1 covered. Single-family dwelling 2 including 1 covered Two-family dwelling For each unit - 2 including 1 covered COMMERCIAL ---PAGE BREAK--- 88 Ambulance services 1 per 500 square feet of gross floor area; plus 2 enclosed ambulance storage spaces Artist studios 1 per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area Auction facility As required with conditional use permit Automobile washing facility 1 per 200 square feet of gross floor area of sales, office, or lounge area; plus, queue for 3 cars per washing station Automotive gas station/service shop or fuel islands 1 for each 2 gasoline pumps and 2 for each service bay (spaces in front of bays or pumps shall not be counted) Automotive, mobile home, travel trailer, and/or farm implement sales 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area; plus 1 per 500 square feet outdoor display Automotive repair shop, body shop, or tire shop 1 per 225 square feet of gross floor area Automotive storage 1 per 500 square feet of gross floor area of office space; plus 1 per 1,000 square feet of gross storage area Banks/financial institutions 1 for each 200 square feet of gross floor area; plus, queue for 4 cars per drive up window Catering service 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area Childcare - family 1 Childcare - group 2 Childcare - daycare center 3 for each classroom but not less than 9 for the building Pre-school/Learning Center 3 for each classroom but not less than 9 for the building Churches and other places of religious assembly 1 for each 5 seats Clinic 1 per 200 square feet of gross floor area Club or lodge 1 per 100 square feet of gross floor area Commercial entertainment ---PAGE BREAK--- 89 facilities: Auditoriums, sports arenas, theaters and similar uses 1 for each 3 seats Bowling alleys 3 for each alley or lane, plus 1 additional for each 100 square feet of the area used for restaurant, cocktail lounge, arcade area or similar use Dance floors, skating rinks 1 per 100 square feet of gross floor area Event Center As required with conditional use permit Outdoor swimming pools, public or community or club 1 for each 4 persons' capacity, plus 1 for each 4 seats or 1 for each 30 square feet floor area used for seating purposes, whichever is greater Tennis and racquetball clubs 3 per court Communication facilities 1 per 500 square feet gross floor area Convenience store 1 per 250 square feet gross floor area; plus 1 for each 2 gasoline pumps Detention facilities As specified by conditional use permit Emergency health care 1 per 200 square feet of gross floor area Emergency services 1 per 500 square feet of gross floor area; plus, minimum of 2 enclosed vehicle storage spaces Equipment rental and sales yard 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area; plus 1 per 500 square feet outdoor display Food and beverage sales 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Health clubs, spas, and weight reduction salons 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Hospitals 1 for each bed Hotels, motels 1 for each sleeping room, plus 1 for each 2 employees Kennel 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area Laboratories 1 per 500 square feet of gross floor area Laundromat 1 per 300 square feet of gross floor area Laundry 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area; plus, queue for 3 cars per drive up window ---PAGE BREAK--- 90 Maintenance and repair services 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area; plus 1 per 500 square feet of outdoor storage area Mortuaries, funeral parlors, and similar type uses 1 per 4 seats Nursery, plant materials 1 per 500 square feet of outside display/ lathe house/greenhouse area, plus 1 per 250 square feet gross floor area Nursing/convalescent homes, sanitariums, children's homes, asylums and similar uses 1 for each 2 beds Offices, business and professional 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Offices, medical and dental 1 per 200 square feet of gross floor area Pawn shops 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Personal improvement 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Personal services 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Printing and/or blueprinting 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area Restaurant with drive-through 1 per 200 square feet of gross floor area; plus, queue space for 5 cars for drive up service Restaurants, dining rooms, taverns, etc. 1 per 150 square feet of gross floor area; plus 1 per 35 square feet dance floor Retail sales of large items such as furniture and appliances 1 per 500 square feet of gross floor area; Retail sales not listed under another use classification 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area; Riding academies/stables 1 per 4 stalls Shop, contractors (and/or yard) 1 per 400 square feet gross floor area of shop; plus 1 per 1,000 square feet of gross storage area (indoor and outdoor) Storage (enclosed building and/or fenced area) 1 per 1,000 square feet of gross storage area Travel services 1 per 250 square feet of gross floor area Vet clinic (animal hospital) 1 per 400 square feet of gross floor area ---PAGE BREAK--- 91 INDUSTRIAL Automotive wrecking yard or salvage 1 per 1,000 square feet gross storage area; plus 1 per 300 square feet office or sales area Industry (custom) 1 per 1,000 square feet gross area used for industrial purposes; plus 1 per 300 square feet office or sales area Industry (limited) 1 per 750 square feet of gross floor area used for industrial purposes; plus 1 per 300 square feet office or sales area Industry (research and development) 1 per 500 square feet Manufacturing facilities and processing plants 1 per 500 square feet gross area used for manufacturing/processing; plus 1 per 300 square feet office or sales area Warehousing, wholesaling, distribution and storage 1 per 1,000 square feet gross area up to 20,000 square feet plus 1 per 2,000 square feet gross area over 20,000 square feet PUBLIC/SEMI-PUBLIC Business, technical and trade schools 1 for each 2 students Colleges, universities 1 for each 4 students Cultural facilities 1 per 300 square feet gross floor area; plus 1 per 90 square feet for area for assembly purposes Elementary and junior high schools 2 for each classroom and 1 for every 5 seats in the auditoriums or assembly halls Government offices 1 per 250 square feet gross floor area High schools As required with conditional use permit Kindergartens, childcare centers, nursery schools and similar uses 3 for each classroom, but not less than 9 for the building Libraries, museums and art galleries 1 for each 400 square feet floor area ---PAGE BREAK--- 92 Notes: 1. The size of the garage required for dwelling units shall be measured by exterior dimensions and shall be at least 10 feet by 20 feet for a 1 space garage and 20 feet by 20 feet for a 2-space garage. Driveway widths may be tapered at the street for garages with more than three spaces. 2. The parking pad shall be measured from garage face to edge of sidewalk or edge of paved travel lane (public street, private street, or alley). 3. Within the CBD zoning district minimum required parking shall be reduced by 50% for all uses except for residential uses. 4. To encourage rehabilitation of structures within the CBD zoning district, or a structure within a district proposed to be changed to CBD, existing structures may be upgraded and the use changed if no expansion of the structure is planned and if approved by the building official and Flood Plain Administrator, and no additional parking shall be required except for ADA required spaces. C. Public Safety: In circumstances where there would appear to be a public safety issue, the administrator may request additional information from the applicant to determine if there is sufficient parking. When, in the determination of the administrator, there is insufficient parking, the applicant shall provide alternatives to on-site parking as set forth in section 8-4B-4 of this article. The determination by the administrator shall be based on the following criteria: 1. The specific use(s) proposed and/or on the property; 2. Uses in the vicinity of the property; 3. A traffic study, if prepared, forecasting the expected traffic and parking needs expected from the use(s); 4. The availability of on street, shared, and/or public parking within the vicinity of the use; and/or 5. The availability of public transit, vanpooling or other alternative transportation to serve the use. D. Parking Spaces; Change of Use: Upon any change of use, the number of vehicle parking spaces to be provided shall be calculated according to the requirements of this article for the new use. E. ADA Requirements: It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the size and number of handicap accessible spaces meets all Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. F. Spaces Continuously Maintained: The vehicle parking spaces shall be continuously maintained. G. Elimination/Reduction of Spaces: No required parking area or space provided, as required by this article, shall later be eliminated, reduced, or converted in any manner unless other equivalent facilities approved by the administrator are provided. H. Bicycle Parking Spaces: One bicycle parking space shall be provided for every twenty-five (25) vehicle parking spaces, except for single-family residences, two-family duplex, and townhouses. ---PAGE BREAK--- 93 8-4B-4: STANDARDS FOR ALTERNATIVES TO ON SITE PARKING: Alternatives to providing on-site parking as set forth in this section are encouraged in all developments. When required to meet minimum parking standards of section8-4B-3, alternatives may include, but are not limited to, shared use facilities. A. Conditions: Conditions favorable to providing alternatives to on-site parking are as follows: 1. Shared use: a. There are convenient pedestrian connections between separate properties; b. The properties and/or uses are within one thousand feet (1,000') of each other; c. The principal operating hours of the uses are not in substantial conflict with one another; and d. Directional signs provide notice of the availability of parking. B. Agreement: 1. All parties involved with the shared use parking area shall submit a written agreement to the administrator, signed by the applicable parties involved. The agreement shall specify the following: a. Party or parties responsible for construction; and b. Party or parties responsible for maintenance. 2. The applicant or owner shall record such agreement with the county recorder prior to issuance of any permits. 3. The shared use parking agreement may be terminated by the parties only if off street parking is provided in conformance with this article and approved by the administrator prior to the termination. 4. In-lieu-of fees for required parking spaces may be allowed in the Central Business District with a parking space fee being determined solely by the Council. Collected fees shall go towards the purchase and or construction of public parking in the district. 5. Parking garages shall be designed to accommodate future public parking needs. 8-4B-5: OFF STREET LOADING SPACE REQUIREMENTS: A. Off street loading spaces for commercial and industrial uses shall be provided in accord with table 8-4B-5(a) of this section. TABLE 8-4B-5(a) ADD NUMBERS: REQUIRED LOADING SPACES BY GROSS FLOOR AREA Gross Floor Area In Square Feet Required Type And Number Of Spaces 0 to 36,000 1 type B 36,001 to 100,000 1 type A and 1 type B Each additional 75,000 or fraction thereof 1 additional type A B. Type A spaces shall be not less than twelve feet (12') in width and thirty-five feet (35') in length. Type B spaces shall be not less than fifteen feet (15') in width and sixty-five feet (65') in ---PAGE BREAK--- 94 length. All spaces shall have fourteen feet (14') of vertical clearance. C. Parking and loading areas shall be designed so vehicles shall not back out into the street. D. No off street loading space shall be located closer than fifty feet (50') to an abutting rural or residential district unless entirely enclosed within a sound attenuating structure, such as masonry block. No off-street loading space shall face an abutting residential district. E. Any off-street loading space located within fifty feet (50') of a residential district shall not operate between the hours of ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. and seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. ---PAGE BREAK--- 95 ARTICLE C TEMPORARY USE REQUIREMENTS 8-4C-1: APPLICABILITY: 8-4C-2: GENERAL STANDARDS: 8-4C-3: STANDARDS FOR RETAIL FIREWORKS STANDS: 8-4C-4: STANDARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES: 8-4C-5: STANDARDS FOR SEASONAL SALE OF AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD PRODUCTS: 8-4C-6: STANDARDS FOR ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT OR RECREATION EVENTS: 8-4C-7: STANDARDS FOR VENDORS NOT ASSOCIATED WITH AN ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT OR RECREATION EVENT: 8-4C-8: STANDARDS FOR PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES IN THE NONRESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS INVOLVING THE SALE OF GOODS AND MERCHANDISE WHERE IT IS ACCESSORY TO THE PRINCIPALLY PERMITTED USE: 8-4C-9: STANDARDS FOR FOOD TRUCKS, TRAILERS AND STANDS (TEMPORARY FOOD OPERATION): 8-4C-1 APPLICABILITY: The regulations of this article shall apply to all temporary uses in all districts with the exception that special events and seasonal activities that are conducted as part of an education facility shall be deemed accessory uses. Temporary uses shall be processed in conjunction with a Certificate of Zoning Compliance. 8-4C-2: GENERAL STANDARDS: A. Time Period: 1. Except as otherwise defined in this section, a temporary use is allowed for a specified period not to exceed six months. 2. For seasonal stands or events, the certificate of zoning compliance shall specify a beginning and end date. B. Location: 1. Structures and/or the display of merchandise shall comply with the setback requirements of the district within which it is located. 2. Temporary structures, signs and merchandise shall be displayed so as not to interfere with the vision triangle. In no case shall items be displayed, or business conducted within the public right of way, unless otherwise authorized by the transportation authority. C. Structures: A maximum of one structure shall be allowed and may cover a maximum of five hundred (500) square feet, unless otherwise permitted within the regulations of this title. 1. The use shall not result in the construction of any permanent structures that would not otherwise be permitted subject to the regulations of this title. ---PAGE BREAK--- 96 2. Any temporary structures shall be portable and completely removed at the end of the allowed time period. 3. The applicant shall obtain any necessary building permits. D. Caretaker Unit: 1. One caretaker unit in a trailer or recreational vehicle may be allowed on the site only for the purposes of security and maintenance of the site. 2. The unit shall be completely removed at the end of the allowed time period. E. Parking and Access: 1. Adequate off-street parking shall be provided to serve the use. 2. The use shall not displace the required off street parking spaces or loading areas of the principal permitted uses on the site. 3. The entrance and exit drives shall be designed to prevent traffic hazards and nuisances and shall be approved by the Transportation Authority. 4. All surfaces used for parking shall be constructed with paving, vegetative cover or of dustless material, unless otherwise required subject to the regulations of this title. F. Signs: All signs erected in association with the use shall be in compliance with the regulations of this title. G. Noise: Compressors, fans, pumps, and other motorized equipment shall be located or shielded to reduce noise levels to adjoining properties and shall not operate between the hours of 8 pm to 7 am. If electricity is reasonably available to the site, the applicant shall be required to connect to the electric source. H. Site Conditions: 1. Returned to Clean Condition: The site shall be returned to a clean condition after the termination of the use, including free of debris and garbage. 2. Disposal: Unsold food products, trees, greens, or debris generated by the use shall be properly disposed of off the site. 3. Unobstructed Sidewalk: If a sidewalk or walkway in front of the building is used for the temporary use, a minimum width of four feet shall remain unobstructed for pedestrian use. I. Conditions: The administrator may require additional conditions to mitigate adverse effects on surrounding properties, particularly regarding traffic generated, compressor and pump noise, odor, light and glare, dust, and hours of operation. The conditions may include, but not be limited to, any or all of the following: 1. Standards related to the emission of noise, vibration, and other potentially objectionable impacts. 2. Limits on time of day for the conduct of the specified use, including deliveries and maintenance. 3. Other standards necessary to protect the public health, safety, and welfare and mitigate adverse effects on surrounding property. J. Compliance with Guidelines: The use shall comply with any guidelines, regulations and ---PAGE BREAK--- 97 permitting process required by any authorizing public agencies, including, but not limited to, the Central District Health Department, transportation authority, and the Star city departments. (Ord. 215, 11-2-2011) K. Failure to comply with general standards will result in the revocation of the temporary use permit by the administrator. 8-4C-3: STANDARDS FOR RETAIL FIREWORKS STANDS: A. Retail fireworks stands shall be prohibited in residential districts. B. Firework stands shall comply with General Standards in 8-4C-2 of this title. C. The applicant or owner shall obtain written approval of the Star Joint Fire Protection District prior to issuance of certificate of occupancy. D. Dates of fireworks sales shall comply with Idaho Code section 39-2606. Nonaerial common fireworks may be sold at retail and used beginning at twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight June 23 and ending at twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight July 5 and beginning at twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight December 26 and ending at twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight January 1. Fireworks may be sold and used at any time in compliance with permits issued under the provisions of section 39-2605, Idaho Code. E. Applicant shall comply with the standards for access as determined by the transportation authority. Entrance and exit drives shall be designed to prevent traffic hazards and nuisances. F. A site plan is required showing ingress and egress. Proper turn-around and site circulation shall be provided at all times, including signage indicating parking, entrances and exits. G. Parking areas shall be paved, in vegetative cover, or improved with a dustless material. H. Conditions: The administrator may require additional conditions to mitigate adverse effects on the current and surrounding properties, particularly regarding traffic, access, light and glare, dust, and hours of operation. I. Applicant(s) shall apply for any required building and vendor permits. J. Aerial fireworks shall not be possessed or sold at any time. 8-4C-4: STANDARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES: A. New development shall contain construction debris on site and prevent windblown debris from entering neighboring properties. B. Temporary buildings, construction trailers, equipment and materials may be permitted in any district during the period construction work is in progress. Such temporary facilities or ---PAGE BREAK--- 98 equipment shall be removed within sixty (60) days of completion of the construction work. 8-4C-5: STANDARDS FOR SEASONAL SALE OF AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD PRODUCTS: A. The provisions of this title shall apply to Christmas tree lot, snow cone shack, pumpkin sale stand, produce stand, and similar uses as determined by the administrator. B. Such sales are limited to a period of time not to exceed two consecutive months for pumpkin and Christmas tree sales, and four consecutive months per calendar year for other uses. Christmas tree lots shall be removed by January 1. C. Applicant shall comply with the standards for access as determined by the transportation authority. D. Parking areas shall be paved, in vegetative cover, or improved with a dustless material. E. Applicant shall obtain all appropriate city permits. 8-4C-6: STANDARDS FOR ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT OR RECREATION EVENTS: A. Events, such as festivals, carnivals, circuses, fairs, and amusement rides may be allowed in any nonresidential district for a period not to exceed two weeks within any ninety (90) day period. B. Special, one day events, including, but not limited to farmers markets, charity events, fun runs, may be allowed in residential districts, including City parks, subject to approval by the City. Food trucks and other temporary food operations may be permitted for these events. C. The Star city police department shall review the location and access for any use in this category. D. Vendors shall obtain a city of Star vendor permit. 8-4C-7: STANDARDS FOR VENDORS NOT ASSOCIATED WITH AN ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT OR RECREATION EVENT: A. The applicant shall provide notarized consent of the property owner. B. The use shall be prohibited in certain residential districts. C. Vendor shall obtain city of Star vendor permit. D. No caretaker unit shall be allowed. E. Signs shall only be allowed on the vending units and shall not exceed sixteen (16) square feet ---PAGE BREAK--- 99 in area. F. No direct sales to customers in vehicles shall be allowed. The design and placement of the units shall prohibit such sales. Vendors with drive-up windows must be in a structure and shall be processed as a conditional use in accord with chapter 1, "Administration", of this title. G. The twelve (12) month approval period shall be evaluated at the time of the annual license renewal. 1. If the administrator, city clerk and/or Star city police have unresolved, compelling complaints regarding the vendor, a new temporary use shall be required. Otherwise the twelve (12) month approval period shall be extended. 2. As complaints are received, it will be determined if the complaint represents a compelling health and/or safety issue. Any compelling complaints will be forwarded to the Star city police for resolution in accord with the enforcement provisions of section 8-2A-11 of this title. 8-4C-8: STANDARDS FOR PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES IN THE NONRESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS INVOLVING THE SALE OF GOODS AND MERCHANDISE WHERE IT IS ACCESSORY TO THE PRINCIPALLY PERMITTED USE: A. The applicant shall provide notarized consent of the property owner. B. Activities may be conducted outside for a period of not more than two weeks. C. Applicant shall obtain a city of Star vendor permit. D. Applicant may request renewal twice during any calendar year, for a maximum of six weeks per calendar year. (Ord. 215, 11-2-2011; amd. Ord. 236, 7-15-2014) 8-4C-9: STANDARDS FOR FOOD TRUCKS, TRAILERS AND STANDS (TEMPORARY FOOD OPERATIONS): A. Temporary food operations shall only be located on a parcel or lot in a non-residential zoning district, unless otherwise be permitted subject to the regulations of this title. B. The temporary food operation shall be located on a parcel or lot that has a paved driveway and parking lot capable of providing parking during the busiest hours of operation while maintaining safe access to and from the operation. C. The temporary food operation shall further comply with General Standards in 8-4C-2 of this title. D. The number of temporary food operations allowed within City Limits shall be determined by current population. One temporary food operation per 3,000 citizens shall be allowed within City Limits. ---PAGE BREAK--- 100 E. Temporary food operations shall be approved for one year, with yearly Zoning Compliance Reverification application required for continued use. The applicant shall renew their vendors permit annually. every three months during this time period as required within this title. F. Temporary food operations shall be located no closer than 300’ from an existing, established restaurant or business serving food during that establishments normal business hours, unless written approval from the owner of that establishment is provided at the time of application. G. A portable restroom, or arrangements for restroom access from an adjacent business shall be required for employees of a temporary food operation that is in operation longer than two hours. H. A table and chairs or picnic table shall be provided for all temporary food operations. Any additional items, including but not limited to umbrellas, canopies/covers, signs and displays are subject to review and approval at the time of application. I. Food trucks shall be removed from the site daily once service is completed. Trailers and stands may stay on the property so long as it does not create a visual nuisance to the community. ---PAGE BREAK--- 101 ARTICLE D. PRIVATE STREET REQUIREMENTS 8-4D-1: PURPOSE: 8-4D-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-4D-3: STANDARDS: 8-4D-4: REQUIRED FINDINGS: 8-4D-1: PURPOSE: The purpose of this article is to provide better circulation and safety within commercial, industrial, mixed use, multi-family and certain low-density residential (R-1 or lower) developments by allowing private streets to provide frontage and access to properties that do not have internal public streets, when clear emergency vehicle travel lanes and name addressing for the properties are established. It is not the intent to approve private streets for single-family, duplex and/or townhouse developments in higher density residential developments (R-2 or higher, M-U) unless they are part of a planned unit development or development agreement, where creative design elements including, but not limited to, mixed uses, common area mews, live/work concepts and/or distinctive open spaces are designed within the development. The applicability may be extended where the administrator finds it necessary to provide private streets, and Star Fire District determines that private streets will maintain or enhance the safety of a development. All private streets shall be approved by the Star Fire District and City Council. Any private street necessary to provide access and/or frontage in association with a public utility or infrastructure facility and does not provide access to any dwellings shall be exempt from Council approval but is still subject to fire approval. 8-4D-2: APPLICABILITY: The provisions of this section shall apply to any eligible property that does not have frontage on a public road street or where frontage is not required. 8-4D-3: STANDARDS: All private streets shall be designed and constructed to the following standards: A. Design Standards: 1. Easement: The private street shall be constructed on a perpetual ingress/egress easement or a single platted lot (with access easement) that provides access to all applicable properties. 2. Connection Point: Where the point of connection of the private street is to a public street, the private street shall be approved by the transportation authority. 3. Emergency Vehicle: The private street shall provide sufficient maneuvering area for emergency vehicles as determined and approved by the Star Fire District. 4. Gates: Gates or other obstacles shall not be allowed, unless approved by Council and the Fire District. through a Planned Unit Development or Development Agreement. B. Construction Standards: 1. Obtain approval from the county street naming committee for a private street name(s); ---PAGE BREAK--- 102 2. Contact the transportation authority to install an approved street name sign that complies with the regulations of the county street naming ordinance; 3. Roadway and Storm Drainage: The private street shall be constructed in accord with the roadway and storm drainage standards of the transportation authority or as approved by the city of Star based on plans submitted by a certified engineer. 4. Street Width: The private street shall be constructed within the easement and shall have a travel lane that meets ACHD width standards for the City of Star, or as determined by the Council and Star Fire District. 5. Sidewalks: A five foot attached or detached sidewalk shall be provided on one side of the street in commercial districts. This requirement may be waived if the applicant can demonstrate that an alternative pedestrian path exists. Residential private streets may request a waiver of sidewalks to be approved by Council. 6. Fire Lanes: All drive aisles as determined by the Star Fire District to be fire lanes, shall be posted as fire lanes with no parking allowed. In addition, if a curb exists next to the drive aisle, it shall be painted red. 7. No building permit shall be issued for any structure using a private street for access to a public street until the private street has been approved. C. The applicant or owner shall establish an on-going maintenance fund through the Owner’s association with annual maintenance dues to ensure that funds are available for future repair and maintenance of all private streets. This shall be a requirement in a development agreement and/or as part of a planned unit development. A reserve account condition shall be included in the recorded CC&R’s and shall be provided to the City for review. The condition of approval shall include the following: 1. Private Road Street Reserve Study Requirements. a. At least once every three years, the board shall cause to be conducted a reasonably competent and diligent visual inspection of the private road street components that the association is obligated to repair, replace, restore, or maintain as part of a study of the reserve account requirements of the common interest development, if the current replacement value of the major components is equal to or greater than one-half of the gross budget of the association, excluding the association’s reserve account for that period. The board shall review this study, or cause it to be reviewed, annually and shall consider and implement necessary adjustments to the board’s analysis of the reserve account requirements as a result of that review. b. The study required by this section shall at a minimum include: i. Identification of the private road street components that the association is obligated to repair, replace, restore, or maintain. ii. Identification of the probable remaining useful life of the components identified in paragraph as of the date of the study. iii. An estimate of the cost of repair, replacement, restoration, or maintenance of the components identified in paragraph iv. An estimate of the total annual contribution necessary to defray the cost to repair, replace, restore, or maintain the components identified ---PAGE BREAK--- 103 in paragraph during and at the end of their useful life, after subtracting total reserve funds as of the date of the study. v. A reserve funding plan that indicates how the association plans to fund the contribution identified in paragraph to meet the association’s obligation for the repair and replacement of all private road street components. c. A copy of all studies and updates shall be provided to the City, to be included in the development application record. 8-4D-4: REQUIRED FINDINGS: In order to approve the application, the administrator and/or Council shall find the following: A. The design of the private street meets the requirements of this article; B. Granting approval of the private street would not cause damage, hazard, or nuisance, or other detriment to persons, property, or uses in the vicinity; and C. The use and location of the private street shall not conflict with the comprehensive plan and/or the regional transportation plan. ---PAGE BREAK--- 104 ARTICLE E. COMMON OPEN SPACE AND SITE AMENITY REQUIREMENTS 8-4E-1: APPLICABILITY: 8-4E-2: STANDARDS: 8-4E-1: APPLICABILITY: The standards for common open space and site amenities shall apply to all residential developments with a density exceeding one dwelling unit per acre. 8-4E-2: STANDARDS: A. Open Space and Site Amenity Requirement (see also Chapter 8 “Architectural Review”): 1. The total land area of all common open space shall equal or exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the gross land area of the development. Ten percent (10%) of that area shall be usable open space. 2. Each development is required to have at least one site amenity. 3. One additional site amenity shall be required for each additional twenty (20) acres of development area, plus one additional amenity per 75 residential units. 4. Developments with a density of less than 2 1 dwelling units per acre may request a 50% reduction in total required open space and amenities to the Council. Developments with a density of less than 2 dwelling units per acre may request a 50% reduction in total required open space to the Council. 5. For multi-family developments, see Section 8-5-20 for additional standards. B. Qualified Open Space: The following may qualify to meet the common open space requirements: 1. Any open space that is active or passive in its intended use, and accessible or visible by all residents of the development, including, but not limited to: a. Open grassy area of at least fifty feet by one hundred feet (50' x 100') in area; b. Qualified natural areas; c. Ponds or water features where active fishing, paddle boarding or other activities are provided (50% qualifies towards total required open space, must be accessible by all residents to qualify.) ponds must be aerated; d. A plaza. 2. Additions to a public park or other public open space area. 3. The buffer area along collector and arterial streets may be included in required overall common open space for residential subdivisions. 4. Parkways along local residential streets with detached sidewalks that meet all the following standards may count toward the common open space requirement: a. The parkway is a minimum of eight feet in width from street curb to edge of sidewalk and includes street trees as specified otherwise herein. b. Except for alley accessed dwelling units, the area for curb cuts to each residential lot or common driveway shall be excluded from the open space calculation. For purposes of this calculation, the curb cut area shall be a minimum area of twenty-six feet (26') by the width of the parkway. c. Stormwater detention facilities do not qualify to meet the common area open space ---PAGE BREAK--- 105 requirements, unless all of the following is met: 1. Must be at least fifty feet by one hundred feet (50' x 100') in area; 2. Specifically designed as a dual use facility, as determined by the administrator, to include minimal slopes, grass throughout, and guarantee of water percolation within 24 hours of storm event. 3. Is located in a development that has a second usable open space area that contains a qualified site amenity as herein defined. 5. Visual natural space, including open ditches, wetlands, slopes or other areas that may not be readily accessible to residents, and is provided with open style fencing, may qualify for up to 20% of the required open space total. C. Qualified Site Amenities: Qualified site amenities shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Clubhouse; 2. Fitness facilities, indoors or outdoors; 3. Public art; 4. Picnic area; or 5. Recreation amenities: a. Swimming pool. b. Children's play structures. c. Sports courts. d. Additional open space in excess of 5% usable space. e. RV parking for the use of the residents within the development. f. School and/or Fire station sites if accepted by the district. g. Pedestrian or bicycle circulation system amenities meeting the following requirements: The system is not required for sidewalks adjacent to public right of way; The system connects to existing or planned pedestrian or bicycle routes outside the development; and The system is designed and constructed in accord with standards set forth by the city of Star; D. Location: The common open space and site amenities shall be located on a common lot or an area with a common maintenance agreement. E. Maintenance: 1. All common open space and site amenities shall be the responsibility of an owners' association for the purpose of maintaining the common area and improvements thereon. ---PAGE BREAK--- 106 Chapter 5 SPECIFIC USE STANDARDS 8-5-1: ANIMAL CARE FACILITY: 8-5-2: ARTIST STUDIO: 8-5-3: ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT OR RECREATION FACILITY, INDOOR AND OUTDOOR: 8-5-4: ASPHALT OR CONCRETE PLANT: 8-5-5: AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINE: 8-5-6: AUTOMOTIVE, HOBBY: 8-5-7: CAMPGROUND/RV PARK: 8-5-8: CARETAKER UNIT 8-5-9: CEMETERY: 8-5-10: CHILD CARE FACILITY: 8-5-11: CHURCH OR PLACE OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP: 8-5-12: CONTRACTORS YARD OR SHOP: 8-5-13: DRIVE-THROUGH ESTABLISHMENT: 8-5-14 DWELLING UNIT, SECONDARY: 8-5-14: GASOLINE STATION/GASOLINE STATION WITH CONVENIENCE STORE, AND TRUCK STOP: 8-5-15: HOME OCCUPATION: 8-5-16: LIVE/WORK UNIT: 8-5-17: MANUFACTURED/MOBILE HOME GUIDELINES: 8-5-18: MANUFACTURED/MOBILE HOME PARKS: 8-5-19: MINING, PIT OR QUARRY AND ACCESSORY PITS: 8-5-20: MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING/DEVELOPMENT: 8-5-21: NURSING OR RESIDENTIAL CARE FACILITIES: 8-5-22: PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE; PUBLIC UTILITY MAJOR, MINOR AND YARD: 8-5-23: RECYCLING CENTER: 8-5-24: RIDING ARENA OR STABLE, COMMERCIAL: 8-5-25: SECONDARY DWELLING UNIT 8-5-26: SHORT-TERM RENTAL: 8-5-27: STORAGE FACILITY, OUTSIDE: 8-5-28: STORAGE FACILITY, SELF-SERVICE: 8-5-29: TEMPORARY LIVING QUARTERS: 8-5-30: TERMINAL, FREIGHT OR TRUCK: 8-5-31: VEHICLE EMISSIONS TESTING: 8-5-32: VEHICLE IMPOUND YARD: 8-5-33: VEHICLE REPAIR, MAJOR AND MINOR: 8-5-34: VEHICLE SALES OR RENTAL: 8-5-35: VEHICLE WASHING FACILITY: 8-5-36: VEHICLE WRECKING OR JUNK YARD: 8-5-37: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITY: ---PAGE BREAK--- 107 8-5-1: ANIMAL CARE FACILITY: A. Such use shall be located at least two hundred fifty feet (250') from any residence, including motels and hotels, except for an owner's residence. The administrator may modify these requirements if the animals are completely housed in soundproof structures that completely screen them from view of the abutting residential property. B. Fencing shall be required for any outdoor use for animals. The fencing shall be a six-foot fence to secure animals and to buffer adjacent land uses. C. Outside runs shall be operated only between the hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and nine o'clock (9:00) P.M., with an attendant present on the premises at all times. D. The facility owner and/or operator shall comply with all state and regulations relative to such a facility and shall maintain housekeeping practices designed to prevent the creation of a nuisance and to reduce noise and odor to a minimum. 8-5-2: ARTIST STUDIO: A. All production, fabrication and assembly of materials shall be conducted within a completely enclosed structure if adjoining a residence or a residential district. B. If in an industrial district, accessory retail sales shall be limited to a floor area not exceeding twenty five percent (25%) of the total enclosed area of the use. Goods sold shall be only those produced on the site or complementary products. 8-5-3: ARTS, ENTERTAINMENT OR RECREATION FACILITY, INDOOR AND OUTDOOR: A. General standards: 1. All structures or outdoor recreation areas shall maintain a minimum setback of one hundred feet (100') from any abutting residential districts. 2. No outdoor event or activity center shall be located within one hundred feet (100') of any residential property line and shall operate outdoor uses only between the hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. 3. Accessory uses include, but are not limited to: retail, equipment rental, restaurant and drinking establishments may be allowed if designed to serve patrons of the use only. 4. Outdoor speaker systems shall be subject to the provisions of title 3, chapter 2, "Noise Control", of this code. 5. May require a Vendor’s Permit, at the discretion of the administrator. B. Additional standards for swimming pool: Any outdoor swimming pool shall be completely enclosed within a six foot non-scalable fence that meets the requirements of the city of Star building regulations in accord with title 7 of this code. C. Additional standards for outdoor stage or musical venue: Any use with a capacity of one hundred (100) seats or more or within one thousand feet (1,000') of a residence or a residential district shall be subject to approval of a conditional use permit. ---PAGE BREAK--- 108 8-5-4: ASPHALT OR CONCRETE PLANT: A. Asphalt mixing and concrete batching may only be allowed as accessory uses to a pit, mine, or quarry in an industrial zone. B. Any structure or equipment shall be a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from any dwelling other than the dwelling of the owner or caretaker of the subject property. C. The operation shall meet all federal, state and local standards relating to health and safety. D. A plant may not be used in conjunction with an accessory pit as described within this chapter. 8-5-5: AUTOMATED TELLER MACHINE: The administrator or designee may approve alternative standards where it is determined that a similar or greater level of security is provided. A. A five foot deep space shall be provided in front of the ATM; B. A lighting plan will be required with the intent to ensure that adequate lighting is provided; C. A trash receptacle not impeding access shall be immediately accessible to the ATM; and D. At the time the ATM is removed, the structure's facade shall have a finished appearance consistent with the existing structure. See also "Self-Service Uses", of this title. E. This use is accessory to an approved bank or other financial institution. 8-5-6: AUTOMOTIVE, HOBBY: A. Use prohibited from retail or wholesale sales of vehicles, automotive parts or supplies. B. No commercial restoration, repair, storage or maintenance of motor vehicles. This use shall not be allowed as a Home Occupation. C. Site for hobby shall be maintained in an orderly manner, with no more than two inoperable, dismantled, or unregistered motor vehicles on site unless stored in an enclosed structure. D. Vehicles must be stored in the rear or side yard behind a sight obscuring fence or within a completely enclosed structure. 8-5-7: CAMPGROUND/RV PARK: A. Access: 1. Campground/RV park shall abut and shall have direct access from a collector or arterial road. ---PAGE BREAK--- 109 Plans will show roadways and driveways, including the width and type of surface. 2. Access shall be approved by the Transportation authority. B. Design: The design shall include: 1. Specific locations of sites or units for RVs (recreational vehicles), motor homes, travel trailers or tents. 2. Location of all structures. 3. Method of trash disposal. 4. Utility plan (water/electrical/sewer). C. Site Development: 1. Lighting: The campground/RV park shall be adequately lighted and follow the requirements of outdoor lighting as provided for within this title. 2. Outdoor Speaker Systems: Outdoor speaker systems shall be subject to the provisions of title 3, chapter 2, "Noise Control", of this code. 3. Drainage: Drainage shall comply with drainage requirements of this title. 4. Water, Sewer and Electrical Outlets: Each space shall be provided with water, sewer and electrical outlets and shall comply with all city/state codes. 5. Spaces: Each space shall contain a minimum of one thousand (1,000) square feet, shall be at least twenty feet (20') wide and space boundaries shall be clearly defined. There shall be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') of space between RVs/motor homes/trailers and setbacks as established by the city. 6. Parking: Each space shall provide for off street parking and shall be graveled, paved or provide other means for a dust free surface. 7. Number of Spaces: No greater number of RVs, motor homes or trailers shall be allowed in any campground/RV park than the number of spaces permitted. 8. Landscaped Setback with Screening: A fifty foot (50') landscaped setback with protective screening or fencing shall be required on property boundaries adjacent to a public right of way. Property boundaries adjoining private property shall have a landscaped setback of twenty-five feet (25') with protective fencing. D. Accessory Uses and Accommodations: 1. Buildings and accessory buildings, including, but not limited to, management headquarters, staff housing, recreational structures, laundry facilities, toilets, showers, and other sanitary services, may be allowed subject to the following restrictions: a. Such uses shall be restricted to the occupants of the campground/park. b. Each campground/RV park shall provide restroom facilities that shall include both male and female facilities with no less than two bath or shower accommodations provided for each facility. The restrooms shall provide no less than two toilets to each male and female facility. c. The structures enclosing such uses shall not be located closer than fifty feet (50') to any public street and shall not be directly accessible from any public street. d. Each service building floor shall be of concrete, tile or similar material, impervious to water, and pitched to a floor drain. The structure shall be a permanent structure and meet requirements of the current building code. All structures shall provide proper lighting within the structure twenty-four (24) hours a day. Each building shall provide exterior lighting after dusk and before dawn. ---PAGE BREAK--- 110 e. Each campground/RV park shall provide trash disposal areas for each twenty (20) spaces. Disposal areas shall be fenced with a site obscuring fence, the height of which shall be a minimum four feet and shall be located one hundred fifty feet (150') from any space. f. All campgrounds/parks with fifteen (15) spaces or more shall provide an open space area and amenity constructed in a manner to provide a recreational area for occupants of the campground/park. An additional amenity shall be provided for every additional 40-unit spaces. E. Restrictions: It shall be unlawful for any tent, RV, motor home or travel trailer to be used as permanent living quarters. Maximum stay shall be thirty (30) calendar days for any guest. Once a four-week stay ends, a guest must wait thirty (30) calendar days before returning. 8-5-8: CARETAKER UNIT: A. Use as a caretaker for a construction site. One accessory caretaker unit in a trailer or recreational vehicle may be allowed on the construction site only for the purposes of security and maintenance of the site. B. Use as a caretaker unit and office with an approved conditional use permit for a storage facility. C. Use as an accessory use for an active farm that is 10-acres or greater in size for the purpose of providing living quarters for a hired, seasonal worker to temporarily work the property to harvest crops only. D. The unit shall be completely removed at the end of the allowed time period. 8-5-9: CEMETERY: Graves and monuments shall not be located within fifteen feet (15') from any property line. 8-5-10: CHILD CARE FACILITY: A. General standards for all child care and adult care uses, including the classifications of child care center; child care, family; child care, group; and child care pre-school/early learning: 1. In determining the type of child care facility, the total number of children cared for (excluding the owner/operator's children) during the day and not the number of children at the facility at one time, is the determining factor. 2. On site vehicle pick up, parking and turnaround areas shall be provided to ensure safe discharge and pick up of clients. 3. The city council shall specify the maximum number of allowable clients and hours of operation as conditions of approval. 4. The applicant or owner shall secure and maintain a basic child care license from the state of Idaho department of health and welfare family and children's services division. 5. In residential districts or uses adjoining an adjacent residence, the hours of operation shall be between seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. to nine o'clock (9:00) P.M. This standard may be modified through approval of a conditional use permit. ---PAGE BREAK--- 111 B. Additional standards for child care facilities that serve children: 1. All outdoor play areas shall be completely enclosed by minimum six foot non-scalable fence to secure against exit/entry by small children and to screen abutting properties. The fencing material shall meet the swimming pool fence requirements of the building regulations in accord with title 7 of this code. 2. Outdoor play equipment over six feet high shall not be located in a front or side yard. 3. Outdoor play areas in residential districts adjacent to an existing residence shall not be used after dusk. 4. If within a subdivision the number of children shall be further approved by the HOA. 8-5-11: CHURCH OR PLACE OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP: Uses that are accessory to churches or other places of religious worship, such as schools, child daycare services, meeting facilities for clubs and organizations, and other similar uses not operated primarily for the purpose of religious instruction, worship, government of the church, or the fellowship of its congregation may be permitted to the extent the activity is otherwise permitted in the district. Churches conducting activities outside the normal church events are required to complete a temporary use permit stating when and where the activity will take place and who will be in charge of the activity. 8-5-12: CONTRACTORS YARD OR SHOP: A. General Standards: 1. If the property is located in a residential or rural base district, all structures or outdoor storage areas shall be located a minimum of one hundred feet (100') from any property line abutting another property. The one hundred-foot (100') buffer from the property line shall have a vegetative ground cover and shall be regularly maintained to prevent weed growth. All structures and outdoor storage areas shall be depicted on the master site plan. 2. Outdoor storage areas shall be screened year-round and comply with Chapter 8 of this title. 3. The site shall not be used as an “impound yard”, or "wrecking, junk or salvage yard" as herein defined. 4. For the purposes of this title, a contractor's yard or shop is not a home occupation. 5. The property shall have approved access from an improved public roadway for the use. 6. Maintenance of vehicles or machinery shall be incidental to the contractor's yard or shop and the incidental use shall only include minor repair. 7. Accessory office space shall comply with this title and shall be identified on the approved site plan. ---PAGE BREAK--- 112 8. Parking area improvements shall comply with the standards found in Chapter 4 of this title and shall be delineated on the site plan or parking plan. No on street parking of vehicles or equipment associated with the use is allowed. 9. Use of the property shall comply with Chapter 1, "Noise", of this title. 10. Hours of operation shall be limited between the hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. unless otherwise approved or restricted with a conditional use permit. 11. No retail sales associated with a contractor's yard or shop may occur on the property unless retail sales are approved with a different use that allows retail sales. 12. A building permit may be required for the change in use or occupancy of any existing structure, or portion thereof, used in association with a contractor's yard or shop. 13. For the duration of the approval, the use shall be subject to zoning inspection upon advanced notice and request by the City. If a permit holder refuses to allow inspection of the premises by the City, the approved conditional use permit may be revoked. B. Additional Standards: Additional standards for a contractor's yard or shop permitted as a conditional use: 1. The following shall be considered as part of the review of an application for a conditional use permit for a contractor's yard or shop: a. The proximity of existing dwellings; b. The number of employees; c. The hours and days of operation; d. Dust; e. Noise; f. Outdoor loading; g. Traffic; h. Landscaping and screening; i. Other. 2. The duration of a conditional use permit for a contractor's yard or shop shall be limited. For uses in the agricultural or rural residential zoning districts, the conditional use permit shall expire five years following the approval date. Upon expiration of the conditional use permit, all ---PAGE BREAK--- 113 equipment and materials stored outdoors shall be removed within thirty (30) days from the subject property. A new conditional use permit may be applied for to continue the use, subject to current zoning standards. For uses in the industrial zoning district, there shall be no expiration date. 8-5-13: DRIVE-THROUGH ESTABLISHMENT: A. A drive-through establishment shall be an accessory use where the drive-through portion of the facility (including stacking lanes, speaker and/or order area, pick up windows, and exit lanes) is not immediately adjacent to the drive-through portion of another facility, or immediately adjacent to a residential district or an existing residence, unless approved through a planned unit development. B. All establishments providing drive-through service shall identify the stacking lane, menu and speaker location (if applicable), and window location on applicable permit applications. C. A site plan shall be submitted that demonstrates safe pedestrian and vehicular access and circulation on the site and between adjacent properties. At a minimum the plan shall demonstrate compliance with the following standards: 1. Stacking lanes shall have sufficient capacity to prevent obstruction of the public right of way by patrons; 2. The stacking lane shall be a separate lane from the circulation lanes needed for access and parking; 3. The stacking lane shall not be located within ten feet (10') of any residential district or existing residence; 4. Any stacking lane greater than one hundred feet (100') in length shall provide for an escape lane; 5. A letter from the transportation authority indicating the site plan is in compliance with the authority's standards and policies shall be required. D. The applicant shall provide a six-foot sight obscuring fence where a stacking lane or window location adjoins a residential district or an existing residence. E. Menu boards are considered as signs. F. Approval from the Fire District is required for the location and access of the drive-thru facility. 8-5-14: GASOLINE STATION/GASOLINE STATION WITH CONVENIENCE STORE, AND TRUCK STOP: A. General standards: 1. When allowed as an accessory use, gasoline or diesel fuel sale facilities shall not occupy more than twenty five percent (25%) of the subject property. 2. The total height of any overhead canopy or weather protection device shall not exceed twenty feet ---PAGE BREAK--- 114 3. Vehicle stacking lanes shall be available on the property but outside the fueling areas. Stacking lanes shall have sufficient capacity to prevent obstruction of the public right of way by patrons. Such stacking lanes shall be separate from areas required for access and parking. The stacking lanes shall not be located within ten feet (10') of any abutting residential districts. B. Additional standards for fuel sales facility, truck stop: 1. The use shall be located on a principal arterial, collector or near an interstate interchange. 2. The use shall be located a minimum of six hundred feet (600') from any residential district and a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from any hospital, unless located within the central business district, in which case a minimum buffer of one hundred feet (100’) shall be required from the existing residential lot line to the property line of the use. 8-5-15: HOME OCCUPATION: The following standards apply to all home occupation uses: A. Persons Involved: No more than three people other than members of the family residing on the premises shall be engaged in such occupation. B. Subordinate Use: The use of the dwelling unit for the home occupation shall be clearly incidental and subordinate to its use for residential purposes by its occupants, and no more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the dwelling shall be used in the conduct of the home occupation. C. Outside Appearance of Premises: There shall be no change in the outside appearance of the building or premises, or other visible evidence of the conduct of such home occupation. D. Traffic: No significant traffic shall be generated by such home occupation, and any need for parking generated by the conduct of such home occupation shall meet the off-street parking requirements as specified within this title and shall not be located in a required front yard. E. Performance Standards: No equipment or process shall be used in such home occupation which creates noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors, or electrical interference detectable to the normal senses off the lot, if the occupation is conducted in a single-family residence, or outside the dwelling unit if conducted in other than a single-family residence. In the case of electrical interference, no equipment or process shall be used which creates visual or audible interference in any radio or television receivers off the premises or causes fluctuations in line voltage off the premises. F. Storage of Materials Outdoors: No storage of materials or supplies outdoors or in any accessory detached storage structure shall be allowed. G. Signs: It shall not involve the use of signs and/or structures other than those permitted in the district of which it is a part. H. Parking of Commercial Vehicle: A home occupation shall not involve the use and parking of ---PAGE BREAK--- 115 a commercial vehicle. I. Off Street Parking: Off street parking shall be provided as specified, in addition to the required off street parking for the dwelling. One paved, off street parking space shall be provided for the nonresident employee, plus a space for any potential clients, if applicable, and shall be improved as per the standards of this title. No overnight parking of client or employee vehicles shall be allowed on site or on-street. J. Hours of Visits: All visits by clients, customers, and/or employees shall occur between the hours of eight o'clock (8:00) A.M. and nine o'clock (9:00) P.M. K. Additional Standards for All Home Occupations: 1 HOA Approval: The applicant shall receive prior approval from the homeowner’s association, if one exists. 2 The following occupations are prohibited as home occupations: service, repair or painting of any vehicle; commercial kennel; adult entertainment; commercial composting; sales, repackaging or use of hazardous materials; or any other uses not consistent with the applicable base district purpose statement. 3 For the duration of an approved home occupation permit, the use shall be subject to zoning inspection upon advanced notice and request by the City. If a permit holder refuses to allow inspection of the premises by the City, the home occupation permit may be revoked. 4 The home occupation shall not receive more than two pick-ups or deliveries per day. 8-5-16: LIVE/WORK UNIT: General Standards: 1. Live/Work units are allowed in the Mixed Use (MU) and Central Business District (CBD) zoning districts. 2. The commercial component of live/work is intended for use by the following occupations: accountants, architects, artists and artisans, attorneys, computer software and multimedia related professions, consultants, engineers, fashion, florist and greens, designers, hair stylists and barbers, insurance, real estate, one-on-one instructors, or similar uses. The Council may authorize other similar uses using reasonable discretion, as long as such other uses are allowed within the base zone and not otherwise precluded by law. 3. Live/work units must be attached. Residential areas are permitted above the commercial component, to the side or in the rear of the business component. 4. The commercial component shall be primarily operated within the unit, but may be also conducted in the yard, provided it meets all further requirements of this title. 5. The external access for the commercial component shall be oriented to the street and should have at least one external entrance/exit separate from the living space. The entrance to the business component shall be located on the ground level. Access to the commercial component of each live/work unit shall be clearly separate from the common walkways or entrances to the other residential units within the development, or other residential units in adjacent developments; ---PAGE BREAK--- 116 6. The commercial use shall not generate external noise, odor, glare, vibration or electrical interference detectable to the normal sensory perception by adjacent neighbors; 7. No explosive, toxic, combustible or flammable materials in excess of what would be allowed incidental to normal residential use shall be stored or used on the premises. 8. The commercial component as designated on the floor plan approved through the conditional use permit shall remain commercial and cannot be converted to residential use. The residential component may be converted to a commercial use in the CBD zoning district upon approval of a new application. 8-5-17: MANUFACTURED/MOBILE HOME GUIDELINES: A. Application: Application shall be made with the city on a prescribed form. The application shall include all information necessary to determine conformity with required development standards including: exterior dimensions, siding material, foundation fascia material, roofing material, eaves overhang and any other applicable information. The applicant shall also attach to the application: 1. A copy of the manufacturer's instructions for installation of the home on permanent footings. 2. A plot plan showing existing conditions and the proposed location for the home and other improvements at a scale of at least one-inch equals twenty feet = 20'). B. Certificates and Inspection: 1. The applicant shall sign the completed application certifying that the mobile or manufactured home meets the required development standards, and that site development shall be in accordance with said standards, and the plot plan submitted stating that once the mobile or manufactured home is permanently affixed, the applicant shall comply with the requirement for the home to be declared as real property for taxation purposes. These certifications shall be made prior to the moving of the home to the building site. 2. Following application and plot plan approval by the building official, the official may issue a building permit for the footings and foundation. Upon satisfactory inspection of the footings and foundation for the attachment of the mobile or manufactured home, the building official shall verify, in writing, that all development standards have been met as certified by the applicant. The home may then be attached to the foundation in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction, city ordinances for permanent utility connections, and other building requirements. 3. Prior to occupancy, a final inspection shall be made to assure proper attachment of the home to the foundation and placement of a proper foundation fascia. C. Development Standards: 1. Requirements: The use of a manufactured or mobile home as a permanent residential dwelling on an individual lot shall be permitted in any zoning district under this title which permits installation of a single-family site-built dwelling, provided the following standards are met. The home or home site: a. Is multi-section and at least twenty feet (20') wide. b. Has a minimum floor area of one thousand (1,000) square feet. c. Has roofing materials which are generally acceptable for site-built housing. Any roofing material may be used, provided such material has the appearance of a nonmetallic shingle, shake or tile roof. Roofs shall also have a minimum slope of twenty five percent (25%) (3:12) and ---PAGE BREAK--- 117 overhanging eaves. d. Has siding materials which are generally acceptable for site-built housing. Any siding material may be used, provided such material has the appearance of wood, masonry or horizontal metal siding. Reflection from horizontal metal siding shall be no greater than that from siding coated with white, gloss enamel. e. Has a foundation of concrete or other material allowed by the international building code for site-built homes which is aesthetically compatible with the manufactured home and having the appearance of site-built construction. This means the fascia shall be an extension of the siding or be of materials having the appearance of site-built foundations such as brick, concrete or concrete block. f. Is permanently affixed per manufacturer's instructions. Footings shall be of poured masonry extending twenty-four inches (24") below grade. g. Has a crawl space with the following minimum measurements: Eighteen inches (18") of clearance; Twelve inches (12") of clearance under beams; and An eighteen inch by twenty-four-inch (18" x 24") door. h. Complies with all applicable lot size, setback, and other requirements of the zoning district in which it is to be located. i. Provided two off street parking spaces and shall be improved with such material to provide a durable and dust free surface. j. Has a single car garage, or a carport with an attached enclosed storage room. k. Provides right of way improvements in the same manner as site-built construction, in accordance with city policy. D. Rehabilitation Standards: All mobile homes must meet the rehabilitation standards as set forth in Idaho Code title 44. E. Accessory Structures: Accessory structures to mobile or manufactured housing shall be constructed in compliance with the standards specified by the international building code, and the department of housing and urban development standards. Structures shall be aesthetically compatible with the home to which they are associated. F. Nonconforming Manufactured Homes: A manufactured or mobile home which has legally been placed and maintained upon an individual lot prior to the effective date hereof shall be a legal nonconforming use. Such manufactured or mobile homes shall not be relocated within the city without conforming to all applicable provisions contained herein. G. Shall comply with all floodplain requirements, if applicable. 8-5-18: MANUFACTURED/MOBILE HOME PARKS: A. Standards: 1. Placement of Homes or Buildings, Distance: Manufactured or mobile homes shall not be placed any closer than fifteen feet (15') to another manufactured or mobile home or building. 2. Accessory Structures, Distance: All accessory structures shall not be located any closer than fifteen feet (15') to another manufactured or mobile home or building which shall include, but ---PAGE BREAK--- 118 not be limited to, structures attached to or located adjacent to a manufactured or mobile home such as awnings, carports, garages, porches or steps. 3. Adjoining Residential District; Yard: Where the manufactured or mobile home park boundaries adjoin a residential district without an intervening street, alley or other permanent open space at least twenty feet (20') in width, a yard of at least twenty feet (20') in minimum dimension shall be provided. Such yard may be used for open space but shall not contain parking areas, carports, recreational shelters, storage structures, or any other buildings. 4. Screening Along Park Borders: A screening wall or vegetation screening along the borders of the manufactured or mobile home park shall be provided. 5. Yard Size: An outdoor living or yard area shall be provided for each manufactured or mobile home. Such areas shall be at least ten percent (10%) of the individual lot but in no case shall such area be less than three hundred (300) square feet. 6. Compliance with Zoning And Floodplain Regulations: All manufactured or mobile home parks shall comply with all other applicable requirements of the zoning district and the requirements of the flood area regulations. 7. Street Standards: Manufactured or mobile home parks shall comply with the standards set by the local transportation authority. 8. Exterior Lighting: The park shall provide lighting at the entrance and other locations as may be determined by the administrator, necessary for public safety and welfare. Lights are to be installed that shall not obstruct the visibility of any oncoming traffic or trespass onto other properties. Lighting shall meet all requirements of this title relating to dark skies. 9. Drainage: Shall comply with ordinances of the city. 10. Common or Open Areas: All parks shall provide an open area at a ratio of 200 square feet per unit space for recreational purposes. Such areas shall provide playground equipment and other amenities for the youth residing in the park. 11. Recreational Buildings: All parks shall provide one recreational building per fifty (50) units to provide an area for family gatherings. 12. Recreational Vehicle Parking: All parks with fifteen (15) spaces or more shall provide one or more parking areas for recreational vehicles for the occupants of the park. No such parking area shall be used or occupied for commercial purpose or by those not residing in the park. Such parking area shall meet the criteria outlined within this title. 13. Manufactured homes shall meet the minimum residential design standards as set forth in Chapter 8 of this title. 8-5-19: MINING, PIT OR QUARRY AND ACCESSORY PITS: A mine, pit or quarry that meets the standards of subsection C of this section shall be considered an accessory pit and shall be reviewed as a temporary use. Any other pit, mine, or quarry shall be reviewed as a conditional use. A. General Use Standards: 1. All operations shall be subject to accepted safety conditions for the type of excavation being performed. 2. Asphalt mixing and concrete batching may only be allowed as accessory uses to a mine, pit, or quarry in an industrial area. 3. Extraction, movement, or stockpiling within the required yards shall be prohibited. The tops ---PAGE BREAK--- 119 and toes of cut and fill slopes shall remain outside the required yards. 4. Areas where equipment is stored shall be deemed outdoor storage areas and shall meet all standards of this title. Such storage areas shall be constructed and maintained to prevent chemicals from discharging into surface or ground waters. Such chemicals shall include, but not be limited to, petroleum products, antifreeze, and lubricants. 5. The extraction area shall be watered daily to reduce dust impacts to surrounding properties. Haul roads shall have a durable and dust free surface and shall be graded to drain all surface water from the haul roads. 6. The mine, pit, or quarry shall comply with the regulations of flood hazards of this title, if applicable. 7. For any mine, pit, or quarry requiring a conditional use approval, the applicant shall provide addresses for all property owners within one thousand feet (1,000') of any property boundary of the proposed site and any additional area that may be substantially impacted by the use, as determined by the administrator. 8. The storage and/or disposal of solid waste on the proposed site shall be prohibited. 9. Upon reclamation of the final phase, all temporary structures shall be removed from the property, except for property line fences or walls. Any contaminated soils shall be properly recycled or disposed. 10. Truck routes and hauling times may be limited by Council to accommodate bus routes and school hours. B. General Design and Reclamation Standards: 1. The applicant shall provide documentation (from the appropriate agency) that the proposed mine, pit, or quarry operation and reclamation plans comply with federal and state regulations in regard to air and water quality and site reclamation. 2. For a mine, pit, or quarry where the excavation area results in a pond, the following standards shall apply: a. The extraction areas shall be designed to create a meandering edge. b. The applicant shall provide written documentation from Idaho fish and game that the proposed pond is designed to create viable fish and/or wildlife habitat. c. The applicant shall provide documentation from Central District Health department that the proposed pond shall not cause septic leach fields on abutting properties to fail. d. For the purposes of this section, a "pond" shall be defined as any mine, pit, or quarry area where the rehabilitation plan results in an area that contains water to within six feet of the surface year-round, based on the base elevation. 3. Any riparian vegetation disturbed as part of the operation shall be replaced at a ratio of two to one Replacement vegetation shall be native plant materials and shall meet all appropriate requirements of this title. 4. The applicant or owner shall comply with all requirements of "Best Management Practices For Mining In Idaho", published by the Idaho department of lands. 5. The pond shall be aeriated. C. Standards For Accessory Pit Approval: The purpose of this use is to allow for gravel extraction and removal on a limited basis for the sole purpose of creating a water feature: 1) during the construction of an approved subdivision or development, or 2) a onetime creation of water feature(s) on certain, larger acreage parcels. The use shall be processed as a temporary use ---PAGE BREAK--- 120 and shall meet the following: 1. The property has not received previous approval for a mine, pit, or quarry as a temporary use. 2. The maximum area of the extraction site for a water feature in a new subdivision or development shall be determined during the approval process for the development after taking into consideration issues including, but not limited to, no net loss mitigation. All other parcels shall have a maximum pond area no greater than ten percent (10%) for parcels ten (10) acres or less, and no greater than twenty percent (20%) for parcels over ten (10) acres of the gross area of the property. 3. The minimum parcel size for all properties other than new subdivisions and developments, shall be one acres. 4. The proposed extraction activities for a subdivision or development shall be completed within two years from commencement, unless additional time is granted by council. All other proposed extraction activities shall be completed within two years from commencement. 5. The mine, pit, or quarry shall meet the standards in subsections A and B of this section. 6. Stockpiles shall be a maximum of fifteen feet (15') in height. 7. All operations shall take place between seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and dusk or six o'clock (6:00) P.M. (whichever is earlier) Monday through Friday. 8. Asphalt and/or cement plants shall be prohibited on site, unless approved by Council as a conditional use permit. 9. Rock crushing shall be allowed as part of an accessory pit only as a separate conditional use permit approved by Council. 10. The pond shall be aerated. D. Additional Standards for Conditional Use Approval: 1. The pit, mine, or quarry shall meet the standards in subsections A and B of this section. 2. The approved site plan shall include adequate parking and loading areas to accommodate the peak number of vehicles. Such areas shall not be within the required yards. 3. Rock crushing and/or asphalt mixing, and concrete batching may be allowed as an accessory use only through this conditional use approval process. 4. The applicant shall show the extraction and reclamation phasing plan on the approved site plan. 5. The reclamation plan for each phase shall be implemented as soon as the subject area is depleted of resources or when the allowed time has ended (whichever occurs first). 6. The conditional use approval shall consider and/or establish a time frame for the extraction of material. For any proposal where the applicant requests an extraction period greater than two years, the council shall review the status of the mine, pit, or quarry after 1.5 years and consider amendments or additions to the approval. 8-5-20: MULTI-FAMILY DWELLING/DEVELOPMENT: Multi-family developments with multiple properties shall be considered as one property for the purpose of implementing the standards set forth in this section. A. Storage of Recreational Vehicles: No recreational vehicles, snowmobiles, boats or other personal recreation vehicles shall be stored on the site unless provided for in a separate, designated and screened area, and approved as part of the development. ---PAGE BREAK--- 121 B. Developments with Twenty Units Or More: Developments with twenty (20) units or more shall provide the following: 1. A property management office. 2. A maintenance storage area. 3. A map of the development at an entrance or convenient location for those entering the development. C. Open Space Requirement (see also Chapter 8 “Architectural Review”). 1. The total land area of all common open space shall equal or exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the gross land area of the development. Ten percent (10%) of that area shall be usable open space. 2. Private Open Space: In addition to the common open space and site amenity requirements of this title, a minimum of eighty (80) square feet of additional, private, usable open space shall be provided for each residential unit not planned as single-family detached. This requirement can be satisfied through porches, patios, decks, and enclosed yards. Landscaping, and other accessways do not count toward this requirement. D. Amenities 1. The number of amenities shall depend on the size of multi-family development as follows: a. A multi-family development with less than twenty (20) units, two amenities shall be provided from two separate amenity categories. b. A multi-family development between twenty (20) and seventy-five (75) units, three amenities shall be provided, with one from each amenity category. c. A multi-family development with seventy-five (75) units or more, four amenities shall be provided, with at least one from each amenity category. d. A multi-family development with more than one hundred (100) units, the Council shall require additional amenities commensurate to the size of the proposed development. 2. Amenity Categories. The council may consider other amenities in addition to those listed below. a. Clubhouse. b. Fitness facilities -Indoor/Outdoor. c. Enclosed bike storage. d. Public art. e. Covered bus stops as approved by the School District or Regional Transportation Authority. f. Ponds or water features. g. Plaza. h. Recreation areas. i. Pool. j. Walking trails and/or bike paths. k. Children's play structures. l. Sports courts. m. Natural Areas (as approved by Council). n. RV parking for the use of the residents within the development. o. Additional open space in excess of 5% usable space. ---PAGE BREAK--- 122 p. School and/or Fire station sites if accepted by the district. q. Pedestrian or bicycle circulation system amenities meeting the following requirements: The system is not required for sidewalks adjacent to public right of way; The system connects to existing or planned pedestrian or bicycle routes outside the development; and The system is designed and constructed in accord with standards set forth by the city of Star E. Maintenance and Ownership Responsibilities: All multi-family developments shall record legally binding documents that state the maintenance and ownership responsibilities for the management of the development, including, but not limited to, structures, parking, common areas, and other development features. F. Architectural standards in Chapter 8 shall be applied to all multi-family developments. 8-5-21: NURSING OR RESIDENTIAL CARE FACILITIES: A. General standards: If the use results in more than ten (10) persons occupying a dwelling at any one time, the applicant or owner shall concurrently apply for a change of occupancy as required by the building code in accord with title 7 of this code. 1. The owner and/or operator of the facility shall secure and maintain a license from the state of Idaho department of health and welfare facility standards division. B. Additional standards for uses providing care to children and juveniles under the age of eighteen (18) years: 1. All outdoor play areas shall be completely enclosed by a minimum six foot non-scalable fence to secure against exit/entry by small children and to screen abutting properties. The fencing material shall meet the swimming pool fence requirements of the building code in accord with this code. 2. Outdoor play equipment over six feet high shall not be located in a front yard or within any required yard. 3. Outdoor play areas in residential districts or uses adjacent to an existing residence shall not be used after dusk. C. Additional standards for uses providing care to patients who suffer from Alzheimer's disease, dementia or other similar disability that may cause disorientation: A barrier with a minimum height of six feet along the perimeter of any portion of the site that is accessible to these patients shall be provided. The fencing material shall meet the swimming pool fence requirements of the building code in accordance with this code. 8-5-22: PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE; PUBLIC UTILITY MAJOR, MINOR AND YARD: A. Accessory uses directly related to the maintenance and fueling of vehicles (including, but not limited to, truck and trailer washing, fuel pumps, garages for minor repair) may be allowed. B. Installation of underground fuel tanks shall require written approval from the Idaho division ---PAGE BREAK--- 123 of environmental quality, Idaho department of water resources, and Star joint fire protection district. C. No portion of the outside storage areas and/or outside activity areas may be visible from any highway, interstate, gateway corridor, principal arterial, or minor arterial as herein defined. D. All driveways into and through the facility and any open area with a driving surface shall be surfaced with a dustless material including, but not limited to, asphalt, concrete, pavers or bricks. E. For any use requiring the storage of fuel or hazardous material, the use shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from a hospital or school. 8-5-23: RECYCLING CENTER: A. The site shall be screened from the street(s) by a screen composed of a masonry or concrete wall planted on the exterior side with a vegetative screen. The screen shall be of sufficient height so that no storage containers shall be visible above the required screening. This shall include recycling program drop-off areas and facilities. 8-5-24: RIDING ARENA OR STABLE, COMMERCIAL: A. Any establishment that meets one or more of the following criteria shall be deemed a commercial use and shall require conditional use approval: 1. The riding arena is open to the general public, a homeowners' association or a club. 2. The riding arena is for private use but is enclosed within a structure that exceeds twenty-four feet (24') in height and/or the total area of the structure exceeds two thousand (2,000) square feet. 3. The riding arena can be rented by an individual or group. 4. Spectator seating for more than fifty (50) people is provided at the arena. 5. Retail sales accessory to the stable or riding arena are conducted on site. 6. Group lessons are provided to the general public for a fee. B. All commercial riding arenas and commercial stables shall provide sufficient parking and turnaround areas for horse trailers. Such areas shall be designed to preclude vehicles from backing out into a roadway. C. The minimum property size for commercial stables or commercial riding arenas shall be five acres. D. Only off-site catering is permitted and must be approved by the Central District Health Department. 8-5-25: DWELLING UNIT, SECONDARY SECONDARY DWELLING UNIT: A. One Secondary Dwelling Unit Permitted: One secondary dwelling unit is permitted on the same property in conjunction with and clearly subordinate to a single-family dwelling. A ---PAGE BREAK--- 124 secondary dwelling unit shall not be allowed in any zoning district of R-4 or higher. The secondary dwelling unit shall count towards the maximum allowance of accessory structures on a lot or parcel as further defined in 8-1E-1 of this title. B. Owner Occupancy: To create and maintain a secondary dwelling unit, the property owner shall reside on the property for more than six months in any twelve (12) month period. The applicant for a secondary dwelling unit shall demonstrate that either the single-family dwelling or the secondary unit is occupied by the owner of the property. Owner occupancy is demonstrated by title records, vehicle registration, voter registration or other similar means. The applicant or owner shall provide a written statement annually (12 months from date of approval) stating that the use of the secondary dwelling is continuing in compliance with this requirement. Secondary dwelling units shall not be split or otherwise segregated in ownership from the single- family dwelling unit, unless approved as part of a new subdivision, where setback, access and density standards are applied. C. Maximum Size: Secondary dwelling units shall be limited to a maximum size of 50% of the footprint (including any attached garage) of the primary dwelling. D. Location: The secondary dwelling unit may be located within or attached to the primary dwelling; as a detached structure; or above a detached structure, such as a garage. Detached secondary dwelling units shall be located to the side or rear of a primary dwelling. No portion of the secondary dwelling unit shall be located in front of the primary dwelling unit and must meet all setback requirements as stated in this unified development code. E. Parking: At least one parking space shall be provided on site for the accessory dwelling unit in addition to the required parking for the existing residential unit. The conversion of a covered parking area (garage/carport) into a secondary dwelling unit is not allowed unless the required covered parking can be provided elsewhere on site. F. Property size: The subject property must be a minimum of ten thousand (10,000) square feet in size. G. Design: The secondary unit shall be consistent in design with the single-family dwelling, including roof pitch, siding, color, materials, and window treatments. H. Prohibitions: Manufactured homes, mobile homes, and recreation vehicles shall be prohibited for use as a secondary dwelling unit. I. Number of Occupants: The total number of occupants in the secondary dwelling unit shall not exceed two persons. J. Street Address: The secondary dwelling shall not have its own street address, unless required by the Fire Department for emergency response purposes, and as approved by the administrator and postmaster. K. Additional Standards: ---PAGE BREAK--- 125 An existing detached accessory structure may be converted to a secondary dwelling, provided that the structure meets all applicable requirements of the Star building code, including any applicable plumbing or electrical code requirements. A required detached garage shall not be converted into a secondary dwelling unit. 8-5-26: SHORT-TERM RENTAL: A. The property where a short-term rental exists shall provide a minimum of one additional, paved, off-street parking space in addition to the required spaces for the principal use. On- street parking shall be prohibited. B. Short-term rentals shall not modify the look or character of the principal permitted use in any way. 8-5-27: STORAGE FACILITY, OUTDOOR: A. Materials: Materials shall not be stored within the required yards. Stored items shall not block sidewalks or parking areas and may not impede vehicular or pedestrian traffic. B. Site: The site shall not be used as vehicle wrecking or junk yard as herein defined. C. Additional Standards for Outside Storage As An Accessory Use: Accessory outside storage shall be allowed for approved uses subject to the following standards: 1. Outside storage of materials for commercial or industrial uses shall be limited to those items owned or used by the business. 2. Outside storage of materials for a residential development or recreational vehicle parking shall be only for recreational vehicles or personal recreation items of the owners and/or tenants. The storage area shall not be rented, subletted or leased to outside parties. a. Subdivision Storage Areas: Outdoor storage areas that are designed as part of a new subdivision shall be reviewed as part of the preliminary plat or planned unit development application and shall meet the requirements of this article. 3. Outside storage of materials for individual residential properties shall be screened with a six- foot site obscuring fence. D. Storage Of Fuel Or Hazardous Material: For any use requiring the storage of fuel or hazardous material, the use shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from a hospital or school and shall not be stored in any residential district. E. The use shall comply with the flood hazard overlay district as set forth in this title. F. Storage space areas shall not be further rented, leased, let, or otherwise used as a commercial business. G. Screening: Outdoor storage areas shall be screened according to the regulations of Chapter 8 of this title. 8-5-28: STORAGE FACILITY, SELF-SERVICE: ---PAGE BREAK--- 126 A. Storage units and/or storage areas shall not be used as dwellings or as a commercial or industrial place of business. The manufacture or sale of any item by a tenant from or at a self- service storage facility is specifically prohibited. B. On site auctions of unclaimed items by the storage facility owners shall be allowed. C. The distance between structures shall be a minimum of twenty-five feet D. The storage facility shall be completely fenced, walled, or enclosed. Where abutting a residential district or public road, chain-link shall not be allowed as fencing material. E. If abutting a residential district, the facility hours of public operation shall be limited to seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. to ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. F. No structure, facility, drive lane, parking area, nor loading area, shall be located adjacent to a residential district without a sound attenuation wall or other sound buffering measures. G. If the applicant provides a sound attenuation wall, landscaping buffers may be reduced to ten feet H. The facility shall have at least one additional point of access, for emergency purposes, as determined by the Star Fire District. I. All outdoor storage of material shall be maintained in an orderly manner so as not to create a public nuisance. Materials shall not be stored within the required yards. Stored items shall not block sidewalks or parking areas and may not impede vehicular or pedestrian traffic. J. The site shall not be used as vehicle wrecking or junk yard as herein defined. K. For any use requiring the storage of fuel or hazardous material, the use shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from a hospital or school. L. The use shall comply with the flood hazard overlay district as set forth in this title. 8-5-29: TEMPORARY LIVING QUARTERS: A. Housing of Family Member: Temporary living quarters are permitted if needed to house a member of the owner's immediate family. The need for temporary living quarters for a family member shall be justified for reasons of health, employment, or upkeep on the property. B. Temporary use during construction: Temporary living quarters may be permitted for temporary living by the owner of an existing dwelling while a new dwelling is being constructed on the same property, subject to compliance with all building and safety requirements. The temporary living quarters shall be removed prior to occupancy permit for the new dwelling. B. Connection to Water and Wastewater Facilities: The temporary living quarters shall be ---PAGE BREAK--- 127 connected to city services provided by the sewer and water district. Applicant shall provide the city with a letter from the sewer and water district of an estimated date when the services will be available and the agreement by applicant to pay for services. Until services are available, a letter from Central district health will be required for temporary hookup to individual water and sewer services. C. Recreational vehicles shall not be used as a temporary living quarters. D. One Living Quarters Permitted: No more than one temporary living quarters shall be permitted on a property. E. Termination of Use; Removal: Temporary living quarters and any attached structures shall be removed from the property within thirty (30) days of termination of the authorized use or expiration of the approval period. F. Term Of Approval: Temporary living quarters may be approved for a period not exceeding two years. The applicant or owner may reapply biennially, not to exceed a total of six years (either consecutive or nonconsecutive) after the initial approval. 8-5-30: TERMINAL, FREIGHT OR TRUCK: A. The use shall be located with direct access on a principal arterial or near an interstate interchange, and with no access through residential streets. B. No outdoor activity area shall be located within three hundred feet (300') from any residential district. C. The use shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from any hospital or school. D. Accessory uses directly related to the maintenance and fueling of vehicles (including, but not limited to, truck and trailer washing, fuel pumps, tire shop, garages for minor repair) may be allowed. E. Installation of underground fuel tanks shall require written approval from the Idaho division of environmental quality, Idaho department of water resources, and the Star joint fire protection district. 8-5-31: VEHICLE EMISSIONS TESTING: A. Applicant shall provide a notarized consent of the property owner. B. Parking and access areas shall be paved. C. Applicant shall apply for a certificate of zoning compliance (CZC), any required building department and vendor permits. ---PAGE BREAK--- 128 D. Signs shall be allowed on the structure and shall not exceed sixteen (16) square feet in area and must be approved with a sign permit application. Additional signs may be allowed within an existing development only if approved under a separate sign permit application by the development owner. E. Compressors, fans, pumps and other motorized equipment shall be located or shielded to reduce noise levels to adjoining properties. F. Adequate off-street parking shall be provided to serve the use. The use shall not remove any existing required parking for other uses on the property. G. Hours of operation shall be between seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. H. If operations occur after dark, all lighting requirements per this title shall be required. I. Site shall remain clean and clear of trash and refuse at all times. A trash receptacle shall be present at the site of operations. J. Vehicle emissions testing shall be limited to a structure. Vans or other vehicles shall not be allowed. The structure shall be constructed of wood with a pitched roof, painted, and kept in good condition at all times. K. The use may be approved for up to a five year period, at which time the structure and all associated items related to the use shall be removed from the property, unless a new application is submitted prior to the expiration of the use. 8-5-32: VEHICLE IMPOUND YARD: A. Outside storage and outside activity areas shall comply with this title. The closed vision fence or wall and screening materials shall be a minimum of ten feet (10') in height. B. No portion of the vehicle impound yard, outside storage areas and/or outside activity areas may be visible from any highway, interstate, gateway corridor, principal arterial, or minor arterial as herein defined. C. All materials or parts shall be stored and located within the closed vision fence or walled area. No vehicles or materials shall be stored so they exceed the height of the fence or wall. D. The use shall not constitute a junkyard as herein defined. E. The use shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from any residential use or district. 8-5-33: VEHICLE REPAIR, MAJOR AND MINOR: A. Where adjoining a residential property or district, all repair activities (including, but not ---PAGE BREAK--- 129 limited to, open pits and lifts) shall occur within an enclosed structure. B. Inoperable or dismantled motor vehicles shall be stored behind a closed vision fence, wall, or screen or within an enclosed structure and shall not be visible from street. 8-5-34: VEHICLE SALES OR RENTAL AND SERVICE: A. Vehicle repair may be allowed as an accessory use, subject to the standards for vehicle repair, major and minor in the district where the use is located. B. Inoperable or dismantled motor vehicles shall be stored behind a closed vision fence, wall, or screen or within an enclosed structure and shall not be visible from any street. 8-5-35: VEHICLE WASHING FACILITY: A. A site plan shall be submitted that demonstrates safe pedestrian and vehicular access and circulation on the site and between adjacent properties. At a minimum, the plan shall demonstrate compliance with the following standards: 1. Stacking lanes shall have sufficient capacity to prevent obstruction of the public right of way by patrons. The stacking lane shall be a separate lane from the circulation lanes needed for access and parking. 2. The stacking lane shall not be located within ten feet (10') of any residential district or existing residence. 3. A letter from the transportation authority indicating the site plan is in compliance with the highway district standards and policies shall be required. B. Within the industrial districts, a vehicle washing facility shall be allowed only as an accessory use to a gasoline or diesel fuel sales facility for use by non-passenger vehicles. The vehicle washing facility shall be limited in capacity to a single vehicle. The intent is to discourage facilities that cater to passenger vehicles, in this district. C. Any use shall be located a minimum one hundred feet (100'), or as otherwise approved, from any abutting residential use or district, and shall be limited in operating hours from six o'clock (6:00) A.M. to ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. 8-5-36: VEHICLE WRECKING YARD, JUNK YARD, OR SALVAGE YARD: A. Outside storage and outside activity areas shall comply with this title. The fence or wall and screening materials shall be a minimum of ten feet (10') in height. B. No portion of the vehicle impound yard, outside storage areas and/or outside activity areas may be visible from any highway, interstate, principal arterial, or minor arterial. C. All materials or parts shall be stored and located within a closed vision fence or walled area. No vehicles or materials shall be stored so they exceed the height of the fence or wall. ---PAGE BREAK--- 130 D. All structures or outside activity areas shall be located a minimum of three hundred feet (300') from any property line. The use shall be located a minimum of one thousand feet (1,000') from any residential use or district. E. An area for processing vehicles as they are brought to the site shall be designated on a site plan. The processing area shall be an impermeable surface that has a means to collect and properly dispose of oils and fluids in the vehicles. F. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits for the storage of materials on the site, including, but not limited to, oil, hazardous waste, and tires. G. No person shall establish, operate, or maintain a vehicle wrecking yard, any portion of which is within one thousand feet (1,000') of the nearest edge of the right of way and visible from any highway, interstate, principal arterial, or minor arterial as herein defined. See Idaho Code section 40-313. 8-5-37: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITY: A. Purpose: The purpose of this section is to accommodate the communications needs of its residents and businesses while at the same time protecting the safety, aesthetic appeal and general welfare of the community. Furthermore, it is the purpose of this section to regulate the impact of communications towers within the city limits and to provide for the needs of the public and businesses for wireless communications. The intent of this section is to: 1. Facilitate the provision of wireless telecommunication services to the residents and businesses of the City of Star; 2. Minimize the adverse visual effects of communications towers and other similar structures through careful design standards; 3. Avoid potential damage to adjacent properties from the structural failure of towers and other such structures through structural standards and setback requirements; and 4. Require the collocation of new wireless communication equipment, when possible, in order to reduce the number of towers required to serve the city. B. Applicability: The following provisions shall apply to any construction, installation, addition to or increase in the height of any wireless communications tower. C. Process: 1. Amateur radio antennas that meet the standards as set forth in subsection E of this section shall require administrative approval. 2. Collocation of new equipment on an existing tower shall require a certificate of zoning compliance prior to installation. 3. Stealth towers and/or new antennas that meet the standards as set forth in this chapter shall require a certificate of zoning compliance prior to installation. 4. Wireless communication facilities shall require a conditional use permit in all districts with the exception of an industrial zone, which will require a certificate of zoning compliance, prior to installation. ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 D. Required Documentation: The applicant shall provide the following documentation with the request for approval of a wireless communication facility: 1. Documentation from a qualified and licensed engineer showing that the proposed facility will be in compliance with the FCC standards regarding radio frequency (RF) emissions. 2. A report from a qualified and licensed structural engineer that describes the tower height and design. The report shall include the following: a cross section of the tower, elevations that document the height above grade for all potential mounting positions for collocated antennas, and the minimum separation distances between antennas. The report must also include a description of the tower's capacity regarding the number and type of antennas that it can accommodate and what precautions the applicant will take to avoid interference with established public safety telecommunications. This report must be stamped by the structural engineer and include other information necessary to evaluate the request. 3. For all wireless communication facilities, a letter of intent committing the tower owner and his, her or its successors to allow the shared use of the tower, as required by this section, if an additional user agrees in writing to meet reasonable terms and conditions for shared use. 4. A statement regarding compliance with regulations administered and enforced by the federal aviation administration (FAA). 5. Propagation charts showing existing and proposed transmission coverage at the subject site and within an area large enough to provide an understanding of why the facility needs to be in the chosen location. 6. A written analysis demonstrating that the proposed site is the most appropriate site within the immediate area. The analysis shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Description of the surrounding area, including topography; b. Natural and manmade impediments, if any, that would obstruct adequate wireless telephone transmissions; c. Physical site constraints, if any, that would preclude construction of a wireless communications facility on any other site; d. Technical limitations of the system that limit siting options. E. Amateur Radio Antenna Standards: Pursuant to the FCC's preemptive ruling PRB 1, towers supporting amateur radio antennas ham radio antennas) of less than thirty five feet (35') in height are permitted; antennas with a height in excess of thirty five feet (35') shall require a conditional use permit. No towers or antennas shall be placed within the front, side or street side yard. F. Stealth Tower Standards: 1. The facility shall be hidden or camouflaged. 2. The facility shall not exceed the height limitation of the district in which it is located. G. Design Standards: All new communications towers shall meet the following minimum design standards: 1. Towers and antennas shall be required to blend into the surrounding environment by paint or other camouflaging architectural treatment, except in instances where the color is dictated by federal or state authorities such as the federal aviation administration. All metal shall be corrosive resistant or treated to prevent corrosion. 2. All new communication towers shall be of monopole design, unless the decision-making body ---PAGE BREAK--- 132 determines that an alternative design lattice, guywire, etc.) would be appropriate because of location or necessity. 3. No part of any antenna, disk, array or other such item attached to a communications tower shall be permitted to overhang any part of the right of way or property line. 4. The base of all towers and the facility shall be surrounded by a sight obscuring security fence, in accord with the underlying zone. 5. All tower facilities shall include a landscape buffer. The buffer shall consist of a landscape strip of at least five feet wide outside the perimeter of the compound. A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the plant material shall be of an evergreen variety. In locations of where the visual impact of the tower is minimal, the administrator may waive this requirement through the alternative compliance procedure in accord with chapter 1, "Administration", of this title. 6. All climbing pegs within the bottom twenty feet (20') of the tower shall be removed except when the tower is being serviced. 7. All lighting on the tower, other than may be required by the FAA, shall be prohibited. 8. No tower shall have constructed thereon, or attached thereto, in any way, any platform, catwalk, crow's nest, or like structure, except during periods of construction or repair. No signs or banners shall be attached to any portion of a wireless communications tower. H. Setback Standards: If the tower does not exceed the maximum building height allowed for the zoning of the land upon which it is to be placed, the tower shall meet the setback requirement for that zone, with the following exceptions: 1. If the property is located next to a residential district, the setback requirements shall be one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the height of the tower. 2. If the tower exceeds the maximum height allowance for the district, the setback requirements shall be one foot for every ten feet (10') of tower height, in addition to the district's setback requirements. 3. If the tower is not constructed to meet the standards set forth by the Telecommunications Industry Association Electronic Industries Association (TIA/EIA) 222 revision F standards entitled "Structural Standards For Steel Antenna Supporting Structures" the setback requirement shall be one foot for every foot in height of the tower. This shall be measured from all property lines and shall be referred to as the "fall zone". Only the accessory equipment building shall be permitted to be located within the fall zone. 4. Communication towers must be set back from all public owned right of way by a minimum of two times the height of the tower to be installed. If this setback requirement is in conflict with any other setback requirement, the setback shall be the greater distance. 5. All communication towers shall be set back at least three times the height of the tower from all principal arterial streets. I. Collocation Standards: 1. A proposal for a new commercial communication tower shall not be approved unless the city finds that the telecommunications equipment planned for the proposed tower cannot be accommodated on an existing or approved tower. 2. It shall be the burden of the applicant to demonstrate that the proposed tower or antenna cannot be accommodated on an existing or approved tower or structure. One or more following pieces of documentation shall be provided as proof that the new tower is necessary: a. Unwillingness of other tower or facility owners to entertain shared use. ---PAGE BREAK--- 133 b. The proposed collocation of an existing tower or facility would be in violation of any state or federal law. c. The planned equipment would exceed the structural capacity of existing towers, as documented by a qualified and licensed structural engineer. 3. The planned equipment would cause interference, materially impacting the usability of other existing or planned equipment on the tower as documented by a qualified and licensed engineer. 4. Existing or approved towers cannot accommodate the planned equipment at a height necessary to function reasonably as documented by a qualified and licensed engineer. 5. All proposed communication towers shall be designed (structurally, electrically, and in all respects) to accommodate both the applicant's antennas and comparable antennas for at least two additional users if the tower is over one hundred ten feet (110') in height and for at least one additional user if the tower is over fifty feet (50') in height. J. Abandoned or Unused Towers Or Portions Of Towers: All abandoned or unused towers and associated facilities shall be required to be removed within sixty (60) days of cessation of use as a wireless communication facility, unless a time extension is granted by the city council. A copy of the relevant portions of a signed lease, which requires the applicant to remove the tower and associated facilities upon cessation of the use as a wireless communication facility, shall be submitted at the time of application and resubmitted upon renewal or termination. In the event that the tower and associated facilities are not removed within the sixty (60) days, the tower and associated facilities may be removed by the city and the costs of removal assessed against the real property. ---PAGE BREAK--- 134 CHAPTER 6 SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS ARTICLE A. SUBDIVISON PURPOSE AND PROCESS 8-6A-1: PURPOSE: 8-6A-2: APPLICATIONS: 8-6A-3: PRELIMINARY PLAT PROCESS: 8-6A-4: FINAL PLAT PROCESS: 8-6A-5: COMBINED PRELIMINARY AND FINAL PLAT PROCESS: 8-6A-6: SHORT PLAT 8-6A-7: REQUIRED FINDINGS: 8-6A-8: TERM OF APPROVALS: 8-6A-9: PROPERTY BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT OR DIVISION: 8-6A-1: PURPOSE: The purpose of this chapter shall be to implement a general rule for the subdivision of the land in the Star city limits and the area of city impact. This chapter shall be based on the officially adopted comprehensive plan of the city and is enacted in order to promote and protect the public health, safety, comfort, convenience, prosperity, and general welfare and to achieve the following objectives: A. To promote the achievement of the proposals of the Star comprehensive plan; B. To advance the city as a self-sufficient employment and economic center; C. To encourage excellence and creativity in the design of all future developments and to preserve the natural beauty of Star; D. To encourage orderly growth and development, to avoid scattered development of land that results in: 1. Lack of water supply, sewer service, drainage, transportation facilities, or otherwise essential public services; or 2. Excessive expenditure of public funds for the supply of such services; E. To provide for desirable and appropriately located living areas and a variety of dwelling types and densities with adequate provision for sunlight, fresh air, and usable open space; F. To provide for the manner and form of making and filing of plats; G. To specify the requirements as to the extent and the manner in which: 1. Roads and streets shall be created and improved; 2. Water and sewer and other utility mains, piping connections, or other facilities shall be installed; ---PAGE BREAK--- 135 3. Pedestrian pathways consistent with the comprehensive plan are to be located and designed; and 4. Opportunities for future transit routes and stations are created; H. To protect existing surface waters throughout the city limits; and I. To specify the administration of the regulations of this chapter by defining the powers and duties of approval authorities. 8-6A-2: APPLICATIONS: Applicants shall submit to the administrator an appropriate city application and required information listed on the application and specified within this title. 8-6A-3: PRELIMINARY PLAT PROCESS: A. Preapplication Conference: The applicant shall complete a preapplication conference with the administrator or designee prior to submittal of an application for a preliminary plat. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss early and informally the purpose and effect of this title and the criteria and standards contained herein. B. Neighborhood Meeting: Applicants are required to hold a neighborhood meeting, in conformance with Section 8-1A-6C to provide an opportunity for public review of the proposed project prior to the submittal of an application. The applicant shall provide a summary of the meeting, including questions and concerns of the neighbors and how the submitted application addresses those issues. C. Application Requirements: A complete subdivision application form and preliminary plat data as required in this title, together with fees shall be submitted to the administrator. At the discretion of the administrator or city engineer, appropriate supplementary information may also be required to sufficiently detail the proposed development within any special development area, including, but not limited to, hillside, planned unit development, floodplain, cemetery, manufactured home parks, and/or hazardous or unique areas of development. Any unresolved access or traffic generation issues related to ACHD or ITD regulated roadways shall be resolved by the applicant prior to acceptance of any application. A letter from the appropriate transportation agency or servient property owner shall be submitted with the application. D. Required Information and Data: The contents of the preliminary plat and related information shall be in such a form as stipulated by the City Council, however, additional maps or data deemed necessary by the administrator may also be required. The applicant shall submit to the administrator at least the following: 1. Two copies of the preliminary plat of the proposed subdivision, drawn in accordance with the requirements hereinafter stated. Each copy of the preliminary plat shall be submitted on good quality paper, be professionally drafted, shall have the dimensions of not less than twenty four inches by thirty six inches (24” x 36”), and shall be drawn to a ---PAGE BREAK--- 136 scale of not less than one inch to one hundred feet (1”=100’) and contain a drafting date and north arrow. 2. For hillside developments, one bound copy of the preliminary engineering plans (not meant to be cross sections or detailed designs) showing streets, water, sewers, sidewalks, and other required public improvements, together with preliminary site grading, drainage and irrigation plans of the proposed subdivision. Such engineering plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to make a determination as to conformance of the proposed improvements to applicable regulations, ordinances and standards. Ryan 3. Two copies of a landscape plan showing all open space, common areas, amenities, street trees and development signage; 4. Additional information on the preliminary plat and separately submitted information to include the following: a. The name of the proposed subdivision, as approved in advance by the Ada County Engineering office; b. The name, address, telephone and email of the applicant, developer, engineer and surveyor or drafter who prepared the preliminary plat; c. The names and addresses of all adjoining property owners and recorded plats within three hundred feet (300’) of the external boundaries of the land being considered for subdivision. d. The land use and existing and proposed zoning of the proposed subdivision and the adjacent land; e. Streets, street names, rights of ways and roadway widths, including adjoining streets or roadways; f. Lot lines and blocks showing the dimensions and numbers of each, together with area of each lot in acres and square feet; g. Contour lines, shown at five-foot intervals where the land slope is greater than ten percent (10%) and at two-foot intervals where land slope is ten percent (10%) or less, referenced to an established benchmark, including location and elevation; h. Any proposed or existing utilities, including, but not limited to, power poles, storm and sanitary sewers, irrigation laterals, ditches, bridges, culverts, water mains and fire hydrants; i. Any flood zone information including FEMA FIRM panels; j. The legal description of the boundary of the property being subdivided with the seal of the surveyor of record; k. Phasing plan showing all proposed phases of the development; l. Preliminary irrigation analysis showing availability of water rights and distribution of irrigation to the lots within the proposed subdivision, or waiver request; m. One copy of a site report of the highest seasonal groundwater elevation prepared by a licensed engineer; n. A narrative, signed by the applicant, fully describing the proposed subdivision, ---PAGE BREAK--- 137 including such information as number and type of uses on the lots (residential single, two or multi-family, commercial, etc.), common lots and the proposed uses of those lots (open space, parks, playgrounds, landscaping, or other uses) and any other information deemed necessary to explain the intent of the development including how it relates to other concurrently submitted applications (annexations, rezones, PUD’s, CUP’s, etc.). o. Neighborhood meeting information including sign-in sheet, copy of meeting letter, copy of mailing labels, and detailed summary of neighbor questions and concerns and how the development has been designed to address those concerns; p. A vicinity map showing the relationship of the proposed plat to the surrounding area (1/2-mile radius); q. Deeds, affidavit of legal interest, address labels, postal service location approval, ACHD traffic study review status, electronic copies, or any other required information deemed necessary by the administrator to allow for proper review of the application; r. A conceptual site plan shall be submitted for any non-residential developments showing building locations, parking and loading areas, traffic access drives and traffic circulation and trash enclosure locations; s. Any additional required information for special area of developments including, but not limited to hillsides, wetlands or as further specified in this Title. 5. Additional information in the application as determined by the administrator may include the following: a. Building elevations, including multi-family uses, non-residential uses, clubhouses, well houses, or other elevations deemed necessary to assist the Council in their decision regarding a development; b. Colored site plan and renderings of a subdivision detailing residential lot locations, open space and common areas, buffers, roadways, waterways and irrigation ditches, fencing, signs and landscaping. E. Acceptance: Upon receipt of the preliminary plat, and compliance with all other requirements as provided for herein, the administrator shall certify the application as complete and shall affix the date of acceptance. F. Decision: A decision on a preliminary plat for a parcel of land is made by the City Council after receiving a recommendation from the administrator and a public hearing is held. 8-6A-4: FINAL PLAT PROCESS: A. Application Requirements: After the approval or conditional approval of the preliminary plat, the applicant may cause the total parcel, or any part thereof, to be surveyed and a final plat prepared in accord with the approved preliminary plat. An application and fees shall be submitted to the administrator on forms provided by the City. B. Contents of Final Plat: The final plat shall include and be in compliance with all items required under Idaho Code section 50-1301 et seq. The final plat submittal shall include at least: ---PAGE BREAK--- 138 1. A written application for approval of such final plat as stipulated by the council; 2. Proof of current ownership of the real property included in the proposed final plat and consent of recorded owners of the plat; 3. Such other information as the administrator or designee and/or city engineer may deem necessary to establish whether or not all proper parties have signed and/or approved said final plat; 4. Conformance with the approved preliminary plat and meeting all requirements or conditions thereof; 5. Conformance with all requirements and provisions of this title; and 6. Conformance with acceptable engineering, architectural and surveying practices and local standards. C. Administrator Review: 1. Acceptance: Upon receipt of the final plat, and compliance with all other requirements as provided for herein, the administrator shall certify the application as complete and shall affix the date of acceptance. 2. Substantial Compliance: a. The administrator or designee shall review the final plat for substantial compliance with the approved or conditionally approved preliminary plat. The final plat shall be determined in substantial compliance with the preliminary plat, notwithstanding the following changes: The number of buildable lots is the same or fewer; The amount of common open space has been increased or is the same; The amount of open space is relocated with no reduction in the total amount; The number of open space lots has been increased or is the same; or The transportation authority has required minor changes. 3.Not in Substantial Compliance: If the administrator determines that there is substantial difference in the final plat than that which was approved as a preliminary plat or conditions that have not been met, the administrator may require that a new preliminary plat be submitted to the city. D. Decision on Final Plat: Decision on the final plat is made by the City Council. E. Recording of The Final Plat: Upon approval or approval with conditions by the council and signature of the city clerk and city engineer, the applicant may submit the final plat to the county recorder for recording. The final plat shall contain the certifications required under Idaho Code section 50-1301 et seq., as well as those required by the city of Star. 8-6A-5: COMBINED PRELIMINARY AND FINAL PLAT PROCESS: A. Applicability: A subdivision application may be processed as both a preliminary and final plat if all of the following exist: 1. The proposed subdivision does not exceed five lots (excluding common and/or landscaping lots); or a previous plat was approved on the subject property; and 2. No new street dedication, excluding widening of an existing street, is required; and 3. No major special development considerations are involved, such as development in a floodplain or hillside development. ---PAGE BREAK--- 139 B. Preapplication Conference: The applicant shall complete a preapplication conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for a combined preliminary and final plat. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss early and informally the purpose and effect of this title and the criteria and standards contained herein. C. Neighborhood Meeting: Applicants are required to hold a neighborhood meeting, in conformance with Section 8-1A-6C, to provide an opportunity for public review of the proposed project prior to the submittal of an application. The applicant shall provide a summary of the meeting, including questions and concerns of the neighbors and how the submitted application addresses those issues. D. Application Requirements: Applications and fees, in accord with subsection 8-6A-3 of this article shall be submitted. E. Contents of Final Plat: The final plat shall include all items required in subsection 8-6A-4B of this article or any additional items required by the Administrator. F. Decision: A decision on a combined preliminary and final plat is made by the city council. 8-6A-6: SHORT PLAT PROCESS: A. Applicability: A subdivision application for a short plat may be processed if: 1. The property is an original lot in a recorded subdivision; 2. The property is not the result of a previous short plat of a lot and/or the property is not the result of an approved parcel division by Ada or Canyon County Development Services; 3. The proposed subdivision does not exceed a total of two lots on a previously platted property or parcel of land, or is the creation of a condominium plat; 4. No new public street dedication, excluding widening of an existing street, is involved; 5. There are no impacts on the health, safety or general welfare of the city, and the subdivision is in the best interest of the city. B. Preapplication Conference: The applicant shall complete a preapplication conference with the administrator prior to submittal of an application for a combined preliminary and final plat. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss early and informally the purpose and effect of this title and the criteria and standards contained herein. C. Application Requirements: Applications and fees, in accord with subsection 8-6A-3C, 8-6A- 3D and 8-6A-4 of this article shall be submitted. D. Final Approval Notice: Upon determination by the administrator that the short plat is in conformance with this article, a final approval letter shall be issued. 8-6A-7: REQUIRED FINDINGS: In consideration of a preliminary plat or combined preliminary and final plat, the decision- ---PAGE BREAK--- 140 making body shall make the following findings: A. The plat is in conformance with the comprehensive plan; B. Public services are available or can be made available and are adequate to accommodate the proposed development; C. There is public financial capability of supporting services for the proposed development; D. The development will not be detrimental to the public health, safety or general welfare; and E. The development preserves significant natural, scenic or historic features. 8-6A-8: TERM OF APPROVALS: A. Failure to Submit Final Plat: Approval of a preliminary plat or combined preliminary and final plat or short plat shall become null and void if the applicant fails to record a final plat within two years of the approval of the preliminary plat or one year of the combined preliminary and final plat or short plat. B. Phased Development: In the event that the development of the preliminary plat is made in successive phases in an orderly and reasonable manner, and conforms substantially to the approved preliminary plat, such segments, if submitted within successive intervals of eighteen (18) months, may be considered for final approval without resubmission for preliminary plat approval. C. Authorize Extension: Upon written request and filed by the applicant prior to the termination of the period in accord with subsection A of this section, the administrator may authorize a single extension of time to record the final plat not to exceed twelve (12) months. Additional time extensions up to twelve (12) months as determined and approved by the city council may be granted. With all time extensions, the administrator or city council may require the preliminary plat, combined preliminary and final plat or short plat to comply with the current provisions of this title. D. Failure to Meet Timetable: If the above timetable is not met and the applicant does not receive a time extension, the property may be required to go through the platting procedure again. 8-6A-9: PROPERTY BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT OR DIVISION: A. Purpose: The purpose of these regulations is to allow for the adjustment of property lines between existing properties, to allow for the reduction in the number of buildable lots, or to allow the creation of an additional parcel from an original parcel of record for the transfer of ownership or development. B. Applicability: These regulations apply to all existing lots and parcels in Star city limits. For a property division, any original parcel of record, as it exists in its original configuration in the City of Star after December 12, 1997, or a County parcel of record that is being annexed ---PAGE BREAK--- 141 into the City of Star, may be eligible for one administrative property division provided that both new parcels meet the current dimensional standards of this title. It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to provide proper proof to the administrator showing eligibility for this property division. C. Process: 1. Application: An application and fees shall be submitted to the administrator on forms provided by the planning department. 2. Time Limit on Completion of Tasks: Upon tentative approval of the application by the administrator, subject to any applicable conditions of approval and the regulations of this title, the applicant or owner shall have one year to complete the following tasks: a. Cause the property to be surveyed and a record of survey recorded; b. Execute and record the necessary deeds to accomplish the property boundary adjustments as approved; c. Obtain new tax parcel numbers and street addresses from the county assessor; and d. Provide copies of the recorded record of survey, recorded deeds, and the new tax parcel numbers to the administrator. 3. Final Approval Notice: Upon determination by the administrator that the final property boundary adjustment or division is in conformance with this article, a final acceptance letter shall be issued. B. Standards: 1. A property boundary adjustment or division shall not reduce the property sizes below the minimum dimensional standards prescribed by this title; or if one or more of the properties is nonconforming as to the minimum dimensional standards prescribed by this title, the property boundary adjustment shall not increase the nonconformity. a. A property boundary adjustment shall not increase the original number of properties but may decrease the original number of properties. b. A property boundary adjustment or division shall not change or move any public streets or publicly dedicated areas in any manner. c. A property boundary adjustment or division does not vacate the platted lot lines or easements of a recorded subdivision. Any private or public easement may be vacated in accord with the requirements of this title. d. If a new lot or parcel is created as part of a property division, both lots or parcels shall be subject to the requirement of connection to municipal services, if available, and shall be subject to additional improvements as determined by the administrator and subject to this title, including but not limited to sidewalks and paved driveways. ---PAGE BREAK--- 142 ARTICLE B. SUBDIVISION DESIGN AND IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS 8-6B-1: APPLICABILITY: 8-6B-2: IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS: 8-6B-3: DEVELOPER'S RESPONSIBILITY: 8-6B-1: APPLICABILITY: A. All plats submitted in accord with the provisions of this chapter, and all subdivisions, improvements and facilities done, constructed or made in accord with said provisions shall comply with the minimum design standards set forth in this article provided, however, that any higher standards adopted by any transportation or health authority shall otherwise prevail. B. It shall be the responsibility and liability of every applicant, and the owner of the land being subdivided, to construct and install every improvement shown on the plat of the subdivision, represented to be included in the subdivision at any presentation before the city council, and all improvements required by the ordinances of the city specifically including the requirements of this article, and this responsibility and liability shall be personal to the developer and the owner and shall also run with the land, and this responsibility and liability shall be shown on the plat of the subdivision. 8-6B-2: IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS: A. Compliance with all Applicable Requirements: The plat shall comply with all applicable requirements as set forth in this title. B. Streets: 1. Dedication: Within a proposed subdivision, arterial and collector streets as shown on the comprehensive plan shall be dedicated to the public in all cases; in general, all other streets shall also be dedicated to public use. 2. Street Specifications: The design, location, and widths of all street and street intersections shall comply with the requirements of the transportation authority and Fire District, unless alternative standards are adopted by the city of Star. Public street widths shall be a minimum of thirty-six feet (36’) unless specifically approved by Council. 3. Street Names: The naming of streets shall conform to the requirements of the county street naming committee, with the following exceptions: a. The street name shall generally comply with this subsection. b. Street names shall not duplicate any existing street name within the county, except where a new street is a continuation of an existing street. c. Street names that may be spelled differently but sound the same as existing streets shall not be used. d. All new streets shall be named as follows: streets having predominantly north-south direction shall be named "Avenue" or "Road"; streets having a predominantly east-west direction shall be named "Street" or "Way"; meandering streets shall be named "Drive", "Terrace", "Path", or "Trail"; and cul-de-sacs shall be named "Circle", "Court", and "Place". Private streets shall be named “Lane”. ---PAGE BREAK--- 143 e. For streets that provide primary access to a subdivision or neighborhood and that align with an existing or planned street across an intersection that is not part of the same subdivision or neighborhood, the street name shall not duplicate the name of the subdivision or neighborhood. f. Proposed streets which are a continuation of an existing street shall be given the same name as the existing street. g. Street name signs shall be installed in the appropriate locations at each street intersection. 4. Cul-De-Sacs: No street that ends in a cul-de-sac or a dead end shall be longer than seven hundred fifty feet (750'). 5. Alleys: All alleys shall be approved by the Fire District and shall have a minimum of twenty- foot (20') right of way and shall be paved, unless otherwise required. 6. Coving: Coving, or meandering design of roadways shall be encouraged, where reasonable, to provide a unique feel to a neighborhood versus a standard grid roadway system. The grid system may also be utilized where appropriate to provide for a variety of street designs within the overall project. C. Driveways: All driveway openings in curbs shall comply with the requirements of the authorized transportation authority. D. Common Driveways: 1. Maximum Dwelling Units Served: Common driveways shall serve a maximum of two dwelling units and shall be approved by the Fire District. 2. For commercial or other non-residential uses, common driveways serving multiple structures and/or properties shall meet the requirements of the Fire District. 3. Width Standards: Common driveways shall be a minimum of twenty-eight feet (28') in width. 4. Maximum Length: Common driveways shall be a maximum of one hundred fifty feet (150') in length or less, unless otherwise approved by the fire district. 5. Improvement Standards: Common driveways shall be paved with a surface capable of supporting emergency services vehicles and equipment. 6. Abutting Properties: Unless limited by significant geographical features, all properties that abut a common driveway shall take access from the driveway. 7. Turning Radius: Common driveways shall be straight or provide a twenty-eight foot (28') inside and fifty foot (50') outside turning radius. 8. Depictions: For any plats using a common driveway, the setbacks, building envelope, and orientation of the lots and structures shall be shown on the preliminary and/or final plat. 9. Easement: A perpetual ingress/egress easement shall be filed with the county recorder, which shall include a requirement for maintenance of a paved surface capable of supporting fire vehicles and equipment. E. Easements: 1. Utility easements shall be provided along front lot lines, rear lot lines and side lot lines when deemed necessary by the city engineer or designee. 2. Total easement width shall not be less than ten feet F. Blocks: In the residential districts, no block shall be more than seven hundred fifty feet (750') in length without an intersecting street, alley, or other City and ACHD approved remedy. ---PAGE BREAK--- 144 G. Reserve Strips: Privately held reserve strips or “spite strips” controlling access from adjacent lands to public streets shall be prohibited. H. Flag Lots: Flag lots are prohibited, unless approved by the Fire District. I. Pathway easements shall be open to the public. J. Pathway easements shall be required along the Boise river as shown within the comprehensive plan and shall be open to the public. 8-6B-3: DEVELOPER'S RESPONSIBILITY: The developer has the responsibility of maintaining the subdivision property until such time that the subdivision is turned over to a homeowner or business owner association. The following are requirements of the developer: A. Keep property weed abated. B. Mitigate dust throughout all development stages of the subdivision. C. Maintain the site for debris daily. D. Clean up of any mud and/or dirt that is deposited from construction onto streets. E. Coordinate with the United States Postal Service for the best location of mail receptacles. The mail receptacle shall not be placed in the vision triangle. F. Provide the city with GIS locations of all streetlights and irrigation facilities. G. Provide a construction sign, to be located at all entrances to a development, indicating the rules for all sub-contractors to follow from the first day of grading of the site through to sale of homes. This sign should include, but not be limited to, dust, music, dogs, site debris, mud, and starting/stopping hours for contractors (7 a.m. starting time). Sign is subject to approval by the administrator prior to installation. H. Homeowners Associations. The developer is required to establish a homeowner association in any development that has common maintenance or ownership of utilities, recreation areas, landscaping, etc. The Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions established for the homeowner association shall include a provision allowing the homeowner association to amend the controlling documents (CC&Rs, architectural control guidelines and bylaws) by simple majority vote of the members of the association after all lots in the subdivision have been sold by the developer. 1. This one-time amendment may occur at the first annual meeting following the sale of the last building lot owned by the developer. 2. The new document shall be recorded in the county records and shall be distributed to every owner in the association. ---PAGE BREAK--- 145 3. CC&Rs and bylaws amended using this reduced majority, shall not be used to: a. Introduce or alter a system of fines for homeowner non-compliance, unless to remove an existing system of fines. b. Attempt to control parking on public roads or property that is not wholly owned by the HOA. c. Permanently reduce the supermajority required for changing the CC&Rs and bylaws below sixty percent d. Restrict the use of private property beyond the restrictions contained in the Star City Code of or in the original CC&Rs, including all forms of renting and leasing. e. Remove or otherwise alter plans or conditions approved by the City, including but not limited to landscaping, required open space, amenities, setbacks and other design and dimensional standards as approved by Council. e f. Any of the above may be accomplished using the supermajority as described in the original bylaws. ---PAGE BREAK--- 146 Chapter 7 PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS 8-7-1: PURPOSE: 8-7-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-7-3: PROCESS: 8-7-4: STANDARDS: 8-7-5: REQUIRED FINDINGS: 8-7-6: TIME LIMITATIONS: 8-7-7: MODIFICATIONS: 8-7-1: PURPOSE: A. The purpose of the planned unit development (PUD) requirements is to provide an opportunity for exemplary site development that meets the following objectives: 1. Preserves natural, scenic and historic features of major importance; 2. Allows for innovative design that creates visually pleasing and cohesive patterns of development; and 3. Creates functionally integrated development that allows for a more efficient and cost-effective provision of public services. B. It is not the intent that the PUD process be used solely for the purposes of deviation from the dimensional standards in the district, however deviations from dimensional and other standards within this title, may be approved by the council if the PUD incorporates design features that add to the overall design and quality of the proposed development. By allowing dimensional standard deviations, exceptions in land uses allowed and pre-approvals of specific uses as conditions of approval within the PUD application process, the City expects in return a unique development that provides upgraded open space and amenities, mixed uses, multiple residential styles and superior site design. 8-7-2: APPLICABILITY: A planned unit development can be developed in any district. 8-7-3: PROCESS: A. Preapplication Meeting: The applicant shall complete a preapplication conference with the administrator or designee prior to submittal of an application for a planned unit development. The meeting should be held well in advance of the preparation of the planned unit development application, and before a neighborhood meeting is scheduled. A draft site plan and preliminary plat map (if required) shall be provided to staff at the meeting. B. Application Requirements: An application, map requirements, and fees, shall be submitted to the administrator. 1. At the discretion of the administrator, designee or city engineer, appropriate supplementary ---PAGE BREAK--- 147 information may also be required to sufficiently detail the proposed development within any special development area, including, but not limited to, hillside, floodplain, cemetery, manufactured home parks, or hazardous or unique areas of development. Phasing plans shall be included in the application if the project is to be phased. 2. A site amenity plan shall be provided with the planned unit development application. C. Concurrent Review: Concurrent review of other applications may be required as determined by the administrator. In cases where subdivision platting would be necessary, concurrent review of preliminary plat is required. D. Public Hearing Requirements: All planned unit development applications shall comply with the public notice and hearing procedures contained within this title. E. A development agreement, when associated with an annexation and/or rezone, may be used in lieu of a Planned Unit Development application for deviations to dimensional standards with the requirement that all findings required for a PUD are addressed with the council action in the development agreement. 8-7-4: STANDARDS: The council may approve planned unit developments, in accord with the following standards: A. General Use Standards: 1. Deviations from Underlying District Requirements: Deviations from dimensional and other standards within this title, may be approved by the council if the PUD incorporates design features that add to the overall design and quality of the proposed development. The exception is that along the periphery of the planned development, the applicable setbacks as established by the district shall not be reduced. 2. Allowed Uses: Applicant may request that specific conditional use(s) be allowed in the district as principal permitted use(s) and up to twenty-five percent (25%) of non-permitted uses be allowed as permitted uses if the council finds that compatibility within the PUD, compatibility with adjacent planned uses and compliance with the intent of the comprehensive plan is provided. It is at the sole discretion of the Council to approve non-permitted uses within the development, including the maximum amount of those non-permitted uses. 3. Private Streets and Service Drives: The uses within the planned unit development are interconnected through a system of roadways and/or pathways as appropriate. Private streets and service drives may be permitted, if designed and constructed to the transportation authority standards and in accord with this title. The approval of private streets shall not prevent access and/or interconnectivity to adjacent properties or otherwise create unreasonable development opportunities. 4. Buildings Clustered: Buildings shall be clustered where practical to preserve scenic or environmentally sensitive areas in the natural state, or to consolidate small open spaces into larger, more usable areas for common use and enjoyment. B. Private Open Space: In addition to the common open space and site amenity requirements of this title, a minimum of eighty (80) square feet of additional, private, usable open space shall be ---PAGE BREAK--- 148 provided for each residential unit not planned as single-family detached. This requirement can be satisfied through porches, patios, decks, and enclosed yards. Landscaping, and other accessways do not count toward this requirement. C. Residential Use Standards: 1. Housing Types: A variety of housing types may be included within a single planned development, such as attached units (townhouses, duplexes), detached units (patio homes), single-family and multi-family units, regardless of the district classification of the site, provided that the overall density limit of the district is maintained. A minimum of two housing types shall be provided for all PUD’s. D. Infill Planned Developments: Properties of five acres or less within the city of Star, that are located in areas already substantially developed (at least 80 percent of the land area within 300 feet of the boundaries of the parcel) and where water, sewer, streets, schools and fire protection have already been developed and are provided. Upon recommendation of the administrator, the council may approve exceptions to other sections of this title as an incentive for infill development, including, but not limited to the following: 1. The council may allow up to a twenty five percent (25%) increase in the density permitted for the district in which the site is located. It is at the sole discretion of the Council to approve the maximum density bonus requested. Density bonuses shall not be allowed in the CBD. 2. The council may also waive or modify open space and amenity requirements set forth in this section depending on the size and scale of the planned development and proximity to public open space, pathways or greenbelts. E. Conditions, Bonds and Safeguards: In approving the planned unit development, the council may prescribe appropriate conditions, additional conditions, bonds, and safeguards in conformity with this title that: 1. Minimize adverse impact of the use on other property. 2. Control the sequence and timing, or phasing, of the uses. 3. Control the duration of the use. Assure that the use and the property in which the use is located is maintained properly. 4. Designate the exact location and nature of the use and the property development. 5. Require the provision for on site or off-site public facilities or services. 6. Require more restrictive standards than those generally required in this title. 7. Require mitigation of adverse impacts of the proposed development upon service delivery by any political subdivision, including school districts, which provides services within the city. 8-7-5: REQUIRED FINDINGS: Upon recommendation from the administrator, the council shall make a full investigation and shall, at the public hearing, review the application. In order to grant a planned development request, the council shall make the following findings: A. The planned unit development demonstrates exceptional high quality in site design through the provision of cohesive, continuous, visually related and functionally linked patterns of development, street and pathway layout, and building design. ---PAGE BREAK--- 149 B. The planned unit development preserves the significant natural, scenic and/or historic features. C. The arrangement of uses and/or structures in the development does not cause damage, hazard, or nuisance to persons or property in the vicinity. D. The internal street, bike and pedestrian circulation system is designed or the efficient and safe flow of vehicles, bicyclists and pedestrians without having a disruptive influence upon the activities and functions contained within the development, nor place an undue burden upon existing transportation and other public services in the surrounding area. E. Community facilities, such as a park, recreational, and dedicated open space areas are functionally related and accessible to all dwelling units via pedestrian and/or bicycle pathways. F. The proposal complies with the density and use standards requirements in accord with his title. G. The amenities provided are appropriate in number and scale to the proposed development. H. The planned unit development is in conformance with the comprehensive plan. 8-7-6: TIME LIMITATIONS: The time limitations and extensions as set forth for conditional uses within this title shall also apply to planned unit developments. 8-7-7: MODIFICATIONS: The modification provisions as set forth for conditional uses within this title shall also apply to planned unit developments. ---PAGE BREAK--- 150 CHAPTER 8 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS ARTICLE A. SIGN STANDARDS 8-8A-1: PURPOSE: 8-8A-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-8A-3: CONFLICT WITH ORDINANCES, LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS: 8-8A-4: ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION: 8-8A-5: DEFINITIONS: 8-8A-6: GENERAL SIGN REQUIREMENTS: 8-8A-7: SIGNS EXEMPT FROM THIS CHAPTER: 8-8A-8: SIGNS NOT REQUIRING PERMITS: 8-8A-9: SIGNS WITHIN THE HISTORIC OVERLAY CBD ZONING DISTRICT: 8-8A-10: VISUAL ELEMENTS PROHIBITED: 8-8A-11: SIGNS REQUIRING PERMITS: 8-8A-12: PERMIT PROCESS AND PROCEDURES: 8-8A-13: NONCONFORMING SIGNS: 8-8A-14: VIOLATIONS, ENFORCEMENT, PENALTIES: 8-8A-1: PURPOSE: The purposes of this chapter are: A. To encourage the effective use of signs as a means of communication in the city of Star, Idaho; B. To maintain and enhance the aesthetic environment and the city's ability to attract sources of economic development and growth; C. To improve pedestrian and traffic safety; D. To minimize the possible adverse effect of signs on nearby public and private property; and E. To enable the fair and consistent enforcement of these sign regulations. 8-8A-2: APPLICABILITY: A sign may be erected, placed, established, painted, created, or maintained in the city only in conformance with the standards, procedures, exemptions and other requirements of this chapter. The effect of this chapter as more specifically set forth herein is: A. To establish a permit system to allow a variety of types of signs in commercial and industrial areas and a limited variety of signs in residential areas, subject to the standards and the permit procedures of this chapter; ---PAGE BREAK--- 151 B. To allow certain types of signs which include: small, unobtrusive and incidental to the principal use of the respective lots on which they are located, subject to the substantive requirements of this chapter, without the requirements of a permit; C. To prohibit all signs not expressly permitted by this chapter; D. To establish a reasonable permit fee; and E. To provide for the enforcement of the provisions of this chapter. 8-8A-3: CONFLICT WITH ORDINANCES, LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS: In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this chapter shall be held to be the minimum requirements adopted for the promotion of the public health, safety, and general welfare. In case of conflict between this chapter or any part thereof, and the whole or part of any existing or future local, state, or federal ordinance, law, regulation, or rule, or the whole or part of any existing or future private covenant or deeds, the most restrictive requirement shall apply. 8-8A-4: ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION: A. Administration: The administrator or designee for the city of Star is charged with the implementation, administration, and enforcement of this chapter interpretation. B. Interpretation: The decision of the administrator shall be valid in areas of interpretation and vagueness. Appeal of decisions of the administrator shall be made to the Star city council. 8-8A-5: DEFINITIONS: Certain terms are defined for the purposes of this chapter. All other words and phrases shall be given their common, ordinary meaning unless the context clearly requires otherwise. ADDRESS: The numeric reference of a use or building to a street name. ANIMATED SIGN: Any sign which is designated and constructed to give its message through a sequence or progressive changes or parts or lights or degree of lighting, such as an electronic reader board. Animated signs are allowed only for municipalities and public school for the purpose of announcements to the community. All other animated signs are prohibited in all zoning districts. ANIMATED SIGN: Any sign which is designated and constructed to give its message through a sequence or progressive changes or parts or lights or degree of lighting, such as an electronic reader board. Animated signs are prohibited in all zoning districts. AREA OF SIGN: See definition of Sign Area. ATTACHED SIGN: See definition of Building Sign. ---PAGE BREAK--- 152 ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(a) ATTACHED SIGN AWNING: A shelter projecting from and supported by the exterior wall of a building. AWNING SIGN: A sign painted on, printed on, or attached flat against the surface of an awning. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(b) AWNING SIGN ---PAGE BREAK--- 153 BANNER: A temporary sign made of cloth, plastic, or other soft material. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(c) BANNER SIGN BENCH SIGN: A sign painted on, attached to, or affixed to any portion of a bench or seating area at bus stops or other such pedestrian areas. BILLBOARD SIGNS: Any off site sign, available for rent, on a permanent structure on which the copy is periodically changed and which is not located on the premises to which such advertising copy pertains. BUILDING CANOPY: A rigid multisided structure covered with fabric, metal or other material, supported by a building at one or more points and by columns or posts at the other points, and either internally or externally illuminated. BUILDING SIGN: A permanent sign which is connected to, painted on, attached to, or otherwise affixed to a building and includes, but is not limited to, a wall, facade, building canopy, projecting, attached, or awning signs. ---PAGE BREAK--- 154 ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(d) BUILDING SIGN CANOPY, BUILDING: See definition of Building Canopy. CANOPY, FREESTANDING: See definition of Freestanding Canopy. CANOPY SIGN: A sign painted on, printed on, or attached flat against the surface of a canopy. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(e) CANOPY SIGN ---PAGE BREAK--- 155 CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN: A sign or portion thereof with characters, letters, or illustrations that can be manually or electronically changed or rearranged without altering the face or the surface of the sign. A sign on which the only copy that changes is an electronic or mechanical indication of time or temperature shall be considered a time and temperature portion of a sign and not a changeable copy sign for purposes of this chapter. A changeable copy sign is also known as reader board, bulletin board, or message center. A changeable copy sign shall not be animated in any way. Animated signs are prohibited in all zoning districts, unless otherwise permitted within this title. DEVELOPMENT: A principal building or use or combination of principal buildings and uses, under a common plan with a common or shared identity as indicated by commonality of design and appearance and/or by a commonality of function and use. DIRECTIONAL SIGN: On site permanent sign used only to direct pedestrians or vehicular traffic. Directional signage shall include, but not be limited to, signs for entrances, exits, parking areas, and drive-through establishments. See also definition of Incidental Sign. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(f) DIRECTIONAL SIGNS ELEVATION: A geometrical projection of a building on a vertical plane. FACADE SIGN: See definition of Building Sign. FREESTANDING CANOPY: A rigid multisided structure covered with fabric, metal or other ---PAGE BREAK--- 156 material and supported by columns or posts and either illuminated internally or externally. FREESTANDING SIGN: A permanent sign that is set firmly in or upon the ground surface, is not attached to any building or other structure. Freestanding signs include, but are not limited to, ground mounted, monument, or pole signs. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(g) FREESTANDING SIGNS GRADE: The average level of the finished surface of the ground adjacent to a sign or to the exterior wall of the building to which a sign is affixed. GROUND MOUNTED SIGN: A freestanding sign with a solid base. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(h) GROUND MOUNTED SIGN HEIGHT OF SIGN: See definition of Sign Height. ILLEGAL SIGN: A sign which was not in compliance with this, or the applicable ordinance ---PAGE BREAK--- 157 under which it was erected, installed, altered or displayed. ILLUMINATED SIGN: A sign with an artificial light source incorporated internally or externally for the purpose of lighting the sign. INCIDENTAL SIGN: A sign that has a purpose secondary to the use of the lot on which it is located and is intended merely to provide directions or information. Incidental signs include, but are not limited to, no parking, entrance, loading only, telephone, and other similar directives. See also definition of Directional Sign. LANDMARK SIGN: A permanent sign or visual element that is designated by the Star city council as having historic and/or architectural significance. A landmark sign shall be at least twenty (20) years old unless the Star city council makes a finding that a newer sign with historic and/or architectural significance should be designated to protect it. MENU BOARD: A drive-thru menu board with or without speakers, as used by restaurants shall be considered a sign and shall meet the provisions for commercial signs listed in this chapter. MONUMENT SIGN: A permanent freestanding sign mounted on the ground and designed with a continuous structural element of approximately the same dimension from the ground to the top of the sign. See also definitions of Grade and Freestanding Sign. MURALS: Any piece of artwork painted or applied directly on a wall or other permanent surface. NONCONFORMING SIGN: A sign that was erected, installed, or displayed in compliance with previous sign regulations but which is not in compliance with this chapter and which has not been reconstructed, altered, or otherwise modified since the adoption of this chapter, except to bring the sign into compliance with the provisions of this chapter. OFF- SITE PREMISES SIGN: A permanent sign used to identify, display, advertise, or otherwise direct attention to a location other than the premises on which the sign is located. An off-premise sign is also referred to as "off- site sign". ON SITE SIGN: A permanent building sign located at or on the site and/or a product, good, or service offered on or available at the same lot where the sign is displayed. On site signs shall include, but are not limited to, attached sign, building sign, window sign, freestanding sign, projecting sign, and awning sign. An on-site sign is also referred to as "on premises sign". PERMANENT SIGN: A non-temporary sign designed and intended for long term use. POLE SIGN: A permanent freestanding sign mounted on the ground, where the structural element is significantly narrower than the sign. ---PAGE BREAK--- 158 ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(i) POLE SIGN PORTABLE SIGN: A temporary sign which is not permanently attached or anchored to the ground or other permanent structure, or a sign designed to be transported. Portable signs include, but are not limited to, signs designed to be transported by means of wheels, signs converted to A or T frames, menu and sandwich board signs, balloons or visual elements used as signs; umbrellas used for advertising, and signs attached to or painted on vehicles parked and visible from the public right of way. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(j) PORTABLE SIGNS ---PAGE BREAK--- 159 PROJECTING SIGN: A permanent building sign which is mounted, erected, or otherwise affixed on a building wall or structure, projecting generally perpendicular to the wall, and extending beyond the building wall more than twelve inches Projecting signs also include suspended signs. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(k) PROJECTING SIGN READER BOARD: See definition of Changeable Copy Sign. ROOF INTEGRAL SIGN: Any building sign erected or constructed as an integral or essentially integral part of a normal roof structure of any design, so that no part of the sign extends vertically above the highest portion of the roof and so that no part of the sign is separated from the rest of the roof by a space of more than six inches For purposes of this chapter, any portion of a building above or behind the fascia or parapet of a building shall be considered part of the roof. See also definition of Building Sign. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(l) ROOF INTEGRAL SIGN ---PAGE BREAK--- 160 ROOF SIGN: A sign erected and constructed wholly or in part upon, against, or above the roof of a building. For purposes of this chapter, any portion of a building above or behind the fascia or parapet of a building shall be considered part of the roof. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(m) ROOF SIGNS SIGN: Any device, structure, fixture, display, emblem, picture, placard, visual element, or any parts or combinations thereof using graphics, symbols, and/or written copy for the primary purpose of identifying, providing directions to, drawing attention to, or advertising any activity, place, business, office, institution, facility, organization, profession, trade, occupation, product, good, or service. SIGN AREA: The total area of the sign face which is used to display a message, not including its supporting poles or structures. SIGN HEIGHT: The distance from the base of the sign at normal grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign. SIGN PLAN: A coordinated plan for developing signs for an individual building or a group of buildings. SUBDIVISION IDENTIFICATION SIGN: A sign used to identify a residential subdivision on site. TEMPORARY SIGN: A sign that is made of paper, cardboard, cloth, plastic, fabric, vinyl, wood or other materials, which is used for a limited period of time, as set forth in this chapter, and which is not permanently mounted. Temporary signs include, but are not limited to, A-frame, banner, wind sign, special event sign, mechanically operated portable sign (fan blown, battery ---PAGE BREAK--- 161 operated mechanisms), etc. TIME AND/OR TEMPERATURE SIGN: A sign or portion thereof on which the only copy that changes is an electronic or mechanical indication of time or temperature. VISUAL ELEMENT: A substitute for additional signs consisting of temporary and/or permanent device intended to attract attention to any activity, place, business, office, institution, facility, organization, profession, trade, occupation, product, good, or service or to convey message concerning any activity, place, business, office, institution, facility, organization, profession, trade, occupation, product, good, or service. WALL SIGN: Any permanent building sign attached parallel to, but within two feet of a wall, painted on the wall surface of, or erected and confined within the limits of any outside wall of any building, which is supported by such wall or building, and which displays only one sign surface. Also see definition of Building Sign. WINDOW SIGN, EXTERIOR: A sign which is mounted, placed, applied, painted, attached or otherwise affixed on the exterior or outside of a window or to a windowpane or glass and is visible from the exterior of the window. Exterior window signs are considered permanent building signs. Window signs shall not have moving text or mechanics. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-5(n) WINDOW SIGNS ---PAGE BREAK--- 162 WINDOW SIGN, INTERIOR: A sign which is mounted, placed, applied, painted, attached or otherwise affixed inside a window or to the interior of a windowpane or glass and is visible from the exterior of the window. Interior window signs are not considered building signs. 8-8A-6: GENERAL SIGN REQUIREMENTS: The information contained within this section is intended to be used as criteria in all sections of this chapter; however, there may be areas that require more detail or explanation. In those cases, the information in those sections shall be used. A. General Sign Requirements: All signs shall comply with the following general sign requirements: 1. No sign shall be placed in a manner visible from any public street, alley, right of way, sidewalk, or other public easement, except as provided herein, nor shall any sign be placed in or extend over street, right of way, roadway, sidewalk, public or private utility or access or other easement, or alley, except as provided herein and with the approval of the appropriate agency or utility. Any sign installed or placed on or over public property or right of way after adoption of this chapter, except in conformance with these requirements, shall be forfeited to the public and subject to confiscation. In addition to other remedies hereunder, the city shall have the right to recover from the owner or person placing such a sign the full cost of removal and disposal of the sign. 2. All signs allowed hereunder shall be constructed and placed so as not to obstruct the vision of the public at any street, alley, or driveway. Signs otherwise permitted by this chapter may be located within the sight distance triangle, as shown below, provided that no part of such sign is placed exceeds a horizontal dimension of twelve inches (12") between the height of three two and one- half feet (21/2' 3) and twelve feet (12') above the average grade of each street, alley, or driveway. See illustrations for visual clearance and sight distance triangle. ---PAGE BREAK--- 163 ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-6(a) VISUAL CLEARANCE ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-6(b) SIGHT DISTANCE TRIANGLE 3. No sign shall be allowed to be illuminated, except as expressly provided herein. Signs which are otherwise allowed to be illuminated are not allowed if the administrator finds that the lighting adversely affects adjoining residential uses or causes glare or otherwise interferes with the vision of persons operating motor vehicles. All illuminated signs shall not be flashing or pulsating and shall be constant in intensity and color, unless otherwise allowed herein. Sign lighting shall be directed away from all traffic and from all adjoining residential properties, and the lighting intensity shall not exceed fifteen (15) foot-candles at any point on the sign face. No sign shall be ---PAGE BREAK--- 164 illuminated if lighting is already provided to the area where the sign is to be located. All lighting associated with signage shall meet any requirements of this title regarding dark sky standards. 4. No sign shall be allowed to revolve, rotate, or move. 5. No sign shall be allowed if the administrator finds that the sign is constructed or designed in a manner which may cause the sign to be confused with a traffic sign or other traffic control device. B. Sign Area and Height Computations: The following principles shall control the computations of sign area and sign height: 1. Computation Of Area Of Individual Signs: The area of a sign face (which is also the sign area of a wall sign or other sign with only 1 face), shall be computed by means of the smallest square, circle, rectangle, triangle, or combination thereof that will encompass the extreme limits of the writing, representation, emblem, or other display, together with any material or color forming an integral part of the background of the display or used to differentiate the sign from the backdrop or structure against which it is placed, but not including any supporting framework, bracing or decorative fence or wall when such fence or wall is clearly incidental to the display itself. ILLUSTRATIONS 8-8A-6(c) SIGN AREA COMPUTATIONS ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-6(d) SIGN AREA COMPUTATION FOR PERMANENT BUILDING SIGN ---PAGE BREAK--- 165 With No Defined Sign Background Channel Letters) 2. Computation Of Area Of Multifaced Signs: The sign area for a sign with more than one face shall be computed by adding together the area of all sign faces visible from any one point. When two identical sign faces are placed back to back so that both faces cannot be viewed from any point at the same time, and when such sign faces are part of the same sign structure and are not more than forty-two inches (42") apart, the sign area shall be computed by the measurement of one of the faces. 3. Computation Of Height: The height of a sign shall be computed as the distance from the base of the sign at normal grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign. Normal grade shall be construed to be the lower of: a) existing grade prior to construction, or b) the newly established grade after construction, exclusive of any filling, berming, mounding, or excavating solely for the purpose of locating the sign. In cases in which the normal grade cannot reasonably be determined, sign height shall be computed on the assumption that the elevation of the normal grade at the base of the sign is equal to the elevation of the nearest point of the crown of a public street or the grade of the land at the principal entrance to the principal building on the lot, whichever is lower. When sign is within the building setback, the calculation for the sign may use either the base elevation or the elevation of the roadway. The computation of sign height shall include the permitted sign and any attached changeable copy sign or reader board and the sign structure. ---PAGE BREAK--- 166 ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-6(e) SIGN HEIGHT COMPUTATION ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-6(f) SIGN HEIGHT COMPUTATION In Cases Where the Normal Grade Cannot Reasonably Be Determined ---PAGE BREAK--- 167 4. Construction Standards: All permitted signs shall be constructed and maintained in compliance with the applicable provisions of the city of Star building code and other provisions of the city of Star ordinances. All illuminated signs shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the national electric code, and all detached signs shall be so illuminated by an underground electrical source. 5. Construction Materials: All signs shall be constructed with durable materials including but not limited to metal, aluminum, wood, hard plastics and vinyl, rock or aggregate, or other materials manufactured for durability and longevity. Materials such as thin vinyl used for banners, paper or cardboard is not considered as a permanent material and shall be prohibited for permanent signage. 6. Maintenance Standards: All permitted signs shall be maintained in good structural and aesthetic condition. Deficiencies, such as chipped paint, broken plastic, missing letters, and exposed light bulbs, shall be evidence of lack of maintenance. 8-8A-7: SIGNS EXEMPT FROM THIS CHAPTER: Provided that the following signs or visual elements contain no commercial message, logo, or symbol and comply with the general sign regulations set forth in section 8-8A-8 of this article, these signs shall be exempt from all other provisions of this chapter: A. Traffic signs, public notices or danger warnings required by a valid and applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, and/or ordinance; B. Holiday lights and decorations on residential lots with no commercial message, logo, or symbol; C. Traffic control signs on private property, such as stop, yield, and similar signs;, Civic, philanthropic, educational, or religious organization; D. Organizational event signs within a public right of way, provided: 1. Temporary signs which announce or are related to a campaign, drive or event of a Civic, philanthropic, educational, or religious organization must be removed within twenty-four (24) forty-eight (48) hours of end of event; 2. Signs within the transportation authority rights of way, written permission shall be obtained from the transportation authority and presented to the city; 3. Transportation authority permitted ROW signs shall be removed upon the conclusion of the event; E. Public or semipublic athletic field signs which indicate sponsorship of the teams or announce or relate to activities that occur therein, provided: ---PAGE BREAK--- 168 1. Such signs shall be affixed, placed, or installed on the athletic field fencing and facing the field, and 2. Such signs shall not be affixed to scoreboards, buildings, or structures; 8-8A-8: SIGNS NOT REQUIRING PERMITS: The followings signs are allowed on private property without permits, provided that the signs contain no commercial message, logo, or symbol and comply with the general sign regulations set forth in this chapter: A. Building identification signs, such as address and building marker, provided: 1. One sign, not exceeding four square feet in area, shall be permitted; and 2. Such signs shall be attached to the referenced building. B. Personal message signs, such as birthday, anniversary, and birth announcements or other noncommercial messages, provided: 1. Once sign, not exceeding six square feet in area, shall be permitted; and 2. Such signs shall be displayed no longer than fourteen (14) days. B. National, state, local and corporation flags, provided: 1. The United States Of America flag, state of Idaho flag, or flags of any other national or political subdivision shall be flown and displayed in a manner so that the flags are not construed as an attraction gaining device for the advertising of a product or use, or in a manner to otherwise draw the attention of the traveling public to an establishment; 2. One corporation flag shall may be flown in conjunction with the United States or state of Idaho flag and as part of the display; 3. Such displays shall not exceed twenty-five (25) square feet in area in any residential area or sixty (60) square feet in any commercial or industrial area; 4. Such displays shall not be flown from a pole the tip of which is more than twenty-five feet (25') in height; 5. Such displays shall conform to the criteria established in the ninety-fourth session of congress (94-344; SJ resolution 49); and 6. Only one flag display shall be permitted for each establishment, and the display shall be located at the principal building of the facility. In a residential district, flagpoles shall be allowed only in the front yard of dwelling. ---PAGE BREAK--- 169 D. Civic, Philanthropic, Educational, or Religious Organizational Event signs which announce or are related to a campaign, drive, or event of a civic, philanthropic, educational, or religious organization, provided: 1. One temporary sign, not exceeding forty (40) square feet and seven feet in height, and balloons not exceeding 12-inch in diameter, shall be permitted on the site of the campaign, drive, or event; 2. Such signs shall be removed within forty-eight (48) hours of the conclusion of the event to which the sign relates; 3. Such signs must be securely installed or displayed and shall be constructed or designed in a manner which shall not cause the sign to be confused or interfere with a traffic sign or other traffic control device; and, 4. Such signs may be ground-mounted or building-mounted, and if building-mounted, the signage shall not extend above the peak, or highest point of the roof. E. Real Estate Signs indicating the sale or rental of the premises, provided: 1. One sign shall be permitted on the premises being sold or rented; 2. For lots or tracts of five acres in size or less, such signs shall not exceed eight square feet, with maximum two sign faces, and seven feet in height; 3. For lots or tracts greater than five acres in size, such signs shall not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet, with maximum two sign faces, and seven feet in height; and, 4. Such signs shall be removed no later than one week after the closing of the sale or lease. F. Auction Signs advertising and announcing the auction of real and personal property, provided: 1. One sign shall be permitted on the premises of the auction; 2. Such sign shall not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in size, with maximum two sign faces, and seven feet in height; and, 3. Such signs shall be displayed only for the fourteen (14) calendar days immediately preceeding the auction’s date and shall be removed on the day that the auction is held. ---PAGE BREAK--- 170 G. Construction Signs identifying the persons, businesses, professions, or trades engaged in a CURRENT construction project of a building on the site, provided: 1. One sign per contractor and one sign per financial institution offering service(s) on the property shall be permitted; 2. For lots less than two acres in size, such signs shall not exceed eight square feet, with maximum two sign faces and seven feet in height; 3. For lots greater than two acres in size, such signs shall not exceed thirty (30) square feet, with maximum two sign faces, and seven feet in height; and, 4. Such signs shall be removed no later than one week after final occupancy of the site or completion of the service, whichever is longer. H. Informational, Directional or Historic Marker or Signs erected by a public agency that contain no message referring to any specific business or commercial activity and are non-commercial in nature. I. Community Identification Signs containing the town or community name and/or civic ganizational names, such as Kiwanis, Rotary, Jaycees, etc., but not including semi- public institutions, provided: 1. Such signs shall contain no message referring to any specific business or commercial activity and shall be non-commercial in nature; 2. Such signs shall only be displayed on a group sign structure; 3. Such group sign structures shall only be located in a commercial or industrial district within ¼ mile of the Star corporate limits; 4. Such group sign structures shall not exceed seven feet in height and fifty (50) square feet sign area; and, 5. Such group sign structures require approval of the Star City Council. J. Election Signs announcing or supporting political candidates or issues in connection with any national, state, or local election, provided: 1. Such signs shall be removed within ten (10) days following the election, to which it applies, and the owner of the property on which the sign is placed shall be responsible for its removal; ---PAGE BREAK--- 171 2. Such signs may be placed on private fences with the property owner’s permission and shall be removed within ten (10) days after the election; 3. Such signs may not be erected or placed on public property or on rocks, trees, public fences, sign posts, light poles, or utility poles on public property; and, 4. Property owners shall be responsible for violations. K A. Incidental signs that are informational and have a purpose secondary to the use of the lot on which it is located, such as no parking, entrance, loading only, telephone, and other similar directives. L. Garage/Yard Sale Signs: 1. One sign per event shall be permitted. 2. Such signs shall not be larger than four twenty four (24) square feet. 3. Such sign shall be posted no longer than three consecutive days and removed by sundown of the third day. 4. Such signs shall be allowed to be posted once a month, per sale, property. M. Subdivision or Development Signs that indicate that property or lots within the subdivision are for Sale or are under development or that a multi-family residential development is under construction and will soon be offered for rent or sale, provided: 1. One temporary sign per subdivision entrance shall be permitted; 2. Such signs may be non-illuminated or indirectly-illuminated; 3. Such signs shall not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in area and seven feet in height;and, 4. Upon sale of ninety (90) percent of the lots or property within a subdivision or development or ninety (90) percent rental of the units in a multi-family residential development, such signs shall be removed. 8-8A-9: SIGNS WITHIN THE HISTORIC OVERLAY CBD ZONING DISTRICT: The number, size, height, appearance and location of signage within a historic overlay zoning district shall comply with adopted design guidelines for the central business district and the city of Star zoning regulations. Any sign not previously approved by the Star city council as a landmark sign will be considered nonconforming as of the enactment of this chapter until found to be appropriate by subsequent action of the administrator and/or Star city council. ---PAGE BREAK--- 172 All nonconforming signs will be subject to section 8-8A-13 of this article. All nonconforming signs within the CBD district will be subject to sections 8-8A-1 through 5, and 8-8A-12 through 8-8A-14 of this article. 8-8A-10: VISUAL ELEMENTS PROHIBITED: Visual elements, as defined in section 8-8A-5 of this article, are prohibited in all circumstances whether added to a sign or simply displayed on a property, unless otherwise allowed in this chapter. Visual elements include, but are not limited to: A. Pennants, banners or streamers, feathers, flags, wind or fan blown devices and mechanisms intended to otherwise attract attention, with or without commercial message, logo, or symbol; B. Large or small balloons, with or without commercial message, logo, or symbol unless otherwise provided in this chapter; C. Flashing lights, flashing arrows, or other pulsating fixtures or items; D. Large inflatable displays, fixed or portable, that indicate through direct representation or through symbolism, a use or service undertaken and/or a product or good offered on the property on the site and; E. Large displays of permanent construction, fixed or portable, that indicate through direct representation or through symbolism, a use or service undertaken and/or a product or good offered on the property on the site and that are larger than the maximum cube dimensions of six feet in height, four feet in depth, and four feet in width, as set forth in subsection 8-8A-11C2b(4)(B) of this article; and F. Wording, message, or any symbol, or depiction on the exterior of a building, or any structural element thereof, any independent structure or any other article or item on the property including automobiles or other vehicles. 8-8A-11: SIGNS REQUIRING PERMITS: The following signs shall not be erected, placed, established, painted, installed, or created until an approved sign permit has been issued by the administrator and shall comply with the general sign regulations set forth in this chapter and as set forth below: A. Residential or Miscellaneous Signs: 1. Subdivision identification signs identifying the subdivision or development name, provided: a. One sign per each subdivision entrance and one additional sign for each individual subarea of a subdivision shall be permitted; ---PAGE BREAK--- 173 b. Such signs shall be indirectly illuminated; c. Such signs shall not exceed twenty (20) square feet in area; and d. The entire sign structure shall not exceed twenty-five feet (25') in length and eight feet in height. e. The sign shall be located within a common area lot, shall be maintained by an HOA, and shall be located outside of the clear vision triangle. 2. Building identification signs identifying the name of the owner or occupant of the building, provided: a. One sign shall be permitted and shall not exceed one square foot in area; b. Such signs shall be attached to the building; and c. Such signs shall not be illuminated. 3. Multi-family residential development identification signs, provided: a. One sign shall be permitted and may be wall or ground mounted; b. Such signs shall not exceed twenty (20) square feet in area; c. If ground mounted, the sign shall be set back at least ten feet (10') from the right of way line or property line; and d. Such signs shall not exceed eight feet in height. 4. Directional signs, provided: a. A multi-family residential development shall be permitted one directional sign per each public road/street frontage; b. Such signs shall be illuminated by indirect or diffused lighting; c. Such signs shall not exceed three square feet in area; and d. Such signs shall be wall mounted, or if ground mounted, shall be set back at least five feet from the right of way line or property line. B. Public or Quasi-Public Signs: Public or quasi-public signs indicating the name of the institution, provided: ---PAGE BREAK--- 174 1. One sign, not exceeding twenty-five (25) square feet in area and seven feet in height, shall be permitted; 2. Such signs may be indirectly or interiorly illuminated; and 3. Such signs may also have one reader board, provided that such reader board shall be attached to the principal sign and shall not exceed fifteen (15) square feet in area. C. Commercial, Professional Office and Industrial Signs: 1. Temporary signs, providing directions to, drawing attention to, or advertising special sale, event, activity, use, good, service, or product provided, sold, or conducted on the site provided: a. One sign, not exceeding forty (40) square feet and seven feet in height, and small balloons, not exceeding twelve inches (12") in diameter, shall be permitted; b. Such signs must be securely installed or displayed and shall be constructed or designed in a manner which shall not cause the sign to be confused or interfere with a traffic sign or other traffic control device; c. Such signs may be ground mounted or building mounted, and if building mounted, the signage shall not extend above the peak, or highest point of the roof; d. Where a single building or complex of buildings contains two or more principal uses with their own separate exterior customer entrances, each principal use located therein shall be permitted temporary signage as set forth above; and e. Each principal use shall be allowed up to four temporary sign permits per calendar year, and each permit is granted for one 7-day period. 2. Permanent signs, used for drawing or attracting attention to, providing as a symbol of, or conveying message concerning any activity, use, good, service, or product provided, sold, or conducted on the site provided: a. Maximum Number of Permanent Signs: Individual Principal Use: An individual principal use located on an individual lot shall be allowed a maximum total of four signs, unless otherwise allowed in this chapter. Multi-Tenant and Multiuse Buildings: Multi-tenant and multiuse building with two or more principal uses without their own separate exterior building entrances and exits and sharing a common hallway. The building shall be allowed a maximum total of four permanent signs, unless otherwise allowed in this chapter. ---PAGE BREAK--- 175 Multi-Tenant and Multiuse Buildings and Developments: Multi-tenant and multiuse buildings and developments where a single building or complex of buildings contains two or more individual principal uses with their own separate exterior building entrances and exits. Building Signs: Unless otherwise allowed in this chapter, the number and size of permanent building signs for each principal use located within the development shall be based on the portion of the building elevation occupied by the use. Freestanding Signs: The number and size of freestanding signs for a multi-tenant and multiuse building and development shall be based on the total building size and public street frontage of the entire development. Individual buildings and uses within the development shall not be permitted individual freestanding signs. ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-11(a) MULTIUSE BUILDING SIGN TYPES b. Permanent Sign Types: Freestanding Signs: Developments consisting of less than five thousand (5,000) square feet gross floor space: (Ord. 236, 7-15-2014) ---PAGE BREAK--- 176 Maximum Number of Freestanding Signs: One freestanding sign. (ii) Maximum Sign Area and Height: For freestanding signs with a maximum height of seven feet the maximum sign area shall not exceed fifty (50) square feet. For freestanding signs with a maximum height of twenty feet the maximum sign area shall not exceed thirty (30) square feet. When a freestanding sign is located more than sixty-five feet (65') from the driving lane of a public road/street with forty-five (45) mile per hour (mph) or greater speed limit, the maximum sign area shall not exceed seventy (70) square feet, and the maximum sign height shall not exceed ten feet (iii) Minimum Setbacks: The minimum setback for freestanding signs shall be ten feet (10') from rear and side property lines and off of the right of way of any public road/street, unless otherwise stated in this chapter. (iv) Changeable Copy Sign: Each freestanding sign may have attached to it a changeable copy sign, provided: Such sign shall not exceed one-half (1/2) the sign area of the permitted freestanding sign on which it is attached; Such sign may not be electronic, such as light emitting diode (LED), shall not flash, scroll, chase, rotate, blink or pulsate or have any similar effects of movement, shall not include any animated images and images which move or give the appearance of movement and shall not have visual messages with apparent motion caused by, but not limited to, the illusion of moving objects, moving patterns or boards of lights, expanding, contracting, or rotating shapes, scrolling or running messages, or other similar animation effects; Such sign shall be limited to text only, and the text shall be static and in a stationary and fixed position; Developments with gross floor space more than five thousand (5,000) square feet: Maximum Number of Freestanding Signs: Two freestanding signs. (ii) Maximum Sign Area And Height: For freestanding signs with a maximum height of seven feet the maximum sign area shall not exceed fifty (50) square feet. For freestanding signs with a maximum height of twenty feet the maximum sign area shall not exceed thirty (30) square feet. ---PAGE BREAK--- 177 When a freestanding sign is located more than sixty-five feet (65') from the driving lane of a public road/street with forty-five (45) mile per hour (mph) or greater speed limit, the maximum sign area shall not exceed seventy (70) square feet, and the maximum sign height shall not exceed ten feet (iii) Minimum Setbacks: The minimum setback for freestanding signs shall be ten feet (10') from rear and side property lines and off of the right of way of any public road/street, unless otherwise stated in this chapter. (iv) Minimum Sign Separation: The minimum separation between two freestanding signs on a lot or tract shall be one hundred fifty feet (150'). Building Signs: Maximum Number of Signs: Individual Principal Use: Each individual principal use located on an individual lot is allowed maximum four building signs, unless otherwise allowed herein. (ii) Multi-Tenant And Multiuse Building: Multi-tenant and multiuse building with two or more principal uses without their own separate exterior building entrances and exits and sharing a common hallway: The building shall be permitted three building signs, and the sign sizes shall be based on the size of elevation as set herein, unless otherwise allowed. (iii) Buildings Containing Two Or More Principal Uses: Multi-tenant and multiuse buildings and where a single building or complex of buildings contains two or more individual principal uses with their own separate exterior building entrances and exits: Unless otherwise allowed in this chapter, the number and size of building signs for each individual principal use located within the development shall be based on the portion of the building elevation occupied by the individual principal use, as set forth below, as though they were individual and independent buildings. Total Allowable Building Sign Area Per Elevation: If the principal use has no freestanding signs, then the total allowable sign area for building signs shall be as follows: If the business has a total of three building mounted signs, each sign may be up to seven percent of the elevation; If the business has a total of two building mounted signs, up to nine percent of the elevation; or If the business has one building mounted sign, the sign may be up to eleven percent (11%) of the elevation. (ii) If the principal use has one freestanding sign, the total allowable sign area for building signs shall be as follows: ---PAGE BREAK--- 178 If the principal use has a total of three building signs, each sign may be up to five percent of the building elevation or thirty (30) square feet, whichever is larger; If the principal use has a total of two building signs, each sign may be up to seven percent of the elevation; or If the business has only one building sign, each sign may be up to nine percent of the elevation. (iii) If the principal use has two freestanding signs, then the total allowable building sign area is: If the principal use has a total of two building signs, each sign may be up to seven percent of the elevation; or If the business has only one building sign, each sign may be up to nine percent Building Mounted Signs: Building mounted signs shall not extend above the peak, or highest point of the roof. Projecting Signs: A projecting sign shall be a substitute for, or in lieu of, one permanent sign for the principal use; (ii) The sign shall have nine feet of clearance above sidewalk; (iii) The sign shall not project more than ten feet (10') from building nor be any closer than eighteen inches (18") from curb or driving lane; (iv) The sign shall not extend above the peak of the roof; and A two or more story building shall not have projecting signs. Off Premises Signs: Off premises (off-site) signs a prohibited in all zones and may only be allowed as part of an overall sign program for properties that are part of a contiguous development or subdivision and as approved by the administrator, provided: The permitted off-premise sign shall not exceed the size, height, and setbacks requirement of the freestanding sign of the lot on which it is located; The off-premise sign may not be located within fifty feet (50') of any other freestanding sign; Written evidence of property owner consent must be submitted with the permit application; Off-premise “Welcome to Star” signs are exempt from this prohibition. Visual Elements: ---PAGE BREAK--- 179 ILLUSTRATION 8-8A-11(b) VISUAL ELEMENT One permanent and ground mounted visual element per individual principal use shall be permitted as a substitute for, or in lieu of, one permanent sign allowed for the use; ---PAGE BREAK--- 180 The maximum size of the visual element shall be computed by means of the smallest cube that will encompass the extreme limits of the visual element and with maximum cube dimensions of six feet in height, four feet in depth, and four in width; Parts of the visual element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the limits of the allowable area set forth in subsection C2b(4)(B) of this section; Visual elements shall have no parts that move or give the appearance of movement and shall have no apparent motion caused by, but not limited to, the illusion of moving objects, moving patterns or boards of lights, expanding, contracting, or rotating shapes, scrolling, or running messages or other similar animation effects; Visual elements must be securely installed or displayed and shall be constructed or designed in a manner which shall cause the sign to be confused or interfere with a traffic sign or other traffic control device; and Commercial messages, logos, or symbols shall be limited to two sides of the visual elements and shall not exceed ten (10) square feet. Landmark Signs: Such signs shall be exempt from size, height, and setback regulations, but shall comply with all other regulations set forth in this chapter, and Such signs shall not encroach into a public right of way, unless otherwise allowed by an approved entrance permit by the appropriate governing authority. Accessory Building Signs: One building sign on an accessory building shall be permitted in addition to the building signs allowed for the individual principal use; The maximum sign area shall not exceed one square foot per linear foot of the building length of and on the elevation on which the sign is located and facing the public street or private accessway if the lot has no public street frontage; and Additional accessory building signs may be allowed but shall be in lieu of, the permitted building signs for the individual principal use and shall comply with the maximum number and size of building signs allowed for the individual principal use. Freestanding Canopy Signs: One sign on each canopy elevation (fascia) shall be permitted; Such signs shall not exceed eight square feet; and Such signs shall be permitted in addition to the building signs allowed for the individual principal use. ---PAGE BREAK--- 181 LI Signs: Light industrial commercial park (LI) identification signs, provided: One sign per public street entrance shall be permitted; Such signs shall not exceed forty (40) square feet in area; A listing of individual businesses and industries shall be allowed as part of the identification sign; and Written evidence of property owner consent must be submitted with the permit application. D. Murals: The following conditions shall be met for an allowed mural: 1. Remain unaltered for a minimum of two years and be maintained thereafter to its original quality. 2. Shall not exceed height and width of structure. 3. Shall not extend more than six inches from the building facade. 4. Shall not include electrical moving components. 5. Murals are not permitted in residential districts or on residential buildings. 6. Murals and public art installation must comply with city light standards. 7. Digitally printed image murals are allowed for restoration purposes only. 8. Fees for all murals shall be set by resolution. 9. Mural must be of a nature relevant to Star. 10. All murals must be approved by council at a normally scheduled council meeting (no public hearing is required). 8-8A-12: PERMIT PROCESS AND PROCEDURES: A. Permit Required: Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, it shall be unlawful for any person to erect, construct, install, mount, place, apply, paint, attach, affix, expand, enlarge, move, modify, or replace any sign or cause the same to be done, without first obtaining a sign permit. B. Application and Permit Issuance: 1. If a sign requiring a permit under the provision of this chapter is to be erected, constructed, installed, mounted, placed, applied, painted, attached, affixed, expanded, enlarged, moved, ---PAGE BREAK--- 182 modified, or replaced on a property, the property owner shall secure a sign permit prior to the construction, placement, erection, or modification of the sign. 2. No sign permit of any kind shall be issued for an existing or proposed sign unless the sign is consistent with the requirements of this chapter (including those protecting existing signs) in every respect and with the sign plan in effect for that property. 3. The following procedures shall govern the application for, and issuance of all sign permits under this chapter and the submission and review of sign plans: a. Sign Plan Required: No permit shall be issued for an individual sign requiring a permit until a sign plan for the property on which the sign will be installed has been submitted to and approved by the administrator as conforming with this section. b. Sign Plan Contents: For any property on which the owner proposes to erect one or more signs requiring a permit, the owner shall submit to the administrator a sign plan containing the following: An accurate plot plan of the property, at such a scale as the administrator may reasonably require with a current legal description in metes and bounds; Location of existing and proposed buildings, structures, parking lots, driveways, and landscaped areas of the property; Computations of the maximum total sign area, the maximum area for individual signs, the height of signs and the number of building and freestanding signs allowed on the property included in the plan under this chapter; An accurate indication on the plot plan of the proposed location of each present and future sign of any type whether requiring a permit or not.; and For electronic changeable copy signs: Specifications from the manufacturer providing the maximum nit (or equivalent) rating of the sign; (b)Documentation from the manufacturer indicating that the sign is equipped with the required automated light sensing device; and, C.A notarized letter signed by the property owner acknowledging the owner’s agreement to abide by this Ordinance requiring automatic level controls to reduce light levels at night and under cloudy or other darkened conditions. C. Fees: ---PAGE BREAK--- 183 1. Permit Fees: No sign permit shall be issued until all applicable fees have been paid. The fees for sign permits, as adoption by resolution of the city council, may be adjusted by the city as necessary, periodically. 2. Late Fees: In addition to the sign permit fees, the administrator shall also assess a late fee, as adopted by resolution, to any applicant who erects, places, establishes, paints, installs, creates, or in any other way initiates a sign prior to receiving the property permit or approval from the administrator. This fee is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any penalties for violations of the regulations. Payment of this late fee will in no way exonerate or excuse the applicant from applying in an appropriate manner and complying with the normal requirements and standard permit fees for the permission or applicable permit which is needed. D. Review: The administrator shall review the application for completeness. If the application is complete, the administrator shall process the application. If the application is incomplete, the administrator shall notify the applicant of the deficiencies and reference the appropriate sections of this chapter. Upon correcting the deficiencies, the administrator will process the application. E. Issuance Of Permits: All sign permit applications shall be reviewed by the administrator or designee allowing submission and/or official acceptance of a complete application, for compliance with these regulations. Once a determination regarding the sign permit application has been made the administrator will: 1. Issue a letter of compliance to the applicant, with conditions if any, if the sign that is the subject of the application conforms in every respect with the requirements of this chapter and the applicable sign plan; or 2. Deny the sign permit and issue a written statement to the applicant, if the sign that is the subject of the application fails in any way to conform with the requirements of this chapter and of the applicable sign plan. In case of a rejection, the administrator shall specify in the rejection the section or sections of this chapter or applicable plan with which the sign is inconsistent. F. Appeals: All appeals and variances from the requirements of these regulations shall be scheduled for public hearing. 8-8A-13: NONCONFORMING SIGNS: A. For the purpose of this section, a "nonconforming sign" shall be defined as a sign existing at the effective date hereof which could not be built under the terms of this chapter or under the terms of other applicable local ordinances. The following requirements apply to the continued use of and/or replacement of nonconforming signs: 1. Continued Use: A nonconforming sign may continue to be used by the establishment occupying the structure on the site for which the sign was originally erected, as long as no major structural support element (frame, pole, bracing, etc.) is replaced. If a major structural support element is to ---PAGE BREAK--- 184 be replaced, due to voluntary action by the owner, or due to an act of God or unforeseen circumstance, then the new sign to be erected must be in compliance with this chapter. 2. Replacement: The sign face of a nonconforming sign may be replaced as long as no major structural element of the sign is replaced. As stated above, if a major structural element is to be replaced, then the new sign to be erected must be in compliance with this chapter. 3. Change in Use: Where a change in land use, occupancy, or ownership occurs which necessitates the altering of a sign in any manner, then the altered or changed sign shall be brought into conformance with the requirements of this chapter. 4. Existence of Nonconforming Building Sign: Existence of a nonconforming building sign on the premises will prohibit issuance of further building sign permits while the nonconforming sign exists. 5. Existence of Nonconforming Freestanding Sign: Existence of a nonconforming freestanding sign on the premises will prohibit the issuance of further freestanding sign permits while the nonconforming sign exists. 6. Limitations And Removal Of Nonconforming Signs: In the event a use or establishment ceases operation for a period of thirty (30) days, the sign owner, lessee, or property owner shall immediately remove any nonconforming signs identifying or advertising the business or any product. This requirement shall not apply where, under the provisions of this chapter, an existing, conforming sign may be altered to advertise a new principal use, business, establishment, or product, and there is evidence that a new establishment will be in operation on the premises within thirty (30) days. Where no such evidence exists, the sign face shall be removed, or the message shall be painted over in such a manner as to completely cover up or hide from sight the message. Upon failure of the sign owner, lessee, or property owner to comply with this section, the administrator shall issue a written notice to the owner. The notice shall state that the sign shall be removed within fifteen (15) days. If the owner fails to comply with the written notice to remove the sign, the administrator is hereby authorized to cause removal of the sign. Any expense incidental to the removal of the sign shall be charged to the owner and shall constitute a lien upon the property. For the purpose of dealing with nonconforming signs in this section, the word "remove" shall mean: a. The sign face, along with posts, columns, or supports of freestanding signs, shall be taken down and removed from the property; b. The sign face and supporting structures of projection, roof or wall signs shall be taken down and removed from the property; c. The sign face of painted wall signs shall be removed by painting over the wall sign in such a manner as to completely cover up and hide from sight the sign in question. 7. Nonconforming animated signs - The property owner of a nonconforming animated sign shall continue to abide by the original standards for approval of the sign including the following: 1. Such ---PAGE BREAK--- 185 sign shall not flash, scroll, chase, rotate, blink or pulsate or have any similar effects of movement; 2. Such sign shall not include any animated images and images which move or give the appearance of movement and shall not have visual messages with apparent motion caused by, but not limited to, the illusion of moving objects, moving patterns or boards of lights, expanding, contracting, or rotating shapes, scrolling or running messages, or other similar animation effects; 3. Such sign shall be programmed so that the text changes no more than every minute, and such changes of text shall be substantially instantaneous as seen by the human eye and shall not use fading, rolling, window shading, dissolving, or similar effects as part of the change; 4.Such signs shall use automated light sensing devices to reduce light levels at night and under cloudy or other darkened conditions, in accordance with the following standards: a. Such electronic signs shall have installed automated light sensing devices photocell technology) and shall, at all times, allow such monitors to automatically adjust the brightness level based on ambient light conditions; and b. Maximum brightness levels for such electronic signs shall not exceed five hundred (500) nits, when measured from the sign face at its maximum brightness, during night and under cloudy or other darkened conditions; 5. The maximum resolution of such signs shall be forty-six-millimeter (46 mm) (1.8 inch) pixel pitch. 6. Any electronic sign which malfunctions, fails, or ceases to operate in its usual or normal programmed manner causing therein motion, movement, flashing, or any other similar effects, shall be repaired or disconnected within forty-eight (48) hours by the owner or operator of such sign. 8-8A-14: VIOLATIONS, ENFORCEMENT, PENALTIES: A. Signs Forfeited: Any sign installed or placed on or over public property or right of way after adoption of this chapter, except in conformance with these requirements, shall be forfeited to the public and subject to confiscation. In addition to other remedies hereunder, the city shall have the right to recover from the owner or person placing such a sign the full cost of removal and disposal of the sign. B. Violations: 1. Any of the following shall be a violation of this chapter and shall be subject to the enforcement remedies and penalties provided by this chapter and by Idaho state code: a. To install, create, erect, or maintain any sign in a way that is inconsistent with any plan or permit governing such sign or the lot on which the sign is located. b. To install, create, erect or maintain any sign requiring a permit without such a permit. c. To fail to remove any sign that is installed, created, erected, or maintained in violation of this chapter, or for which the sign permit has lapsed. 2. Each day of a continued violation shall be considered a separate violation when applying the penalty portions of this chapter. ---PAGE BREAK--- 186 C. Enforcement: 1. The city shall have the authority to issue citations for violations of this chapter but shall not have powers of peace officers to make arrests or carry deadly weapons. A person receiving a citation shall appear within a designated time pursuant to the citation. 2. Any violation or attempted violation of this chapter or of any condition or requirement adopted pursuant hereto may be restrained, corrected, or abated, as the case may be, by injunction or other appropriate proceedings pursuant to state law. The remedies of the city shall include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Issuing a stop work order for any and all work on any signs on the same lot; b. Seeking an injunction or other order of restraint or abatement that requires the removal of the sign(s) or the correction of the nonconformity; and c. In the case of a sign that poses an immediate danger to the public health or safety; take such measures as are available to the city under the applicable building codes or other ordinances. d. All the remedies provided herein shall be cumulative. To the extent that state law may limit the availability of a particular remedy set forth herein for a certain violation or a part hereof, the remedy shall remain available for other violations or other parts of the same violation. ---PAGE BREAK--- 187 ARTICLE B. DESIGN REVIEW AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS THIS SECTION RESERVED FOR FUTURE REVIEW AND ADOPTION ---PAGE BREAK--- 188 ARTICLE C. BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW DEVELOPMENTS AND MAJOR RENOVATIONS THIS SECTION RESERVED FOR FUTURE REVIEW AND ADOPTION 8-8C-1: PURPOSE: 8-8C-2: APPLICABILITY: § 1. PURPOSE: The purpose of this section is to provide sufficient safe and convenient bicycle parking in New Developments and Major Renovations to encourage bicycling as a form of transportation, reducing traffic congestion, air pollution, wear and tear on roads, and use of fossil fuels, while fostering healthy physical activity. § 2. DEFINITIONS: Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the following meanings: “Bicycle Parking Space”: A physical space that is a minimum of [2.5] feet in width by feet in length with a vertical clearance of at least feet that allows for the parking of one bicycle, and if located outside, is hard surfaced and well drained. “Bike Locker”: A lockable enclosure consistent with industry standards that can hold one bicycle, (ii) is made of durable material, (iii) is designed to fully protect the bicycle against [insert specific local weather concerns, e.g.: rain, snow, ice, high winds], (iv) provides secure protection from theft, opens sufficiently to allow bicyclists easy access, and (vi) is of a character and color that adds aesthetically to the immediate environment. “Bike Rack”: A device consistent with industry standards that is capable of supporting a bicycle in a stable position, (ii) is made of durable materials, (iii) is no less than [36] inches tall (from base to top of rack) and no less than [1.5] feet in length, (iv) permits the securing of the bicycle frame and one wheel with a U-shaped lock, and is of a character and color that adds aesthetically to the immediate environment. “In-Street Bicycle Parking”: A portion of a vehicle parking lane or other area on a roadway that is set aside for the parking of bicycles. “Long-Term Bicycle Parking”: Bicycle parking that is primarily intended for bicyclists who need bicycle parking for more than 3 hours and is fully protected from the weather. ---PAGE BREAK--- 189 “Long-Term Bicycle Parking Space”: A Bicycle Parking Space that provides Long- Term Bicycle Parking. “Major Renovation”: Any physical improvement of an existing building or structure, excluding single-family dwellings and multi-family dwellings with 4 or fewer units, that requires a building permit and has an estimated construction cost equal to or exceeding [$250,000], excluding cost of compliance with accessibility requirements for individuals with disabilities under governing federal, state, or local law, and seismic or other structural safety retrofit. “New Development”: Any construction of a new building or facility that requires a building permit, excluding single-family dwellings and multi-family dwellings with 4 or less units. “Short-Term Bicycle Parking”: Bicycle parking primarily intended for bicyclists who need bicycle parking for 3 hours or less. “Short-Term Bicycle Parking Space”: A Bicycle Parking Space that provides Short- Term Bicycle Parking. § 3. BICYCLE PARKING SPACES REQUIRED: Short-Term and Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces shall be required for all New Development and Major Renovations. Required Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces: All New Development and Major Renovations shall provide at least the number of Short-Term and Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces identified in the table in this subsection [Section II, § however, the number shall not fall below a minimum of Short-Term and Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces, regardless of other provisions herein, except that multi-family dwellings that have private garages (or equivalent separate storage space for each unit) are not required to provide any Long- Term Bicycle Parking Spaces. Where the calculation of total required spaces results in a fractional number, the next highest whole number shall be used. Up to half of the required Short- Term Bicycle Parking Spaces may be replaced with Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces. General Use Category Specific Use Number of Short-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces Required Number of Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces Required Residential Multi-Family Dwelling with more than 4 units: without private garage or equivalent separate storage space for each unit [.05] per bedroom or per [20] units per bedroom or [1-4] per units ---PAGE BREAK--- 190 with private garage or equivalent separate storage space for each unit [.05] per bedroom or per [20] units None General Use Category Specific Use Number of Short-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces Required Number of Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces Required Commercial Office Building General Retail Grocery Restaurant Indoor Parking Garage Outdoor Parking Lot per each [20,000] sq.ft. of floor area. per each [5,000] sq.ft. of floor area. per each [2,000] sq.ft. of floor area. per each [2,000] sq.ft. of floor area. spaces. per [20] motor vehicle spaces [1-1.5] per [10,000] sq.ft. of floor area. per [10,000-12,000] sq.ft. of floor area per [10,000-12,000] sq.ft. of floor area. per [10,000-12,000] sq.ft. of floor area. per [20] motor vehicle spaces . spaces. Civic Non-assembly cultural library, government buildings) Assembly church, theater, stadiums, parks) Schools (K-12) Colleges and Universities per each [8,000 - 10,000] sq. ft. of floor area. Spaces for [2-5] per cent of maximum expected daily attendance. per each [20] students of planned capacity. per each [10] students of planned capacity. [1 -1.5] per each [10-20] employees 1.5] per each [20] employees. per each [10-20] employees and per each [20] students of planned capacity for grades 6-12. per each [10-20] employees and per each [10] students of planned capacity or per each [20,000] sq. feet of floor area, whichever is greater. ---PAGE BREAK--- 191 Industrial Manufacturing and Production, Agriculture spaces (Can be increased at discretion of Planning/Zoning Administrator) per 20 employees. If the New Development or Major Renovation is for a use not listed in the above table, the number of Bicycle Parking Spaces required shall be calculated on the basis of a similar use, as determined by the [Planning Director/Zoning Administrator]. If the Major Renovation has an estimated construction cost of between [$250,000] and [$1,000,000], excluding the cost of compliance with accessibility requirements for individuals with disabilities under governing federal, state, or local law, and seismic or other structural safety retrofit, the number of Bicycle Parking Spaces required by subsections [Section II, § shall be reduced by 50 percent; however, the minimum requirement of short-term and long-term bicycle parking spaces shall still apply. § 4. BUILDING PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY: Prior to issuance of a building permit for New Development or a Major Renovation, the submitted plans must include specific provisions for bicycle parking that are consistent with the requirements of this Ordinance. No certificate of occupancy for said building permit shall issue at the conclusion of the project until Star finds that the applicable provisions of this Ordinance have been complied with. § 5. EXISTING BICYCLE PARKING AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION: In the event that the Star has authorized a permit holder to remove existing bicycle parking in the public right- of-way due to construction, the permit holder shall replace such bicycle parking no later than the date of completion of the construction. At least days prior to removal of such bicycle parking, the permit holder shall post, in the immediate vicinity of the bicycle parking area, a weather-proof notice, with a minimum type size of inch, specifying the date of removal. In the event that any bicycles remain parked on the date of the removal, such bicycles shall be stored for a reasonable period, not less than [45] days, and a conspicuous, weather-proof notice shall be placed as close as feasible to the site of the removed bicycle parking containing information as to how to retrieve a removed bicycle. If bicycle parking is likely to be removed, pursuant to this section, for more than [120] days, it shall, to the extent possible, be temporarily re-sited, in coordination with [insert appropriate department, such as Department of Public Works], to a location as close to the original site as feasible, pending completion of the construction. If the temporary site is not clearly visible from the original site, the permit holder shall post a conspicuous, weather-proof notice in the ---PAGE BREAK--- 192 immediate vicinity of the original site informing bicyclists of the location of the temporary site. § 6. BICYCLE PARKING STANDARDS - GENERAL: All Bicycle Parking Spaces shall be: well-lit if accessible to the public or bicyclists after dark; located to ensure significant visibility by the public and building users, except in the case of Long-Term Bicycle Parking that is located in secured areas; accessible without climbing more than one step or going up or down a slope in excess of [12] percent, and via a route on the property that is designed to minimize conflicts with motor vehicles and pedestrians. All In-Street Bicycle Parking and Bicycle Parking Spaces located in a parking facility shall be: clearly marked; and separated from motor vehicles by some form of physical barrier (such as bollards, concrete or rubber curbing or pads, reflective wands, a wall, or a combination thereof) designed to adequately protect the safety of bicyclists and bicycles. All Bike Racks shall be located at least [36] inches in all directions from any obstruction, including but not limited to other Bike Racks, walls, doors, posts, columns, or exterior or interior landscaping. Unless Bicycle Parking Spaces are clearly visible from an entrance, a sign indicating their location shall be prominently displayed outside the main entrance to the building or facility, and additional signs shall be provided as necessary to ensure easy way finding. A “Bicycle Parking” sign shall also be displayed on or adjacent to any indoor room or area designated for bicycle parking. All outdoor signs required by this subsection [Section II, § 6(D)] shall be no smaller than [12] x [18] inches and utilize a type size of at least inches. All indoor signs required by this subsection [Section II, § 6(D)] shall be no smaller than x [10] inches and utilize a type size of at least [5/8] inch. § 7. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO SHORT-TERM BICYCLE PARKING ONLY: All Short-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces shall contain Bike Racks and shall meet the following requirements, in addition to the requirements in [Section II, § 3] above: ---PAGE BREAK--- 193 Location: Short-Term Bicycle Parking must be located either within [50] feet of the main public entrance of the building or facility, or no further than the nearest motor vehicle parking space to the main public entrance (excluding parking for individuals with disabilities), whichever is closer. If the New Development or Major Renovation contains multiple buildings or facilities, the required Short-Term Bicycle Parking shall be distributed to maximize convenience and use. Short-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces may be located either on-site or in the public right-of-way sidewalk or In-Street Bicycle Parking), provided that an encroachment permit is obtained for the installation and the installation meets all other requirements of [indicate the law governing encroachments on public rights-of-way]. If Bike Racks are located on public sidewalks, they must provide at least feet of pedestrian clearance, and up to feet where available, and be at least feet from the curb. Bike Rack Requirements: Bike Racks used for Short-Term Bicycle Parking must be securely attached to concrete footings, a concrete sidewalk, or another comparably secure concrete surface, and made to withstand severe weather and permanent exposure to the elements. Bike racks will be generally designed in the shape of a star as in in the following figure: ---PAGE BREAK--- 194 Bike racks manufactured per the previous figure are to be painted either blue or white to match the city colors and if possible, should be mounted in pairs; 1 white and 1 blue. § 8. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO LONG-TERM BICYCLE PARKING ONLY: Long-Term Bicycle Parking shall be provided in either Bike Lockers or indoor rooms or areas specifically designated for bicycle parking (including designated areas of an indoor parking facility), and shall satisfy the following requirements, in addition to those set forth in [Section II, § 3] above: Location: Long-Term Bicycle Parking may be located either on- or off-site. If located off-site, it shall be no more than [300 feet] from the main public entrance. Requirements for Indoor Long-Term Bicycle Parking: Long-Term Bicycle Parking located in designated indoor rooms or areas shall contain Bike Racks or comparable devices. Such rooms shall be designed to maximize visibility of all portions of the room or designated area from the entrance. Supplemental security measures (such as limiting access to a designated indoor bike parking room to persons with a key, smart card, or code) are optional. ---PAGE BREAK--- 195 § 9. MOTOR VEHICLE PARKING SPACE CREDITS: For every Bicycle Parking Spaces provided, the number of required off-street motor vehicle parking spaces (excluding parking spaces for individuals with disabilities) on a site shall be reduced by space. To encourage the installation of showers at non-residential sites, the number of required off-street motor vehicle parking spaces for such sites shall be reduced as follows: A credit of space shall be provided for the first shower installed, with additional off-street motor vehicle parking credits available at a rate of space for each additional shower provided per [25] required Bicycle Parking Spaces. In order to claim these credits, which shall be in addition to the bicycle parking credits provided for in [Section II, § shower facilities must be readily available for use by all employees of the New Development or Major Renovation. § 10. (optional) MODIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS: In the event that satisfying all of the requirements of [Section II] would be infeasible due to the unique nature of the site, or cause an unintended consequence that undermines the purpose of this Ordinance, a property owner (or designee) may submit a written request to the [Planning Director/Zoning Administrator/other Local Administrator or designee] for a modification of the requirements of [Section II]. The request shall state the specific reason(s) for the request, provide supporting documentation, and propose an alternative action that will allow the purposes of this Ordinance to be fulfilled as much as possible. SECTION III. [ARTICLE/CHAPTER] OF THE CITY OF STAR ORDINANCES IS HEREBY ADDED TO READ “BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR PARKING FACILITIES.” § 1. PURPOSE: The purpose of [Section III] is to provide sufficient safe and convenient bicycle parking in parking facilities so as to encourage bicycling as a form of transportation, which in turn reduces traffic congestion, air pollution, wear and tear on roads, and use of fossil fuels, while fostering healthy physical activity. § 2. DEFINITIONS: The definitions set forth in [Section II, § 2] shall apply to [Section III], unless the context clearly requires otherwise. § 3. LICENSING CONDITIONS: As a condition of issuance or renewal of a license required by the City of Star for a parking facility, parking facilities which are: ---PAGE BREAK--- 196 indoor parking garages (i.e. 50% or more of the motor vehicle parking spaces are provided indoors or under a roof) shall provide Long Term Bicycle Parking Space per [20] vehicle parking spaces provided (minimum 2) and Short Term Bicycle Parking Spaces; outdoor parking lots (i.e. 51% or more of the motor vehicle parking spaces are provided outdoors with no roof) shall provide Short Term Bicycle Parking Space per [20] vehicle parking spaces provided (minimum 2),and Long Term Bicycle Parking Spaces. § 4. LOCATION: All Bicycle Parking Spaces required by [Section III] shall be located in an area, preferably on the ground floor, that can be conveniently and safely accessed by bicycle and by foot in a way that minimizes conflicts with motor vehicles, (ii) is not isolated, and (iii) maximizes visibility by parking facility patrons and attendants. If the licensed parking facility has multiple entrances, the required Bicycle Parking Spaces may be spread out among the multiple entrances. Bicycle Parking Spaces shall be accessible without climbing more than one step or going up or down a slope in excess of [12] percent. § 5. BIKE RACKS: All Bicycle Parking Spaces required by [Section III] shall contain Bike Racks and shall be well lit if accessible to the public or bicyclists after dark or if in an interior or darkened location. All Bike Racks shall also provide a clearance of at least [36] inches in all directions from any obstruction (including but not limited to other bike racks, walls, doors, posts, columns or landscaping), and shall be separated from vehicles by some form of physical barrier (such as bollards, concrete or rubber curbing or pads, reflective wands, a wall, or a combination thereof) designed to adequately protect the safety of bicyclists and bicycles. All Bike Racks located outdoors shall also be securely attached to concrete footings and made to withstand severe weather and permanent exposure to the elements. § 6. SIGNAGE: Parking facilities shall also install prominent signs, no smaller than [12] x [18] inches and utilizing a type size of at least inches, in or near each entrance that advertise the availability of bicycle parking, and the location, if it is not visible from the entrance. § 7. CONTRACTUAL LIMITS ON LIABILITY: [Section III] shall not interfere with the rights of a parking facility owner (or designee) to enter into agreements with facility users or take other lawful measures to limit the parking facility’s liability to users, including bicycle users, with respect to parking in the parking facility, provided that such agreements or measures are otherwise in accordance with the requirements of [this Ordinance] and the law. SECTION IV. [ARTICLE/CHAPTER] OF THE CITY OF STAR ORDINANCES IS HEREBY ADDED TO READ “BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL ---PAGE BREAK--- 197 EVENTS INVOLVING STREET CLOSURES.” § 1. PURPOSE: The purpose of [Section IV] is to provide sufficient safe and convenient bicycle parking at special events involving street closures to encourage bicycling as a form of transportation, which in turn reduces traffic congestion, air pollution, wear and tear on roads, and use of fossil fuels, while fostering healthy physical activity. § 2. CONDITIONS ON STREET CLOSURE PERMITS: As a condition of a permit for the closure of a street for a special event in which the daily number of participants is projected to be [1,000] or more, monitored bicycle parking shall be provided by the event sponsor (or a designee) for at least % of expected daily participants beginning [½ hour] before and ending [½ hour] after the time of the event each day of the event. § 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR MONITORED PARKING: Monitored bicycle parking shall include the presence, at all times, of one attendant, or more as needed, to receive bicycles, dispense claim checks, return bicycles, and provide security for all bicycles. § 4. LOCATION: All monitored bicycle parking shall be located within [500] feet of at least one regular entrance or access point to the event. § 5. PUBLICITY AND SIGNAGE: All publicity, including signs, for the event shall state the availability of monitored bicycle parking, its location, and cost, if any. All event maps shall include the location of monitored bicycle parking. If monitored bicycle parking is not within eyeshot of each entrance, signs shall be provided to ensure easy way finding. § 6. INSURANCE COVERAGE AND FEES: The event sponsor or designee must provide insurance coverage for the monitored bicycle parking in case of damaged or stolen bicycles and may charge users a fee to cover the cost of providing the monitored parking. SECTION V. [ARTICLE/CHAPTER] OF THE CITY OF STAR ORDINANCES IS HEREBY ADDED TO READ “REMOVAL OF ABANDONED BICYCLES.” § 1. PURPOSE: The purpose of [Section V] is to ensure the reasonably prompt removal of bicycles abandoned in Bicycle Parking Spaces so as to encourage bicycling as a form of transportation, which in turn reduces traffic congestion, air pollution, wear and tear on roads, and use of fossil fuels, while fostering healthy physical activity. § 2. DEFINITIONS: The definitions set forth in [Section II, § 2] of this Ordinance shall apply to [Section unless the context clearly requires otherwise. ---PAGE BREAK--- 198 § 3. REMOVAL REQUIREMENTS: On [a quarterly basis], owners of property (or a designee) subject to [Sections II or III of this Ordinance] shall remove, from all Bicycle Parking Spaces associated with their property, including those located on the public right-of-way, bicycles that have been abandoned. A bicycle shall be deemed to be abandoned if it has not been removed after having been tagged with a notice of removal for weeks for Short-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces or weeks for Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces. However, a bicycle shall not be deemed to be abandoned if the bicyclist and property owner (or designee) have a written agreement regarding provision of long-term storage covering the time period in question. Abandoned bicycles shall be disposed of in a manner consistent with the Idaho Civil Code. SECTION VI. [ARTICLE/CHAPTER] OF THE CITY OF STAR ORDINANCES IS HEREBY ADDED TO READ “IMPLEMENTATION OF ORDINANCE.” § 1. Regulations and Procedures: The [Planning Director/Zoning Administrator and/or other relevant local administrator(s)] [is/are] authorized to promulgate new and amend existing rules, regulations, procedures or forms as necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions of [this Ordinance]. § 2. Training: Star shall periodically make trainings or training materials available to planners and other employees involved in the implementation and enforcement of [this Ordinance]. § 3. Reporting: The [Planning Director/Zoning Administrator] shall provide an annual report to the City of Star regarding the implementation of this Ordinance that shall, at a minimum, include the following information relevant to the preceding year: the number of Short and Long-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces created pursuant to [Sections II and III], and the number of events for which special event bicycle parking was provided under [Section IV] ; (if applicable) a brief summary of each request for modification received and action taken in response thereto; and any other information learned that would improve future implementation of [this Ordinance] and its goals. SECTION VII. STATUTORY CONSTRUCTION: All ordinances or parts thereof that conflict or are inconsistent with this Ordinance are repealed to the extent necessary to give this Ordinance full force and effect. If any section or portion of this Ordinance is judicially invalidated for any reason, that portion shall be deemed a separate and independent provision, and such ruling shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. ---PAGE BREAK--- 199 SECTION VIII. EFFECTIVE DATE: This Ordinance shall be effective [upon passage (insert other date if desired)] (“Effective Date”), except that: [Section II, § 3] (“Bicycle Parking Spaces Required”), and [Section II, § 4] (“Building Permits and Certificates of Occupancy”) shall only apply to New Development and Major Renovations for which a building permit is issued on or after [120] days from the Effective Date. [Section III] (“Bicycle Parking Requirements for Parking Facilities”) shall apply to Parking Facilities that were licensed prior to the Effective Date, and have less than [180] days remaining on their license, as follows: [1/2] of the required number of Bicycle Parking Spaces shall be provided no later than [120] days from the expiration of the parking facility’s license, with full implementation required no later than [180] days from the expiration of the parking facility’s license. [Section IV] (“Bicycle Parking Requirements for Special Events Involving Street - Closures”) shall not apply to events for which the temporary street closure was authorized pursuant to an application submitted prior to the Effective Date. ---PAGE BREAK--- 200 ARTICLE D. LANDSCAPE AND BUFFER AREA STANDARDS 8-8D-1: PURPOSE: 8-8D-2: APPLICABILITY: 8-8C-1: PURPOSE: A. The regulations of this article are intended to promote landscaping in the city of Star that will improve the community livability, preserve the quality of life, and enhance the aesthetic quality, economic viability, and environmental health of the city. B. The city of Star recognizes that landscaping can be a significant expense to business people and residents. At the same time, landscaping improves the livability of residential neighborhoods, enhances the appearance and customer attraction of commercial areas, increases property values, improves the compatibility of adjacent uses, screens undesirable views, and can reduce air and noise pollution. C. The intent of these regulations is to achieve a balance between the right of individuals to develop and maintain their property in a manner they prefer and the rights of residents to live, work, shop, and recreate in pleasant, healthy, and attractive surroundings. D. These regulations are intended to promote the use of native and other low water use plant materials and to discourage landscaping that requires high water use for maintenance, such as large expanses of lawn. 8-8C-2: APPLICABILITY: A. A landscape plan shall be required for all development applications requiring an architectural review, including, but not limited to, new residential subdivisions, all non-residential development, redevelopment, additions, and/or site modifications as required by the administrator. The landscape plan shall be drawn to scale (no smaller than 1-inch equals 30 feet) and shall indicate the following:1. Boundaries, property lines, and dimensions. 2. Existing trees and vegetation identified by species and size. 3. The location and design of areas to be landscaped. 4. The location and labels for all proposed plants. 5. Plant lists or schedules with the botanical and common name, quantity, and spacing and size of all proposed landscape material at the time of planting. 6. Location and description of other landscape improvements, such as earth berms, walls, fences, screens, sculptures, fountains, street furniture, lights, and courts or paved areas. 7. Planting and installation details as necessary to ensure conformance with all required standards. N. B. Plan Preparation: Preparing a landscape plan requires special skills. Landscaping involves more than a simple arrangement of plants with irrigation; plants are not haphazardly placed in a ---PAGE BREAK--- 201 way that fills up leftover space. Landscape plans should reflect a theme so that site elements are artfully and technically organized in a way that conveys meaning, coherence, and spatial organization. Landscaping should enhance the physical environment as well as the project's aesthetic character. Therefore, landscape plans to be submitted for approval shall be prepared by or under the responsible control of a licensed landscape architect with said plans to be duly stamped to clearly identify the preparer. B. C. Landscape As Percent Of Site: 1. Landscaping/o Open space shall be designated as a total of 15% for residential developments in all zones with densities greater than R-1. A minimum of 10% of the 15% shall be for useable open space. Planter strips on internal streets where detached sidewalks are provided may be counted towards the open space. Planter strips must meet all further requirements of the City and ACHD. Uniquely designed subdivision entrances may be considered as a required open space amenity. 2. Hardscape areas, such as plazas, decorative concrete/paver patios that are integrated into the design of the useable landscaped area, may be included in the landscape coverage requirement. 3. All landscape improvements required in this section shall count toward fulfillment of the above minimum percentages. 4. If only a portion of a property is being developed, and if the city does not require improvements on the entire property, improvements to landscape shall continue a minimum of ten feet (10') (on site) beyond the proposed development. C. D. Prohibited Materials And Landscaping: 1. No required landscape areas shall include artificial trees, plants, or any carpeting designed as a vegetative substitute, unless otherwise approved by the Administrator and Council. 2. Clear vision triangle shall be complied with in regard to all vegetation. 3. When the city determines that a sight obstruction exists, it shall notify the owner of the property upon which the obstruction is located and order that the obstruction be removed within fifteen (15) days. The failure of the owner to remove the obstruction shall be punishable as provided for in this title. D. E. Installation And Minimum Standards: 1. Applicants are required to use the “Tree Guide” as provided by Boise City and the 2018 Treasure Valley Tree Selection Guide (or most recent version); 2. sidewalks along arterial roadways shall be detached and be at least 60 inches in width, unless otherwise approved by council. 3. Accepted nursery standards (American Standard for Nursery Stock – ASNS) and practices shall be followed in the planting and maintenance of landscaped areas. 2. 4 Soil and slope stabilization must result after landscape installation. Any disturbed areas within project must have landscaping. 3. 5. Root barriers shall be installed for all new trees planted adjacent to existing or proposed public or private sidewalks and paving (under 8 feet in width for parkways, or as determined by the Transportation Authority). 4. 6. The minimum acceptable size for deciduous trees shall be two-inch caliper, balled and bur lapped, per ASNS standard detail. 5. 7. The minimum acceptable size for evergreen trees shall be six feet, to seven feet ---PAGE BREAK--- 202 balled and bur lapped, per ASNS standard detail. 6. 8. Plant material Planting selection shall be taken from subsection of this section. adhere to USDA and/or climate zone requirements. 9. It is the responsibility of the developer to insure proper installation of all trees, including the removal of twine and wire, and the rollback of bur lap, prior to Certificate of Completion. 7. All landscaped areas adjacent to vehicular areas are to be protected with an approved curbing material. 8. 10. a. Certification Of Completion: Upon the completion of the landscape installation, or other improvements subject to architectural review approval, a written certification of completion shall be prepared by the licensed landscape architect responsible for the landscape plan. The certification of completion shall state that the installation of all landscape improvements, and site amenities, if applicable, is in substantial compliance with the city approved landscape plan. This certification shall be submitted prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, signature of a final plat, or release of bond, and is required as a part of, and not in lieu of, the inspections performed, and certificates issued by the city. b. Report Of Deficiencies: In the event that deficiencies are present after the landscape installation, or other improvements subject to design review approval, the licensed landscape architect shall prepare and file with the city a report noting the deficiencies in the improvements. The city will not accept a certification of completion, or issue a certificate of occupancy, until the licensed landscape architect has verified that the deficiencies have been corrected. c. Landscape Architect Designee: The licensed landscape architect may, at his or her discretion, appoint an authorized designee to certify the project provided that the designee is a licensed landscape architect. E. F. Tree Species Mix: 1. When more than ten (10) trees are to be planted to meet the requirements of these guidelines, a mix of species shall be provided. The number of species to be planted shall vary according to the overall number of trees required to be planted. Species shall be planted in proportion to the required mix. See the table below: Required Number Of Trees Minimum Number Of Species 11 - 20 2 21 - 30 3 31 - 40 4 41 plus 5 F. G. Maintenance: 1. All required landscaping shall be permanently maintained in a healthy growing condition by the property owner or the property owner's representative. This includes the maintenance of street trees and/or other landscape materials within or abutting the public right of way adjacent to the subject property. The property owner shall remove, and if required to meet the standards of these requirements, shall replace any unhealthy or dead plant material immediately or as the ---PAGE BREAK--- 203 planting season permits. In all cases, maintenance and planting within public rights of way shall be with approval from the public and/or private entities owning the property. At no time shall required landscaping be removed from an approved development and not replaced with a similar plant type. G. H. Completion Time: 1. The administrator may authorize a delay in the completion of planting during due to inclement weather conditions or other extenuating circumstances, if a surety for one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the cost of installation incomplete improvements is provided to the city. H. I. Irrigation Required: An underground automatic irrigation system is required for all development requiring landscaping. 1. All required landscaped areas must be provided with an automatic underground irrigation system. 2. The system shall be equipped with a reduced pressure backflow prevention device. 3. The system shall be designed and constructed to provide one hundred percent (100%) spray coverage. 4. Wherever feasible, sprinkler heads irrigating lawn or other high-water demand landscape areas shall be circuited so that they are on a separate zone or zones from those irrigating trees, shrubbery or other reduced water demand areas. 5. Sprinkler heads shall be placed as required to reduce direct overthrow onto non-pervious areas (walks, drives, etc.). Drip irrigation is recommended for shrubs and trees. 6. The use of low trajectory spray nozzles is encouraged in order to reduce the effect of wind velocity on the spray system. 7. Use of non-potable water for use in the irrigation of lawn and plant material is required when determined to be available. 8. All non-potable water access points shall be clearly and permanently labeled with markers indicating that the water is not safe for human consumption. 9. Maintain all irrigation systems to ensure proper operation and water conservation. 10. Irrigation drainage run-off from one lot or property shall not encroach onto another lot. I. J. Buffer Areas/Common Lots: 1. Definition: A transition zone Development or buffer area consists of horizontal space (land) and vertical elements (plants, berms, fences, or walls). The purpose of such buffer space is to physically separate and visually screen adjacent land uses which are not fully compatible due to differing facilities, activities, or different intensities of use, such as townhouses and a convenience store, or a high-volume roadway and residential dwellings. 2. Minimum Requirements: a. When a commercial or industrial use abuts a residential use, a ten foot (10') wide by six foot high landscaped buffer is required except in the CBD. b. When a parking lot abuts a residential activity, a five foot wide by six foot high landscaped buffer is required except in the CBD. c. To conceal outdoor storage areas, trash receptacles, exposed equipment associated with any commercial or industrial activity, and off-street loading when adjacent to or in view from a residential activity or public street right of way, a three foot wide by six foot high landscaped buffer is required. ---PAGE BREAK--- 204 3. Materials: a. All buffer areas shall be comprised of, but not limited to, a mix of evergreen and deciduous trees, shrubs, and ground cover. b. Height requirements shall be accomplished with plant material, with a fence or decorative wall, or a combination thereof. c. The required buffer area shall result in an effective barrier within three years and be maintained such that sixty percent (60%) or more of the vertical surface is closed and prevents the passage of vision through it. 4. Major Roadways: New residential developments, including, but not limited to, subdivisions and multi-family developments, shall be buffered from streets classified as collectors, arterials, freeways, or expressways, to protect residential communities from noisy, potentially dangerous, high speed roads. The "buffer area" shall be defined as a common lot located between the residential lots within the subdivision and the right of way line of the adjacent roadway. This buffer is required as part of the common area open space owned and maintained by a homeowners' association. All developments are encouraged to work with the appropriate transportation agency to landscape unused right of way. Any landscaping proposed to be within the public right of way shall not be calculated in the overall open space requirements and shall not be included as a part of the buffer area required below. The height for berming/fencing, as noted below, shall be measured from the elevation of the final grade of the adjacent roadway (measured at the centerline) to the top of the proposed berming/fencing. The required buffer area width, plantings, and fencing are as follows: a. Any road designated as a collector on the applicable highway district function class map: A minimum of twenty feet (20') wide buffer area (not including right of way) shall be provided with the following plants per one hundred (100) linear feet of right of way: three two shade trees, three two evergreen trees. Each required shade tree may be substituted with two flowering/ornamental trees, provided that not more than fifty percent (50%) of the shade trees are substituted. A minimum five foot high buffer consisting of a berm, wall, fence, or combination thereof shall be provided within the buffer area. The maximum slope for any berm shall be three feet horizontal distance to one foot vertical distance. fencing shall not be permitted. b. Any road designated as a minor arterial on the applicable highway district function class map: A minimum of thirty (30') wide buffer area (not including right of way) shall be provided with the following plants per one hundred (100) linear feet of right of way: three shade trees, four three evergreen trees, two flowering/ornamental trees eight shrubs. Each required shade tree may be substituted with two flowering/ornamental trees, provided that not more than fifty percent (50%) of the shade trees are substituted. A minimum five foot high buffer consisting of a berm, wall, fence, or combination thereof shall be provided within the buffer area. The maximum slope for any berm shall ---PAGE BREAK--- 205 be three feet horizontal distance to one foot vertical distance. fencing shall not be permitted. c. Any road designated as a principal arterial on the applicable highway district function class map: A minimum of forty feet (40') wide buffer area (not including right of way) shall be provided with the following plants per one hundred (100) linear feet of right of way: four shade trees, five three evergreen trees, three two flowering/ornamental trees, and twelve (12) shrubs. Each required shade tree may be substituted with two flowering/ornamental trees, provided that not more than fifty percent (50%) of the shade trees are substituted. A minimum seven foot high buffer consisting of a berm, wall, fence, or combination thereof shall be provided within the buffer area. The maximum slope for any berm shall be three feet horizontal distance to one foot vertical distance. fencing shall not be permitted. 5. Common Area Landscapes: New residential subdivision common area landscapes shall be comprised of the following: a. Lawn, either seed or sod. b. A minimum of one deciduous shade tree per one thousand (1,000) four thousand (4,000) square feet. 6. Design Considerations For Residential Developments: a. For design flexibility, half of the required shade trees may be substituted on a two to one (2:1) basis with ornamental and evergreen trees. b. Buffer areas should include a variety of species, arranged to create varied and attractive views. Open fences, decorative walls, and berms may be used. Height changes, offset angles, different materials, and other design techniques are required so as to create variety. J K. Parking Lot Landscaping: 1. Visual Impact: Landscaping shall be provided to minimize the visual impact of off-street parking: Parking should be located to the side and rear of buildings, when possible, and shall be enhanced with landscaping so that it does not dominate the streetscape. Fences, hedges, berms, and landscaping may be used to limit view of parking areas (chain link fencing shall not be permitted). In the design of large parking areas, arrange bays of parking spaces to be separated by landscaping. When parking lots occur on sloping terrain, step the parking lots to follow the terrain rather than allowing the lot surface to extend above natural grade. 2. Parking Lot Landscape Strip: A landscape strip shall be provided when a parking lot is located adjacent to a public right of way. The landscaped strip shall serve to limit views of parked cars to passing motorists and pedestrians, and to establish coordination among architecturally diverse buildings, which creates a pleasing, harmonious appearance along the roadway. Three options are provided for fulfilling this requirement: a. Provide a ten-foot (10') eight-foot wide landscaped strip between the right of way and the ---PAGE BREAK--- 206 parking lot, and plant with a minimum of one shade tree and eight shrubs per thirty-five (35) linear feet of frontage, excluding driveway openings. b. Provide an earth berm of thirty inches (30") minimum height (do not exceed 3:1 slope) within a ten foot (10') fifteen foot (15’) wide landscaped strip between the right of way and the parking lot, and plant with a minimum of one shade tree and three shrubs per thirty-five (35) linear feet of frontage, excluding driveway openings. c. Provide a two foot three foot high fence of wood, brick, stone, or decorative block or concrete along with a four foot wide landscaped strip between the right of way and the parking lot, and plant a minimum of one shade tree and three shrubs per thirty five (35) linear feet of frontage, excluding driveway openings. The administrator may waive the requirement for a wood, brick, stone, decorative block or concrete fence if the board finds the following: The property is within the CBD; or Any such proposed design alternative is compatible with the overall site design of the entire project and is compatible with the surrounding area. 3. Parking Lot Perimeter Landscaping: Perimeter landscaping requirements define parking areas and prevent two adjacent lots from becoming one large expanse of paving. This requirement does not hinder the ability to provide vehicular access between lots. a. Provide a minimum five foot wide perimeter landscaped strip between the property lines and the parking lot, and plant with a minimum of one shade tree per thirty-five (35) linear feet of perimeter, unless the adjacent project has required trees planted, as determined by the administrator. 4. Parking Lot Interior Landscaping: a. Calculated Amount: Interior parking lot landscaping shall be required on any parking lot with ten (10) spaces and above. The required amount of landscaping is based on a sliding scale, as follows: Total Number Of Spaces Percent Of Total Area Of A Lot That Must Be An Interior Landscaped Area 10 - 20 3 percent 21 - 50 5 percent 51+ 8 percent b. Additional Requirements: No interior planter shall be less than five feet average dimension. No parking space shall be more than one hundred feet (100') from an interior landscaped area. There shall be a landscaped parking island every ten (10) spaces. Parking islands are to be as evenly spaced as feasible throughout the lot to consistently ---PAGE BREAK--- 207 reduce the visual impact of long rows of parked cars. Deciduous shade trees and ground covers or low shrubs are recommended as primary plantings in interior landscaped areas. Deciduous shade trees are to be clear branched to a height of six feet A terminal island for a single row of parking spaces shall be landscaped with at least one tree and shrubs, ground cover, or grass. A terminal island for a double row of parking spaces shall contain not less than two trees and shrubs, ground cover, or grass. K L. Landscaped Commercial Strips: 1. Except in the CBD, landscaped strips shall be provided between all building development and public rights of way to lend continuity among different architectural styles, screen views, establish a pleasing view for motorists, and create a safe and pleasant corridor for pedestrians. a. The landscaped strip shall be five feet wide minimum and planted with one shade tree and five shrubs for every thirty-five feet (35') of street frontage. Two ornamental or two evergreen trees may be substituted for one shade tree. L M. Parkway Strips, Separated Sidewalks, And Street Trees: 1. Along arterials and collectors designated on the highway district functional class map and for subdivision entry roads for the first 180 feet, sidewalks shall be separated from the curb. An eight-foot wide minimum parkway planter strip planted with shade class (class II) trees shall be required between the sidewalk and curb. 2. A minimum of one street tree shall be planted for every thirty-five (35) linear feet of street frontage. 3. In all cases, any planting within public rights of way shall be with approval from the public and/or private entities owning the property. 4. Local streets are encouraged to have detached sidewalks. M N. Alternative Methods Of Compliance: 1. Project Conditions: It is not the intent of these landscape requirements to inhibit creative solutions to land use problems. Under certain site conditions, a strict interpretation of requirements may be either physically impossible or impractical. Alternative compliance is a procedure that allows certain modifications to existing regulations within this section. Requests for use of alternative landscaping schemes are justified only when one or more of the following conditions apply: a. The sites involve space limitations or unusually shaped parcels; b. Topography, soil, vegetation, or other site conditions are such that full compliance is impossible or impractical; c. Due to a change of use of an existing site, the required buffer yard is larger than can be provided; and d. Safety considerations are involved. e. Requirements from outside agencies or jurisdictions (i.e. Transportation Authority, Irrigation/Drainage Districts, Fire Districts and Utility Companies). 2. Request For Alternative Method Of Compliance: The applicant must provide the city with a written request if an alternative method of compliance is proposed. The request shall state which requirement as set forth within this section is to be modified, what project conditions stated ---PAGE BREAK--- 208 within subsection N1 of this section justify using the proposed alternative, and how the proposed alternative equals or exceeds said requirement. O. Approved Tree List: Applicants are required to use the “Tree Guide” as provided by Boise City. Treasure Valley Tree Selection Guide. ARTICLE E. LIGHTING AND STREETLIGHT STANDARDS/ DARK SKY ORDINANCE THIS SECTION RESERVED FOR FUTURE REVIEW AND ADOPTION 8-8E-1: PURPOSE: 8-8E-2: APPLICABILITY: ---PAGE BREAK--- RESOLUTION NO. 20-04 A RESOLUTION DECLARING THE CITY OF STAR, IDAHO TO BE A SECOND AMENDMENT SANCTUARY CITY. WHEREAS, the Right of the People to Keep and Bear Arms is guaranteed as an Individual Right under the Second Amendment to the United States Constitution and under the Constitution of the State of Idaho, Article 1, Section 11, and; WHEREAS, the Right of the People to Keep and Bear Arms for defense of Life, Liberty, and Property is regarded as an Inalienable Right by the People of the City of Star, Idaho, and; WHEREAS, the Star, Idaho City Council, has been elected to represent the People of Star, Idaho and being duly sworn by their Oath of Office to uphold the United States Constitution and the Constitution of the State of Idaho, and; WHEREAS, the citizens of Star are opposed to any legislation considered by the Idaho State Legislature or the United States Congress that would infringe upon the right to keep and bear arms and would ban the possession and use of any firearms, magazines, ammunition or accessories now employed by individual citizens of Star, Idaho for defense of life, liberty and property or would require a firearms owners ID card or tax the possession of the firearms or ammunition within Star, Idaho. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED that the Star City Council hereby declares the City of Star to be a Second Amendment Sanctuary City. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED the Star City Council does hereby oppose the enactment of any legislation that would infringe upon the rights of the People to keep and bear arms and consider such laws to be unconstitutional and beyond lawful legislative authority. BE IT FURTHER THE RESOLVED the People of Star, Idaho affirm support of the Star Police Department, and additionally, specifically to exercise sound discretion to not enforce against any citizen any unconstitutional laws. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Star City Council will not appropriate any funds for any enforcement of unconstitutional laws against the People of Star, Idaho. DATED this day of July 2020. CITY OF STAR, IDAHO Ada & Canyon Counties Trevor A. Chadwick, Mayor ATTEST Cathy Ward, City Clerk ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com PROJECT TEAM VICINITY MAP SHEET INDEX GENERAL: G1.1 ARCHITECTURAL COVER SHEET, CODE ANALYSIS G1.2 GENERAL KEYNOTES, WALL TYPES, SYMBOLS G1.3 GENERAL NOTES G1.4 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS G1.5 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS G1.6 IECC COMPLIANCE CIVIL : C-001 GENERAL NOTES SHEET C-002 SYMBOLS AND LINE LEGEND C-003 SITE DEMO PLAN C-100 SITE PLAN C-101 SITE GRADING PLAN C-501 SITE DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL: AD1.1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 AD2.1 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 1 A1.1 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 A1.2 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS A2.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A3.1 ROOF PLAN A4.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.2 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A6.1 WALL SECTIONS A7.1 DETAILS A8.1 SCHEDULES STRUCTURAL : S-001 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES S-101 FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION PLAN S-102 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN S-103 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S-501 FOUNDATION DETAILS S-510 FLOOR FRAMING DETAILS S-520 WALL FRAMING DETAILS S-521 WALL FRAMING DETAILS MECHANICAL - PLUMBING : M0.0 HVAC COVER SHEET M0.1 HVAC DETAILS SHEET M1.1 HVAC DEMO PLAN M1.2 HVAC NEW PLAN M2.1 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS P0.0 PLUMBING COVER SHEET P1.1 WASTE AND VENT PLAN P1.2 DOMESTIC WATER PLAN P1.3 PROPANE GAS PLAN P2.1 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS SHEET ELECTRICAL : E-001 ELECTRICAL NOTES & SYMBOLS E-100 ELECTRICAL DEMO PLAN E-101 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E-102 LIGHTING PLAN E-120 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN PROJECT NOTES SITE CODE ANALYSIS JURISDICTION: CITY OF STAR OCCUPANCY GROUP: A3 - ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TYPE: III-B AREA: OCCUPANCY = 3,137 SQUARE FEET OCCUPANT LOAD: TOTAL = 165 OCCUPANTS FIRE SPRINKLERS: NO (SPACE IS <6,000 SF) FIRE ALARM: NO (OCC. LOAD IS <300) PLUMBING FIXTURE ANALYSIS : OCCUPANCY TYPE WATER CLOSET LAVATORY DRINKING FOUNTAIN SERVICE SINK REQ. / PROV. REQ. / PROV. REQ. / PROV. REQ. / PROV. MEN 1 2 1 2 WOMEN 1 1 1 2 TOTAL 3 4 1 1 1 1 APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE AND APPENDIX A 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2017 IDAHO STATE PLUMBING CODE 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE G1.1 ARCHITECT ALC ARCHITECTURE 1119 EAST STATE STREET, #120 EAGLE, IDAHO 83616 PH: (208) 514-2713 CONTACT: JEFF LIKES EMAIL: [EMAIL REDACTED] MECHANICAL VALUE ENGINEERING 1406 NORTH MAIN STREET, #107 MERIDIAN, IDAHO 83642 PH: (208) 258-7016 CONTACT: TYSON MCFALL EMAIL: [EMAIL REDACTED] CLIENT CITY OF STAR 10769 WEST STATE STREET STAR, IDAHO 83669 PH: (208) 286-7247 CONTACT: MAYER TREVOR CHADWICK EMAIL: [EMAIL REDACTED] CIVIL KELLER & ASSOCIATES 131 SW 5th AVENUE, SUITE A Meridian, ID 83642 PH: (208) 813-7553 CONTACT: RYAN V. MORGAN EMAIL: [EMAIL REDACTED] ELECTRICAL KELLER & ASSOCIATES 131 SW 5th AVENUE, SUITE A Meridian, ID 83642 PH: (208) 288-1992 CONTACT: DONOVAN CAMPBELL EMAIL: [EMAIL REDACTED] STRUCTURAL KELLER & ASSOCIATES 131 SW 5th AVENUE, SUITE A Meridian, ID 83642 PH: (208) 813-7556 CONTACT: KYLE S ATWOOD EMAIL: [EMAIL REDACTED] GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSION AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ALL WORK. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING WHERE ANY CONFLICTS OCCUR WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. 4. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE FOUND TO EXIST ON THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT IN WRITING. 5. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. WHERE INSTALLATION AND / OR CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT IS NOT SPECIFIED AND WHERE SUCH INSTALLATION / CONNECTION IS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL FACILITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR SUCH INSTALLATION / CONNECTION. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ERECTION BRACING AND SHORING DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8. ALL MATERIALS STORED ON SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM WEATHER TO PREVENT DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION UNTIL USE. FAILURE TO PROTECT MATERIALS MAY BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF WORK. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL NECESSARY CUTTING, PATCHING AND FITTING AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. ALL PATCHING, CUTTING AND FITTING SHALL BE DONE WITH APPROPRIATE MATERIALS AND TOOLS TO INSURE HIGHEST QUALITY OF WORK. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF STUD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL INSULATION MATERIAL INCLUDING FACINGS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR BETTER AND A MAXIMUM SMOKE DENSITY OF 450 PER THE 2015 IBC, SECTION 720.3. PARTITION NOTES: 1. ALL GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS SHALL BE FINISHED TO LEVEL 4, TAPED, SANDED SMOOTH, & PAINTED COLOR AS SPECIFIED BY TENANT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT OR ADJOINING SURFACES WHEREVER REQUIRED. 2. ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FACE OF STUD TO FACE OF STUD ALL VERTICAL DIMENSIONS ARE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR THICKNESS. ACCOUNT FOR 1/2" FLOOR MATERIAL THICKNESS. VERIFY MATERIAL WITH TENANT. 3. DEMISING WALLS ARE FROM FINISH FLOOR SLAB TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK ABOVE. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS TO EXTERIOR WINDOW WALLS ARE TO INSIDE EDGE OF WINDOW FLOOR PLAN 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB, LEVEL, SQUARE AND TRUE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT LEVEL FLOORING VARIATIONS. 6. DIMENSIONS NOTED 'CLR' ARE MINIMUM REQUIRED DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCE MUST BE ACCURATELY MAINTAINED. 7. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18" CLEAR TO THE NEAREST RETURNING PARTITION, PERMANENT FIXTURE OR MULLION AT THE LATCH SIDE / PULL SIDE OF ALL DOORS. 8. ALL LATCH SETS AND LOCKSETS ON ALL DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL ACCESSIBLY CODES. 9. BRACING FOR DOOR FRAME IS NOT REQUIRED AT DOOR JAMS LOCATED 6" OR LESS FROM 90 DEGREE PARTITION INTERSECTION. STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL 960 SOUTH MAIN STREET, STAR, IDAHO 83669 MAIN ST STAR RD STATE ST BOISE RIVER ADD ALTERNATES ADD ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAINT DETACHED GARAGE - APPROX. 1,800 S.F. OF PAINT ADD ALTERNATE NO. 2 ADD 500 GALLON UNDERGROUND TANK FOR GAS COOKING STOVE. ADD ALTERNATE NO. 3 NEW KITCHEN MILLWORK. ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com EXTERIOR WALL: MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY. 2X6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C. FILLED WITH 5 1/2" FOIL FACED FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION FULL HEIGHT WITH 5/8" TYPE GYP. BD. ON THE INTERIOR SIDE. TAPE, TEXTURE AND FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. MATCH ADJACENT EXTERIOR FINISH TO ADJACENT, EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHES. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING. PARTITION WALL: EXISTING TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED. PARTITION WALL: 2X4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT 5/8" TYPE GYP. BD. ON WET SIDE TO 42" ABOVE FIN. FLR. TAPE, TEXTURE AND FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. IF LOCATED ON EXISTING WALL, MATCH EXISTING STUDS. IF LOCATED ON EXTERIOR WALL, MATCH EXTERIOR FINISHES TO ADJACENT EXISTING FINISHES. PARTITION WALL: 2X6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT 5/8" TYPE GYP. BD. ON WET SIDE TO 42" ABOVE FIN. FLR. TAPE, TEXTURE AND FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. IF LOCATED ON EXISTING WALL, USE EXISTING STUDS. IF LOCATED ON EXTERIOR WALL, MATCH EXTERIOR FINISHES TO ADJACENT EXISTING FINISHES. PARTITION WALL-SOFFIT: SETS OF 2X4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C. SITTING ON TOP OF NEW BEAM WITH SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS FULL HEIGHT WITH 5/8" TYPE GYP. BD. EACH SIDE TO CEILING. TAPE, TEXTURE AND FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. TRELLIS COLUMN WRAP: CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY. 2X4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C., NO INSULATION, UP TO 1 2" WOOD SHEATHING, METAL LATH, TYPE S MORTAR SCRATCH COAT, STONE TO MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR STONE, CAPPED WITH 1"X5.5" DECKING TO MATCH NEW DECK. WALL TYPES KEYNOTES CEILING LEGEND SYMBOL LEGEND (SEE DETAIL 1 ON A1.1) ROOM NUMBER DETAIL REFERENCE (SEE WALL SECTION 1 WALL SECTION REFERENCE REVISION NUMBER INTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE ON SHEET A6.1) KEYNOTE DOOR NUMBER ON SHEET A1.1) BUILDING SECTION REFERENCE (SEE BUILDING SECTION 1 (DIVISION.KEYNOTE NUMBER) (SEE DETAIL 1A ON SHEET A5.1) ELEVATION/DATUM MARK FINISHES CALLOUT 1 A2.1 1 A5.1 WALL TYPE TAG EQUIPMENT / FURNITURE TAG WALL HEIGHT INSULATION TYPE A1 A D XXX XXX XXX XXX WINDOW TYPE TAG GLAZING TYPE TAG XX XXX # # CDS XXX MILLWORK TAG CASEWORK DESIGN SERIES TYPE 1 A6.1 1 A2.1 # XXX-1 X'-X" CEILING TAG CEILING TYPE CEILING HEIGHT # XXX D B A C A B C D E 1. GENERAL 1.1. ADDRESS NUMBERS PER CITY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT. 1.2. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS 2.1. EXISTING CONCRETE DRIVEWAY TO REMAIN. 2.2. EXISTING LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN. (SEE LANDSCAPE) 2.3. DEMOLISH EXISTING WALL. 2.4. DEMOLISH EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES. (SEE PLUMBING) 2.5. DEMOLISH EXISTING DOOR OR WINDOW SYSTEM. 2.6. EXISTING FOUNDATION TO REMAIN. 2.7. DEMOLISH EXISTING WOOD DECKING, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS TO REMAIN. 2.8. DEMOLISH EXISTING MILLWORK. 2.9. EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN. 2.10. DEMOLISH EXISTING COLUMN AFTER ADJACENT STRUCTURAL UPGRADES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. (SEE STRUCTURAL) 2.11. DEMOLISH SOFFIT. 2.12. REMOVE EXISTING WATER HEATER AND HVAC UNITS AND RELOCATE. (SEE MECHANICAL) 2.13. LOWER COUNTER HEIGHT BY 2" FOR ADA COMPLIANCE. IF NEW MILLWORK IS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO NEW MILLWORK INSTALLATION. 2.14. REMOVE EXISTING KITCHEN EQUIPMENT IN PREPARATION FOR NEW ADA ACCESSIBLE EQUIPMENT. 2.15. DEMOLISH EXISTING EXTERIOR STAIRS. 2.16. DEMOLISH EXISTING GAS TANK. 2.17. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLOWER STRUCTURE. 2.18. FIREPLACE RIVER ROCK SHALL REMAIN AND BE CLEANED. 2.19. EXISTING FIREPLACE TO REMAIN AND BE CLEANED. 2.20. EXISTING SHELVING TO REMAIN. 2.21. EXISTING ISLAND TO REMAIN. 2.22. EXISTING APPLIANCES TO REMAIN. 2.23. EXISTING MILLWORK UPPERS TO REMAIN. 2.24. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. (SEE PLUMBING) 2.25. EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN. 2.26. EXISTING WOOD CEILING TO REMAIN. 2.27. EXISTING METERING TO REMAIN. 2.28. EXISTING ROOF CHIMNEY TO REMAIN AND SHALL BE CLEANED THOROUGHLY. ROOFER TO FLASH AROUND. 2.29. EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM TO REMAIN. 2.30. DEMOLISH EXISTING WALK-WAY CONCRETE IN PREPARATION FOR NEW CONCRETE RAMP AND SIDEWALKS. 2.31. EXISTING WOOD FRAMING TO REMAIN. 2.32. EXISTING SHEATHING TO REMAIN. 3. CONCRETE 3.1. CONCRETE SIDEWALK. (SEE CIVIL) 3.2. CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN RAMP, 1:12 SLOPE W/ SCORING AT 60" O.C. (SEE CIVIL) 3.3. CONCRETE STAIRS. (SEE CIVIL) 3.4. CONCRETE FOUNDATION FOR DECK SYSTEM,DECK STAIR SYSTEM, OR TRELLIS SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER ON SIZING REQUIREMENTS. 4. MASONRY 4.1. NOT USED. 5. METALS 5.1. CONTINUOUS METAL GUTTER WITH DOWNSPOUTS. GUTTER: 4"X6" RECTANGULAR PROFILE. 5.2. DOWNSPOUTS: 2"X3" RECTANGULAR PROFILE. TERMINATE DOWNSPOUTS AT GROUND BELOW. COLOR TO MATCH NEW METAL ROOF. WHERE DOWNSPOUTS ARE LOCATED ON REAR DECK, CONTRACTOR TO FRAME OUT TREX DECKING SYSTEM TO ALLOW DOWNSPOUTS TO REACH GROUND. 5.3. BREAK METAL FLASHING DRIP EDGE TO MATCH DARK BRONZE DOOR/WINDOW TRIM. 5.4. METAL LATH. 5.5. STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM. (SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS.) 5.6. BREAK METAL TO MATCH DARK BRONZE DOOR/WINDOW TRIM. 5.7. NEW IN-WALL COLUMNS. (SEE STRUCTURAL) 5.8. 26 GAUGE METAL SEEMED ROOF IN LIGHT BRONZE COLOR. 5.9. NEW TREX RAILING SYSTEM, TREX SIGNATURE RAILING - DARK BRONZE WITH TREX SIGNATURE MESH PANEL AND ALUMINUM POST CAP LIGHTS THAT MATCH IN COLOR. TREX ADA RAILING AS NEEDED. POSTS SHOWN FOR VISUAL PURPOSES ONLY AND SHALL BE SPACED AT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 5.10. FLOOR TRANSITION SCHLUTER RENO-U, RE: A7.1-12. 5.11. RETURN HAND RAIL BAR TO NEW TREX RAILING POST. USE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONNECTION. 5.12. SEE ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR RAILING AND RAMP RAILING SYSTEMS, RE: G1.5. 5.13. PELLA ACCESSIBLE SILL ADAPTER OR EQUAL. 5.14. METAL CORNER BEAD. 5.15. ALUMINUM DOOR FRAME, RE: DOOR SCHEDULE. 6. WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 6.1. WOOD DOOR, RE: DOOR SCHEDULE. 6.2. TRIM TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD WINDOW TRIM. STAIN IF NECESSARY. 6.3. CEILING SYSTEM ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WESTERN OPERABLE PARTITION WALL. VERTICAL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL NOT CONTINUE UP WALL WHERE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING OCCURS. 6.4. WOOD BASE, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE. 6.5. 2x4 FRAMING. 6.6. 8"X8" C-GRADE PRESSURE TREATED HIGH DENSITY COLUMN, FASTEN AS REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL. 6.7. WOOD DECK FRAMING. (SEE STRUCTURAL) 6.8. NEW SHEATHING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SHEATHING THICKNESS. 6.9. NEW TREX DECKING SYSTEM, ENHANCE COMPOSITE DECKING IN SADDLE, SQUARE EDGE BOARD. 6.10. 1X TREX FASCIA TO MATCH DECK COLOR WITH RECESSED DECK LIGHTS @ 30" O.C. CENTERED ON STAIR SYSTEM. 6.11. NEW TREX STAIR SYSTEM, ENHANCE COMPOSITE DECKING IN SADDLE, SQUARE EDGE BOARD WITH RECESSED DECK LIGHTS ON VERTICAL MEMBERS SPACED @ 30" O.C. AND CENTERED ON THE STAIR SYSTEM. 6.12. WOOD TRELLIS SYSTEM. 6.13. PAINT, PATCH AND REPAIR WALL OR CEILING TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. 6.14. NEW SOFFIT AND FRAMING OVER NEW OPERABLE PARTITION WALL. 6.15. MATCH TRIM PIECES FROM EXISTING EXTERIOR. 6.16. 4"X8" PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER, FASTEN AS REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL. 7. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 7.1. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR WALL SIDING TO MATCH EXISTING. ALL EXTERIOR SHALL RECEIVE NEW PAINT. 7.2. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL RIVER ROCK WAINSCOT AROUND BUILDING. NEW RIVER ROCK TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT ROCK. 7.3. ALL ROOFING PENETRATIONS TO BE FLASHED BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND OTHER TRADES. 7.4. 'TYVEK' PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER. 8. OPENINGS 8.1. ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD DOOR OR WINDOW SYSTEM WITH INSULATED GLASS, RE: WINDOW AND DOOR SCHEDULE. SHIM AS REQUIRED AND CONTINUOUS SEALANT AND BACKER ROD. TYPICAL ALL NEW WINDOWS AND DOORS. SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 9. FINISHES 9.1. 5/8" TYPE GYPSUM WALLBOARD. 9.2. FLOOR TILE, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE. 9.3. LUXURY VINYL TILE, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE. 10. SPECIALTIES 10.1. 60" MINIMUM DIAMETER TURNING SPACE PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 304.3.1. 10.2. 30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LAVATORY AS REQUIRED PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 305.3 10.3. RIVER ROCK TO MATCH EXISTING. 10.4. 24"X36" MIRROR: MIRRORS LOCATED ABOVE LAVATORIES, SINKS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE REFLECTING SURFACE 40" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 603.3. 10.5. 60" X 56" MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT WATER CLOSET AS REQUIRED PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 604.3.1. 10.6. TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER. 10.7. SIDE WALL GRAB BAR: 42" X 1 1/4" MIN. - 2" MAX. OUTSIDE DIAMETER GRAB BAR PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 604.5.1, 609.2. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALL. (BOBRICK MODEL B-6809.99x36) 10.8. VERTICAL SIDE WALL GRAB BAR: 18" MIN. X 1 1/4" MIN. - 2" MAX. OUTSIDE DIAMETER GRAB BAR PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 604.5.1, 609.2. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALL. (BOBRICK MODEL B-6809.99x18) 10.9. REAR WALL GRAB BAR: 36" X 1 1/4" MIN.- 2" MAX. OUTSIDE DIAMETER GRAB BAR PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 604.5.2, 609.2. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALL. (BOBRICK MODEL B-6809.99x42) 10.10. EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES: WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINPIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 606.6. 10.11. TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS: INSTALL BETWEEN 7" MIN. AND 9" MAX. IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET MEASURED TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE DISPENSER. THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE 15" MIN. AND 48" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND SHALL NOT BE LOCATED BEHIND THE GRAB BARS PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 604.7, 309.4. 10.12. ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 SECTION 703 SHALL BE MOUNTED 48" MIN. TO 60" MAX. FROM THE FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE, MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE CHARACTERS, AND MOUNTED ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. 10.13. FLOOR SHALL BE A SLIP RESISTANT, HARD, NONABSORBENT SURFACE PER 2009 IBC SECTION 1210.1. 10.14. TYPE S MORTAR SETTING BED AND SCRATCH COAT. 10.15. WALL MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER. 10.16. RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER. 10.17. ADA COMPLIANT HI-LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN. (SEE MECHANICAL) 10.18. IN-CEILING DROP-DOWN PROJECTOR SCREEN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH AV SUB CONTRACTOR FOR DATA AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 10.19. FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET. 10.20. WALL MOUNTED SINK. 10.21. NEW DISHWASHER BY OWNER. 10.22. NEW PROJECTION SYSTEM. (SEE ELECTRICAL) 10.23. MODERNFOLD ACOUSTI-SEAL CONTINUOUSLY HINGED WALL SYSTEM WITH WOOD VENEER FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING WINDOW TRIM OR EQUAL. USE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. 10.24. OPERABLE PARTITION WALL FOLDED AREA. 10.25. CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR. (SEE ELECTRICAL) 10.26. NEW ASPHALT FELT UNDERLAYMENT. 11. EQUIPMENT 11.1. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER. PROVIDE A SEMI RECESSED WALL CABINET IN MEETING ROOM NO. 2 - 109, PROVIDE A SEMI RECESSED WALL CABINET IN MEETING ROOM NO. 1 - 108, PROVIDE A SEMI RECESSED WALL CABINET IN ASSEMBLY 107. MOUNT CABINET HANDLES AT 48" A.F.F. PER IFC SECTION 906. 11.2. NEW BROAN GLACIER EXHAUST HOOD. (SEE MECHANICAL) 12. FURNISHINGS 12.1. NOT USED. 22. PLUMBING (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS) 22.1 NEW 24"X24" MOP SINK. 23. MECHANICAL (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 23.1. ADD ALTERNATE - NEW 500 GALLON UNDERGROUND GAS TANK. 23.2. RELOCATED HVAC UNIT. 23.3. RELOCATED WATER HEATER. 26. ELECTRICAL (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 26.1. NOT USED. 32. SITE WORK 32.1. NEW FLOWER BED. G1.2 ROOF: REMOVE EXISTING SHAKES AND ROOF PAPER AND REPLACE WITH 26 GA. PRE-FINISHED STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING WITH 1 1/4" HIGH SEAMS AT 16" O.C. WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING CLEATS 12" O.C. OVER 30LB. ASPHALT FELT UNDERLAYMENT. INSTALL PER NRCA AND MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL TYPICAL REQUIRED DRIP, VALLEY, RIDGE AND CLOSURE FLASHING AND COMPONENTS. ROOF TYPES R-1 F SEE ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com GENERAL NOTES LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING NOTES LAVATORY AND MIRRORS GYPSUM BOARD NOTES PAINTING NOTES VINYL FLOORING NOTES WOOD DOOR NOTES DEMOLITION NOTES ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK GENERAL DOORS & WINDOWS WOOD FRAMING NOTES 1. ALL WOOD FRAMING GRADES ARE TO BE AS FOLLOWS: A. 2" NOMINAL AND SMALLER - GRADE NO.1 B. 2" NOMINAL AND LARGER - GRADE NO.1 C. 2x4 STUDS AND SMALLER - STUD GRADE D. 2x6 AND LARGER - GRADE NO. 1 E. ALL POSTS - SEE STRUCTURAL 2. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. 3. ALL WOOD SHALL BE DRY AND WELL SEASONED, AND MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 15%. 4. TYPICAL WOOD CEILING / SOFFIT FRAMING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) : A. UP TO 10' 2 x 4 @ 24" ON CENTER B. UP TO 15' 2 x 6 @ 24" ON CENTER C. UP TO 20' 2 x 10 @ 16" ON CENTER D. UP TO 24' 2 x 12 @ 16" ON CENTER 5. TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL FRAMING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) : A. UP TO 10' 2 x 4 @ 16" ON CENTER B. UP TO 16' 2 x 6 @ 12" ON CENTER C. UP TO 20' 2 x 8 @ 8" ON CENTER 6. ALL WALLS SHALL BE BRACED PER INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. 7. ALL WALL PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR STANDARD GRADE CDX WITH EXTERIOR GLUE CONFORMING TO THE LATEST EDITION OF PS.1. ALL PANELS SHALL BEAR LEGIBLE DFPA STAMPS ORIENTED STAND BOARD MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING. IF IT IS RATED BY APA'S PERFORMANCE STANDARD RATING AND IS OF THE SAME NUMBER OF LAYERS AS PLYWOOD PLY'S. 8. PROVIDE DRAFTSTOPS CONSTRUCTED OF 1/2" MINIMUM GYPSUM BOARD, 3/8" MINIMUM PLYWOOD OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL AT LOCATIONS NOTED ON PLANS AND/OR AS REQUIRED BY INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. GLAZING NOTES GENERAL : 1. ALL GLAZING AND GLAZING SEALANT WORK SHALL CONFORM TO FGMA GLAZING MANUAL AND SEALED INSULATED GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION. 2. EACH GLAZING LITE SHALL BE STAMPED WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS WITH 20% OPAQUE VISIBILITY STAMP. 3. COORDINATE, VERIFY AND MEASURE ALL OPENINGS TO RECEIVE GLAZING LITE EXTERIOR GLAZING : 1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL GLAZING EXPOSED TO THE EXTERIOR SHALL BE MINIMUM 1" THICKNESS, INSULATED, TEMPERED, LOW-E AND NEUTRAL COLOR. 2. MINIMUM U-VALUE = 0.33 3. MINIMUM SHGC = 0.55 4. MINIMUM VISIBLE LITE TRANSMITTANCE = 0.85 5. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHERSTRIPING ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS : PPG PERFORMANCE GLAZINGS, OLDCASTLE, ACI INTERIOR GLAZING : 1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL GLAZING SHALL BE TEMPERED. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS : PPG INDUSTRIES, GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORPORATION, PILKINGTON WATERPROOFING NOTES DEFERRED SUBMITTALS DEFERRED SUBMITTALS ARE TO BE PREPARED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES AND REGULATIONS AND PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR REVIEW, AND ONCE RETURNED BY THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT AND MAKE NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS AND SUBMIT TO ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL AND REQUIRED PERMITS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS ARE TO BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. 1. SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS 2. STAIRS, GUARDRAILS, AND HANDRAILS 3. WHERE APPLICABLE, PLEASE SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL CONNECTIONS, WASTE, SERVICE, UTILITIES FOR POWER, DATA WATER, SEWER, GREASE, HVAC AND EXHAUST FOR EACH PIECE OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW EACH CUT SHEET FOR EACH PIECE OF SPECIFIED KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE DELIVERY OF EACH PIECE OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL CONNECTIONS, UTILITIES FOR POWER, DATA, WATER, SEWER, GREASE, HVAC AND EXHAUST, AND WASTE FOR EACH PIECE OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULL LENGTH AND HEIGHT BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED KITCHEN EQUIPMENT OF SAME SIZE, MATERIAL, THICKNESS, GAUGE AND TYPE AS WALL FRAMING. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE A SEAMLESS INTEGRATION WITH THE SPECIFIED KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND ADJACENT AND ASSOCIATED SURFACES, CABINETRY, WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS. 7. ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, NATIONAL AND FEDERAL HEALTH CODES. CONCRETE NOTES GENERAL : 1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL CONCRETE STRENGTH SHALL BE MINIMUM 4,500 P.S.I. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EARTH, GRAVEL AND TYPE II, BENEATH ANY CONCRETE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO MINIMUM 95%. 4. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE SEALED BELOW GRADE (FACE IN CONTACT WITH EARTH)WITH A BITUMINOUS ASPHALTIC WATER-PROOF SHEET MEMBRANE AND DRAIN BLANKET. 6. AT ALL EXTERIOR CONCRETE PAVING, PROVIDE A MINIMUM 12"x8" PERIMETER TOE WITH CONTINUOUS NO.4 BAR, CENTERED, LAPPED MINIMUM 4'-0, EACH WAY. ROOFING AND FLASHING NOTES 1. ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND STRUCTURAL PENETRATIONS OF THE ROOF SHALL MEET ROOFING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ROOFING SYSTEM AND WATERPROOFING ABILITY. 2. ALL FLASHING, COUNTER FLASHING AND SHEET METAL WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE MINIMUM STANDARDS PER THE CURRENT S.M.A.C.N.A. MANUAL. CEILING NOTES 1. ALL CEILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST C.I.S.C.A. STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSESS AND UNDERSTAND THE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY FOR THE PROJECT SPECIFIC SITE. 3. CEILING SHALL BE MEET THE CRITERIA FOR THE SPECIFIC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. 4. ALL GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS SHALL BE OF MINIMUM LEVEL 4 FINISHES AND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PAINTED WITH A GLOSS FINISH. 1. WATERPROOFING SHALL BE A SELF ADHERING, MODIFIED BITUMINOUS, POLYMERIC ROLLED SHEET, WATERPROOF AIR/VAPOR/WEATHER BARRIER, 40 MIL THICKNESS 2. COORDINATE AND PREPARE ALL SURFACES (MASONRY, METALS, WOOD, CONCRETE) TO RECEIVE SELF-ADHERING WEATHER BARRIER SYSTEM. 3. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FLASHINGS, TERMINATIONS, ADHESIVES AND TIE-INS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA FOR ARCHITECT REVIEW ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS : W.R. MEADOWS, INC., EPRO WATERPROOFING SYSTEMS HEIGHT AND CLEARANCES : LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR 1. COUNTER SURFACE (IF INTEGRAL SINK) NO HIGHER THAN 34 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF 27 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON AND/OR BOTTOM OF LAVATORY BASIN. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE : A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES SHALL BE 2. PROVIDED IN FRONT OF A LAVATORY TO ALLOW FORWARD APPROACH. SUCH CLEAR SPACE SHALL ADJOIN OR OVERLAP AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND SHALL EXTEND A MAXIMUM OF 19 INCHES UNDERNEATH THE LAVATORY. EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES : HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDERNEATH 3. LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDERNEATH LAVATORIES. FAUCETS, LEVER-OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE, AND ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED 4. MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. IF SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE USED THE FAUCET SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR A MINIMUM OF 10 SECONDS OR DURATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER DURATION IS LONGER. MIRRORS : MIRRORS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM OF EDGE OF THE 5. REFLECTING SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 40 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. MIRRORS ABOVE LAVATORIES SHALL BE LOCATED NO HIGHER THAN 35 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. PROVIDE FULL 4' X 8' X THICKNESS OF ADJACENT SHEATHING MOISTURE RESISTANT 1. GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WALLS WITHIN 4'-0" OF THE FRONT AND SIDES OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. ALL GYPSUM BOARD WORK TO CONFORM TO THE LATEST PUBLISHED U.S. GYPSUM 2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL GYPSUM BOARD FINISHES ARE TO BE LEVEL TO 3. STANDARDS TO ACCEPT APPLIED FINISHES OR LEVEL 4 FINISH, PUBLISHED BY U.S. GYPSUM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. CONTROL JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD ARE REQUIRED AT MAXIMUM 30'-0" ON CENTER 4. AND ARE TO BE CENTERED EACH WAY WITHIN A WALL. CONTRACTOR TO LAYOUT AND REQUEST ARCHITECT REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTROL JOINTS ARE TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. ALL ELECTRICAL, CONDUIT, MECHANICAL, PIPING, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 1. ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. ALL GYPSUM BOARD IS TO BE PRIMED WITH ONE COAT PRIMER / SEALER AND TWO 2. COATS LATEX ENAMEL APPLIED AT A MINIMUM DRY-FILM THICKNESS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH FINISH, COLOR AND GLOSS TO ARCHITECT, FOR 3. APPROVAL. EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAMES SHALL BE PAINTED ON BOTH THE 4. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SIDES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) 5. ALL INTERIORS AND EXTERIORS TO RECEIVE NEW PAINT, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL VINYL COMPOSITION TILE TO BE INSTALLED IN "SAME 1. DIRECTION" PATTERN. PRODUCT TO BE WASHED AND WAXED AFTER INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SHEET VINYL PRODUCTS TO BE INSTALLED IN "SAME 2. DIRECTION" PATTERN. PRODUCT TO BE CLEANED AFTER INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES. SHEET VINYL PRODUCTS MAY REQUIRE 3-5 COATINGS OF APPROPRIATE METAL CROSSLINK ACRYLIC POLISH, VERIFY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE PER PRODUCT FOR EXACT SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. SUBMIT FLOOR MATERIALS SEAMING, LAYOUT AND JOINT DIAGRAM TO ARCHITECT 3. FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING AND INSTALLATION OF FLOORING MATERIAL. 4. FLOOR REGISTERS ARE NOT SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (SEE MECHANICAL FOR LOCATIONS). UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WOOD DOORS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH 1. THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS (AWS), 1ST EDITION, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THE WOODWORK INSTITUTE (WI) SUPPLEMENTAL TEXT (WI SERVICES AND QUALITY CONTROL OPTIONS, OCTOBER 1, 2009). ALL WOOD DOORS ARE TO BE PREMIUM GRADE, HEAVY DUTY PERFORMANCE. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, WOOD DOOR SURFACES SCHEDULE SHALL BE: 3. EXPOSED SURFACES - HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE SEMI-EXPOSED - HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE. CONCEALED HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITH THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY 1. SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. KEY LOCKING HARDWARE MAY BE USED ON THE MAIN ENTRANCE IN THERE IS A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN ON OR ADJACENT THE DOOR STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". DOOR OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE LEVER OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE OR U-SHAPED 2. HANDLES. THE BOTTOM 12" OF ALL DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A SMOOTH SURFACE TO 3. ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED WITH A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST. DOORWAYS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF 32 INCHES WITH THE 4. DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES, MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE OPPOSITE STOP. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS, MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT 5. DOORS THAT ARE NOT AUTOMATIC OR POWER ASSISTED SHALL BE AS SHOWN. THE FLOOR OR GROUND AREA WITHIN THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE DOOR CLEARANCES SHALL BE PER ADA AND SDI 6. STANDARDS. FOR RATED DOORS, DOOR CLEARANCES SHALL BE PER NFPA 80. ALL DEMOLITION IS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION TO OCCUR. 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE AND COORDINATE DEMOLITION AND REPAIR AS NEEDED TO ACHIEVE THE INDICATED NEW CONSTRUCTION RESULTS. THE FULL EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AND ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE ACTUAL DEMOLITION AND REPAIR EXTENT AND PROVIDE THE MEANS AND METHODS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY DEMOLISH AND COMPLETE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY REQUIREMENTS TO THE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK. CAP AND PLUG EXISTING UTILITIES AS REQUIRED. 4. ALL MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT RELOCATED OR RE-USED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER AT THEIR DISCRETION OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE (WITH THE OWNERS APPROVAL) AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FINISHES, FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL COVERINGS, PAINT, CONCRETE, GRINDING, CORING, CUTTING, ETC. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK SHALL BE IN 1. CONFORMANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS (AWS), 1ST EDITION, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THE WOODWORK INSTITUTE (WI) SUPPLEMENTAL TEXT (WI SERVICES AND QUALITY CONTROL OPTIONS, OCTOBER 1, 2009). ALL WOOD CASEWORK IS TO BE PREMIUM GRADE, FRAMELESS, EUROSTYLE. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK SURFACE SCHEDULE SHALL BE: 3. EXPOSED EXTERIOR - HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE EXPOSED INTERIOR - MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COLOR TO BE WHITE SEMI-EXPOSED - MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COLOR TO BE WHITE CONCEALED - MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COLOR TO BE WHITE WOOD CASEWORK HARDWARE SHALL BE BRUSHED CHROME. 4. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, EDGBANDING SCHEDULE SHALL BE: 5. EXPOSED - 3 MILLIMETER PVC, EASED EDGES, COLOR TO MATCH EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE. SEMI-EXPOSED - 3 MILLIMETER PVC, EASED EDGES, COLOR TO MATCH EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE. ALL WOOD CASEWORK WITH SHELVING IS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH 3MM BOREHOLES AT 3" ON 6. CENTER FOR THE HEIGHT OF THE CABINET AND BORELINES ARE TO BE 2" FROM THE FRONT AND BACK OF THE CABINET. ALL CABINETS ARE TO BE CENTERED IN THE LOCATION PROVIDED AND EQUAL FILLER PANELS OF 7. SAME PLASTIC LAMINATE AS BASE CABINETS IS TO BE PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF CASEWORK / MILLWORK. ALL CABINETS, MILLWORK PARTITIONS AND MILLWORK FINISHES ARE TO BE SCRIBED TO 8. ADJACENT SURFACES, WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS. 1. PARTITION CONSTRUCTION, STUD SIZES, AND STUD THICKNESS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE METAL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION. NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION HEAD TO STRUCTURE CONNECTIONS : PROVIDE TOP OF WALL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE 1/2" MINIMUM DEFLECTION IN THE STRUCTURE. G1.3 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ANY AND ALL PERMITS THAT ARE REQUIRED BEFORE AND DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO CONTACT THE PROPER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY READ, STUDY, AND UNDERSTAND ALL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRADES. COORDINATION BETWEEN TRADES WILL BE NECESSARY AND THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. ANY QUESTIONS THAT ARISE SHALL BE CLARIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. CONTRACTOR WILL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS, ETC., AT THE SITE AND WILL COORDINATE WORK PERFORMED BY ALL TRADES, PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ALL WORK. 4. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. DIMENSIONAL DISCREPANCIES ARE TO BE CLARIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 5. CONTRACTOR WILL NOTIFY ARCHITECT / ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES, OMISSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE WORKING DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK INVOLVED. IN ALL CASES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS WILL GOVERN. 6. THE ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL MUST BE OBTAINED FOR ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CHANGES IN DIMENSIONS, DESIGN, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND FINISHES. IN NO CASE MAY THE CONTRACTOR MAKE THESE CHANGES WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. 7. SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS ARE TO BE PRESENTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF WORK. ALLOW APPROPRIATE TIME FOR REVIEW. COORDINATE WITH ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES, ENERGY CONSERVATION NOTES, AND STRUCTURAL NOTES. 8. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO AND STRICTLY COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, AND ALL AMENDMENTS ENFORCED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 9. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTE AN "INDUSTRY STANDARD" CONSTRUCTION DETAIL FOR A DETAIL SPECIFIED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING ALL WORK INTO CONFORMITY WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, AS THE ARCHITECT ORDERS, BEFORE APPROVAL OF THAT CONSTRUCTION WILL BE GRANTED. NOTES AND DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. 10. PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ELASTOMERIC SEALANT OR APPROPRIATE CAULKING MATERIAL AT ALL BETWEEN SIMILAR AND DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 11. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, PANEL LOCATIONS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, AND FIXTURE LOCATIONS. COORDINATE ANY RELATED WORK WITH GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURE SCHEDULES. 12. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT WORK, MECHANICAL PIPING, AND EXHAUST. COORDINATE ANY RELATED WORK WITH GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS. 13. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ALL PLUMING EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, AND RELATED PIPING. I.E.: STORM SEWER, SANITARY SEWER, AND DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY. COORDINATE ANY RELATED WORK WITH GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS. 14. CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WILL PERFORM THEIR TRADES AND DUTIES IN A MANNER CONFORMING TO THE PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS AS STATED IN THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (CODE ADOPTED AT TIME OF ISSUANCE OF PERMIT, (OR LATEST ACCEPTED CODE ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION). THE CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS, INCLUDING INSPECTIONS BY THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEERS AND WILL NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL THE REQUIRED INSPECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. 15. ANY SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR THE BUILDING CODE ARE NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ARCHITECT. 16. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND PROTECTION WITHIN AND ADJACENT TO THE PROJECT SITE. 17. DURING CONSTRUCTION OPEN EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES WILL BE SUPPORTED AND BARRICADED BY CONTRACTOR TO CONFORM WITH OSHA SAFETY STANDARDS. 18. TEMPORARY BRACING WILL BE PROVIDED WHEREVER NECESSARY TO TAKE CARE OF ALL LOADS TO WHICH THE STRUCTURE MAY BE SUBJECTED, INCLUDING WIND, LATERAL, LIVE AND DEAD LOADS. SUCH BRACING WILL BE LEFT IN PLACE AS LONG AS MAY BE REQUIRED FOR SAFETY, OR UNTIL ALL THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE COMPLETE. 19. PROVIDE AN OBVIOUS SHUT-OFF VALVE IN READILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR ALL PLUMBING WATER AS REQUIRED, COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING. ANY AND ALL VALVES ARE NOT TO BE CONCEALED IN ANY CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT ACCESS PANELS. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 20. ACCESS PANELS ARE NOT TO BE LOCATED IN GYPSUM BOARD AREAS, AND ACCESS PANELS LOCATED IN WALLS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE RESPECTIVE WALL FINISHES AND ARE TO BE WHOLLY CONTAINED WITHIN THE ONE WALL FINISH AND BE PRE-FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH. 21. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FINISH GRADE TO SLOPE AWAY FROM STRUCTURE 5% MINIMUM WITHIN THE FIRST 10' AND 2% THERE AFTER. COORDINATE ACTUAL GRADING WITH CIVIL. 22. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD (FOS) OR TO FACE OF FOUNDATION WALL (FOFNDN) OR TO FACE OF FINISH (FOF), UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 23. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, SHALL BE TREATED, ALL WOOD AT GRADE OR BELOW GRADE SHALL BE TREATED. 24. COORDINATE WITH FRAMING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF COLUMNS, BEAMS, MOMENT FRAMES, ETC. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FURRING OR FRAMING TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW MATERIALS, ELEMENTS AND SYSTEMS. 25. VISITS TO THE JOB SITE BY THE ARCHITECT OR HIS CONSULTANTS DO NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR HIS SUBCONTRACTORS. ANY SUCH VISITS ARE SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF OBSERVING THE WORK BEING PERFORMED. 26. PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES UP TO 4'-0" FOR FULL LENGTH OF WALL WHICH PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE LOCATED, COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING. 27. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES AND FOR THE COORDINATION OF WORK AND FOR THE WORK PERFORMED BY THE SUBCONTRACTORS. 28. MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF ALL EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEMS, ASSEMBLIES, AND RATINGS. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE DONE TO SURROUNDING AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 29. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE EXISTING INSTALLATION AND ALL PROJECT DRAWINGS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK. NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES WILL BE ALLOWED DUE TO THE LACK OF PRE-BID SITE EXAMINATION. PROVIDE NOTIFICATION TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER OF ANY WORK WHICH NEEDS FURTHER CLARIFICATION OR MAY RESULT IN CHANGE TO THE PROPOSED WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 30. STORAGE OF COMBUSTIBLE RUBBISH CONTAINERS SHALL NOT BE CLOSER THAN 5 FEET OF COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION WALLS, ROOF OVERHANGS, WINDOWS, VENT OPENINGS AND UTILITIES. 31. TYPICAL OR 'TYP' SHALL MEAN THAT THE CONDITION IS REPRESENTATIVE FOR SIMILAR CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 32. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE CONSTRUCTION SITE CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. 33. LOCATIONS FOR DELIVERIES, BUILDING ACCESS, BUILDING FACILITIES AND USE AND CLEARANCE OF AVAILABLE ELEVATORS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. 34. WORK AREAS SHALL REMAIN SECURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE, WHERE NECESSARY, TEMPORARY LOCKABLE DOORS TO PROVIDE THE TENANT CONSTANT ACCESS TO SPACES NOT UNDER CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TENANT WITH KEYS FOR TEMPORARY DOORS, IF REQUESTED. 35. SIMILAR OR 'SIM' MEANS COMPARABLE CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE CONDITIONS NOTED. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND ORIENTATION ON PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. 36. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT DRAWINGS ARE THE LATEST ISSUE PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 37. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ALL MATERIALS STORED ON SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM WEATHER AND DETERIORATION. FAILURE TO PROTECT MATERIALS WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF WORK. 38. IN THE CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN NOTES ON DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ALL NOTES ON THIS SHEET, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT IN ALL SUCH CASES. 39. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL SPACES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WINDOWS, WINDOW COVERINGS, FLOORS, WALL, CASEWORK, AND OTHER SURFACES IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO OWNER OCCUPANCY. 40. ALL STEEL, INCLUDING ANCHORAGE, IN CONTACT WITH OR BELOW GRADE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH AND COATED TO 6O MILS. WITH MASTIC, AND SHALL BE FINISH PAINTABLE ABOVE GRADE. 41. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAWCUTTING, CORING, AND WELDING AS REQUIRED, AND MAKE ALL ASSOCIATED REPAIRS, TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 42. CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE SOLID AND CONTINUOUS BACKING OF SAME MATERIAL, SIZE, TYPE, THICKNESS, SHAPE, GAUGE AS WALL CONSTRUCTION AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4 POINTS OF HEIGHT FOR ALL ELEMENTS IN CONTACT WITH WALLS. 43. A CLEAR, UNOBSTRUCTED AND OBVIOUS EXIT PATH SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. FIRE PATH SHALL BE MAINTAINED. WORK SHALL OCCUR ONLY DURING HOURS AUTHORIZED IN ADVANCE BY OWNER. 44. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN EXITING DURING BUILDING HOURS OF OPERATION. 45. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED WITHOUT ARCHITECTS APPROVAL. 46. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE FOUND TO EXIST ON THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT IN WRITING. ---PAGE BREAK--- 12" MIN 60" DIAMETER SPACE T-SHAPED SPACE FOR 180° TURNS 12" MIN CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FORWARD APPROACH PARALLEL APPROACH CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN ALCOVES UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH 10" MAX CLEAR WIDTH AT TURN 1/4" MAX 1/4" TO 1/2" 1 2 VERTICAL BEVELED SIGN OR OBSTRUCTION LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS SIGN OR OBSTRUCTION MULTIPLE POST MOUNTED PROTRUDING OBJECTS PROTECT SHADED AREA FROM CROSS-TRAFFIC CANE DETECTION AREA REDUCED VERTICAL CLEARANCE WALL ON POST MOUNTED OBJECTS CORRIDOR OR OTHER CIRCULATION SPACE WING WALLS DOWN TO FLOOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION NOT REQUIRED BETWEEN WING WALLS PROTRUDING OBJECTS HANGING ON WALL WITH LEADING EDGES ABOVE 27" EXAMPLE OF PROTECTION AROUND WALL-MOUNTED OBJECTS AND MEASUREMENTS OF CLEAR WIDTHS 4" MAX 36" MIN CLEAR CONT. PASSAGE 32" MIN CLEAR POINT PASSAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR SEATING AND TABLES FOOD SERVICE LINES TABLEWARE AREAS SPECIALTY CLEARANCES 9" MIN ADJUSTABLE RANGE SHELVES CLOSETS HANDRAIL 2" GRAB BAR 1 1 4"-1 1 2" RADIUS RADIUS VERTICAL RISER BEVELED NOSING CURVED NOSING 11" MIN 1/2" MAX 1 1 2" MAX 1 1 2" MAX PLAN ELEVATION OF CENTER HANDRAIL UP 12" MIN EXTENSION AT BOTTOM OF RUN EXTENSION AT TOP OF RUN NOTE: X IS THE 12" MINIMUM HANDRAIL EXTENSION REQUIRED AT EACH TOP RISER. AT THE BOTTOM OF A STAIR FLIGHT THE HANDRAIL SHALL EXTEND AT THE SLOPE OF THE STAIR FLIGHT FOR ONE HORIZONTAL TREAD DEPTH BEYOND THE TREAD NOSING 303. CHANGES IN LEVEL 304. WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE 305. CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE 306. KNEE CLEARANCE 308. REACH RANGES 403. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 404. DOORS AND DOORWAYS 404. DOORS AND DOORWAYS 504.5 STAIR NOSINGS 505. HANDRAILS GRATING ORIENTATION 1/2" MAX CARPET PILE THICKNESS LONG DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO ROUTE OF TRAVEL PREDOMINANT DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC GRATINGS 1/2" MAX MAX SLOPE 1:48 MAX SLOPE 1:48 TEXT / SYMBOL SINGLE 307. PROTRUDING OBJECTS PROVIDE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE S UNOBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH 10" MAX S X < 48 NOTE: ALL DOORS IN ALCOVES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CLEARANCES FOR FRONT APPROACHES. LATCH SIDE APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS NOTE: Y = 48" MINIMUM IF DOOR HAS CLOSER. PUSH SIDE NOTE: Y = 48" MINIMUM IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND CLOSER. FRONT APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS SLIDE SIDE APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS LATCH SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS NOTE: Y = 54" MINIMUM IF DOOR HAS CLOSER. PULL SIDE NOTE: X = 36" MINIMUM IF Y = 60"; X = 42" MINIMUM IF Y = 54". PULL SIDE X 24" MIN HINGE SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS X 24" MIN FRONT APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS 24" MIN PUSH SIDE MAXIMUM DOORWAY DEPTH HINGED DOOR NOTE: X = 12" IF DOOR HAS BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH. CLEAR DOORWAY WIDTH AND DEPTH PULL SIDE FOLDING DOOR SLIDING DOOR DETAIL PUSH SIDE FIG 27 TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES LOCKS, LATCHES, PULLS, EXIT DEVICE 4" MIN 7" MAX DOOR HARDWARE MOUNTING HEIGHT 60" MIN 36" MIN 60" MIN 36" MIN TOE CLR. 25" KNEE CLR. 8" 15" MAX 60" MIN. 30" 24" MAX 36" MIN. 48" 48" 30" 30" 48" 48" 30" 30" 25" MAX 30" 30" 48" 36" 25" MAX 25" MAX 36" 30" 80" MIN > 27" 80" MIN > 12" 4" MAX 4" MAX 48" - 60" 80" 27" 48" MAX 15" MIN 20" MAX 48" MAX 44" MAX 20"-25" 48" 30" 48" MAX 15" 30" 24" 34" MAX 48" 36" MIN 34" MAX 48" MAX 21" MAX 48" MAX 48" MAX 21" MAX 36"MIN 32" MIN 36" MIN 32" MIN 48"MIN 24" MAX 24" MAX 60" MIN 48" MIN 42" MIN X 42" MIN 32" MIN 36" MIN 12" MIN. 32" MIN 32" MIN 32" MIN >24" MAX 60" 18" 48" X Y Y 42" MIN 54" MIN 42" MIN 42" MIN 54" MIN 48" MIN Y 42" MIN Y 48" MIN 48" MIN 48" MIN 48" MAX 34" MIN 60°" 60°" 11 2" 11 2" X Y Y X A X 34"-38" 34"-38" A 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS G1.4 ---PAGE BREAK--- 39"-41" 18" MIN. 39"-41" PROPORTIONS INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY INTERNATIONAL TTY SYMBOL INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS ELEVATION SECTION CURB WALL VERTICAL GUARD RAIL RAILING WITH EXTENDED FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE EXAMPLES OF EDGE PROTECTION AND HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS 12" MIN 12" MIN 4" MIN 12" MIN NOTE: EQUIPMENT PERMITTED IN SHADED AREA SPOUT HEIGHT AND KNEE CLEARANCE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOT TO EXCEED FOUNTAIN DEPTH FREE-STANDING FOUNTAIN OR COOLER BUILT-IN FOUNTAIN OR COOLER FIG 9 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS 15" MIN 9" MIN 8" MIN 6" MAX MAX HEIGHT IS 42" EXCEPT AT ACCESSIBLE FOUNTAIN LIGHT SWITCH AND/OR FIRE PULL ELECT. OUTLET FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET INSULATE DRAIN & SUPPLY LINES TOE CLEARANCE KNEE CLEARANCE LAVATORY CLEARANCES 9" MIN X = 34" MAX, EXCEPT AT MEDICINE CABINET WHERE X = 32" MAX 6" MAX 8" MIN CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LAVATORIES 19" MAX CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT WATER CLOSETS 16"-18" BACK WALL SIDE WALL GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS 24" MIN ALTERNATE DOOR LOCATION CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 42" MIN LATCH APPROACH ONLY, OTHER APPROACHES 48" MIN STANDARD WHEELCHAIR STALL DOOR SWING OUT STANDARD WHEELCHAIR STALL DOOR SWING IN (END OF ROW) 4" MAX 4" MAX 6" MAX 12" MAX W/ WALL MOUNTED W.C. W/ FLR. MOUNTED W.C. W/ WALL MOUNTED W.C. W/ FLR. MOUNTED W.C. ALTERNATE AMBULATORY STALLS SIDE WALLS REAR WALL OF STANDARD STALL 12" MAX 12" MAX 12" MAX 17"-19" ACCESSORY AND EQUIPMENT SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNIT TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ELEC. HAND DRYER HEIGHT OF HIGHEST OPERABLE PART VARIOUS SHOWER HEADS SHOWER CONTROLS BABY CHANGING STATION 405. RAMPS 602. DRINKING FOUNTAINS 604. TOILETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS 604.7 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT 606. LAVATORIES AND SINKS 703. SIGNS-TACTILE AND VISUAL 30" MAX. RISE LANDING 1:12 MAX RISE LANDING SLOPE 1:48 MAX TYP. CROSS SLOPE 1:48 MAX X X-PROVIDE 36" LENGTH FOR SIDE TRANSFER TOILETS GRAB BAR VOLUME CONTROLLED TELEPHONE BASELINE OF CHARACTERS SINGLE DOOR DOUBLE DOOR RAMP RUN X 60"MIN 60"MIN 30' MAX 60"MIN 34"-38" < 27" 36" MIN 34"-38" 34"-38" 36" MIN 36" MIN 36" MIN 4" 5" MAX. 27" MIN 36" MAX 36" MIN 48" MIN 24" MAX 5" MAX 15"MIN. 3-1/2" MAX 24" 48" MIN 24" 30" MIN 48" MIN 24" 24" 30" MIN 42" MIN 56" MIN WALL HUNG 60" MIN 36" MIN 33"-36" 54" MIN 12" 42" MIN 33"-36" 17"-19" 32" MIN 32" MIN 16"-18" 54" MIN 56" 59" 42" MIN 36" MIN 60" MIN 36" MIN 16"-18" 60" MIN 56" 59" 36" MIN 33"-36" 42" MIN 36" MIN. 54" MIN 60" MIN 42" MIN 32" MIN 33"-36" 42" MIN 69" B.O. SHOWER HEAD 48" MAX. 48" 48" MAX 15" MIN 7"-9" 1-1/2" 36" MAX 35" 20" 27" 60"MAX 48" 15" DEPTH 17" MIN 80" 38" 27" MIN 29" MIN X 17" MIN 48" MIN 30" MIN 9" 40"MIN-48"MAX 9" 40"MIN-48"MAX 39" - 41" 18" MIN. 39" - 41" 17"-19" 17"-19" 12" MIN 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS G1.5 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com LIFE SAFETY & EXITING LEGEND SQUARE FOOTAGE OCCUPANT LOAD LOAD FACTOR, PER OCCUPANT ACCUMULATED OCCUPANT LOAD OCCUPANT LOAD AT DOOR LONGEST PATH OF TRAVEL TO AN EXIT: REQUIRED: <200'-0" PROVIDED: 78'-6" SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" LIFE SAFETY & EXITING PLAN XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX 610 300 3 54 0 0 63 300 1 81 0 0 27 0 0 206 15 14 985 15 67 493 15 33 698 15 47 54 0 0 69 0 0 54 0 0 72 0 0 26 0 0 43 43 17 24 24 17 EXIT EGRESS G1.6 165 GARAGE UTILITIES HALLWAY RESTROOM CLOSET RESTROOM KITCHEN VESTIBULE ASSEMBLY ROOM ROOM DRESSING RESTROOM STORAGE STORAGE ENTRY MEETING MEETING STORAGE/ 11.1 11.1 11.1 ---PAGE BREAK--- GENERAL NOTES C-001 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-001.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 9:18 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE SSWD (STAR SEWER & WATER DISTRICT) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF STAR, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADA COUNTY HIGHWAY DISTRICT, AND THE ISPWC LATEST EDITION. 2. ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND/OR UTILITY CONTRACTORS SHALL ATTEND A PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A MINIMUM OF THREE WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING DRAINAGE AND IRRIGATION FACILITIES WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION AREA UNTIL THE DRAINAGE AND IRRIGATION IMPROVEMENTS ARE IN PLACE AND FUNCTIONING. 4. ALL CONTRACTORS WORKING WITHIN THE PROJECT BOUNDARIES ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTIONAL BODY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL BARRICADES, SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC WITHIN AND AROUND THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. 5. ALL MATERIAL FURNISHED ON OR FOR THE PROJECT MUST MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPROVING AGENCIES OR AS SET FORTH HEREIN, WHICHEVER IS MORE RESTRICTIVE. CONTRACTORS MUST FURNISH PROOF THAT ALL MATERIALS INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS AT THE REQUEST OF THE APPROVING AGENCY AND/OR THE DESIGN ENGINEER. 6. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN IN AN APPROXIMATE WAY ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES CAUSED BY HIS FAILURE TO EXACTLY LOCATE AND PRESERVE ANY AND ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 7. WORK SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OR AGENCY MUST BE APPROVED PRIOR TO BACKFILLING TRENCHES FOR PIPE; PLACING OF AGGREGATE BASE; PLACING OF CONCRETE; PLACING OF ASPHALT PAVING. WORK DONE WITHOUT SUCH APPROVAL DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PERFORMING THE WORK IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ON SITE AT ALL TIMES A COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS ON WHICH IS RECORDED THE ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTED PIPE LINE AND ANY OTHER UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THESE LOCATIONS TO THE DESIGN ENGINEER FOR USE IN THE PRODUCTION OF RECORD DRAWINGS PER SECTION 1.2.J.3 PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL OF THE PIPE LINE INSTALLATION. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAINT FIRE HYDRANT ID NUMBER ASSIGNED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT USING A 3-INCH STENCIL WITH WHITE PAINT APPROVED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT AND AT A LOCATION ON THE FIRE HYDRANT APPROVED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. WATER: 1. CONSTRUCT THE WATER SYSTEM TO CONFORM WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF STANDARDS IN THE "IDAHO RULES FOR PUBLIC DRINKING WATER SYSTEMS", THE SSWD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS AND THE LATEST EDITION OF THE I.S.P.W.C. WHERE DISCREPANCIES ARISE BETWEEN THE SSWD AND THE ISPWC, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY. 2. ALL WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF SECTION 3.1 OF THE SSWD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. WATER MAINS SHALL BE AWWA C-900, OR C-909, CLASS 150 PVC. 3. FIVE FEET OF COVER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL WATER MAINS LOCATED IN A SECTION-LINE ROAD. FIVE FEET OF COVER MAY BE NECESSARY FOR SOME MID-SECTION LINE ROADS; SEE PLANS. FOUR FEET OF COVER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL OTHER WATER MAINS. 4. THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF WATER AND SEWER MAINS BE A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) FEET. WHERE IT IS NECESSARY FOR SEWER (SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAIN, AND IRRIGATION) AND WATER LINES TO CROSS EACH OTHER, AND THE SEWER LINE IS LESS THAN EIGHTEEN (18) INCHES BELOW OR ABOVE WATER MAIN, THE SEWER LINE SHALL BE CLASS 200 ASTM D-2241 PVC PIPE WITH WATER TIGHT JOINTS, OR EQUAL CONSTRUCTION, FOR A DISTANCE OF THE (10) FEET ON BOTH SIDES OF WATER LINE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 542.07 OF THE RULES FOR PUBLIC DRINKING WATER SYSTEMS (IDAPA 58.01.08). ONE FULL LENGTH OF BOTH WATER AND SEWER LINES SHALL BE CENTERED AT THE CROSSING POINT SO THAT ALL JOINTS WILL BE AS FAR FROM THE CROSSING AS POSSIBLE. IN LIEU OF CONSTRUCTING OR RECONSTRUCTING THE SEWER TO CONFORM TO WATER MAIN STANDARDS, THE WATER LINE MAY BE SLEEVED IN AWWA C 900 CLASS 200 PVC FOR A DISTANCE OF TEN (10) FEET ON BOTH SIDES OF THE CROSSING. 5. LOCATE SUBSURFACE STORM WATER DISPOSAL FACILITIES (INCLUDING UNLINED PONDS, INFILTRATION BEDS AND DRYWELLS) AT LEAST 25 FEET FROM MAIN WATER LINES. THIS REQUIREMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO CATCH BASINS OR SAND AND GREASE VAULTS. 6. PLACE NO. 12 DIRECT BURIAL WIRE ALONG THE NORTH AND EAST SIDE OF WATER MAINS AND SERVICE LINES, PER STANDARD DRAWING NO. 7.04(W). 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE SSWD TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE INITIAL CONSTRUCTION BEGINS AND SHALL ALSO REQUEST INSPECTION OF WATER LINES AND APPURTENANCES TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS IN ADVANCE OF BACKFILLING. 8. CONSTRUCT, PRESSURE-TEST, FLUSH, DISINFECTION, AND TEST WATER PIPE ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ISPWC SECTION 401. 9. PLACE WATER SERVICE LINES INSIDE A TWO INCH DIAMETER SCHEDULE 80 WATER CLASS CASING PIPE WHEREVER THE SERVICE LINE CROSSES A STORM WATER DISPOSAL FACILITY (I.E. SEEPAGE BEDS, DRAINAGE SWALES). USE WATER TIGHT SEAL FOR EACH END OF CASING. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING CONTINUOUS WATER SERVICE TO ALL EXISTING WATER USERS AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AND MARKING ALL EXISTING SERVICE CONNECTIONS PER STANDARD DRAWING 7.08(W). 12. SECURE AND ANCHOR ALL TEES, PLUGS, CAPS, BENDS, AND OTHER LOCATIONS WHERE UNBALANCED FORCES EXIST BY SUITABLE THRUST BLOCKING AS SHOWN ON STANDARD DRAWING 7.09(W). 13. ONLY PLAN APPROVED BY THE SSWD ENGINEER OR HIS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE USED BY THE PROJECT CONTRACTOR(S). 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FLOW TEST ALL FIRE HYDRANTS. THE FIRE DEPARTMENT SHALL BE PRESENT FOR FLOW TESTING OF ALL FIRE HYDRANTS. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY RESIDENCES/ESTABLISHMENTS AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO SHUTTING DOWN WATER SERVICE. ALL SHUTDOWNS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SSWD. SEWER 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE ISPWC AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL SSWD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. WHERE DISCREPANCIES ARISE BETWEEN THE SSWD AND THE ISPWC, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY. 2. APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE OF ALL SEWER CONSTRUCTION WILL BE BY THE SSWD FOR SEWER MAINS AND SERVICE STUBS, AND BY THE PLUMBING BUREAU FOR THE PIPING FROM THE SEWER STUB TO AND INCLUDING PLUMBING INSIDE BUILDINGS. SUCH INSPECTIONS SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PERFORMING THE WORK IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. 3. ALL SEWER PIPE SHALL BE BELL AND SPIGOT, POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC), SDR 35, ASTM D-3034, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL SEWER PIPE SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF SECTION 4.1 OF THE SSWD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. 4. LOCATE SERVICE LINES TO THE POINTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS MARKED BY THE DISTRICT/PROPERTY OWNER IN THE FIELD. MARK AND CONSTRUCT SERVICE LINES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD DRAWINGS 7.16(S) AND 7.17(S). THE SERVICE MARKER SHALL BE IN PLACE FOR THE FINAL INSPECTION. 5. THE SSWD WILL INSPECT ALL PUBLIC SEWER CONSTRUCTION WHETHER WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY OR EASEMENT. THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOTIFY THE SSWD FORTY-EIGHT (48) HOURS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, AND AGAIN TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE COLLARS. 6. MAINTAIN GROUNDWATER LEVELS ONE FOOT OR MORE BELOW THE PIPE INVERT, PER ISPWC, DURING PIPE LAYING AND PIPE JOINING OPERATIONS AND WHILE MAKING SEWER TAPS. CLEAN AND RESTORE TO THEIR ORIGINAL STATE ANY DITCHES AND STORM DRAIN FACILITIES THAT ARE SILTED DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S DEWATERING EFFORTS. BEDDING AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL SHALL BE THREE-QUARTER INCH ROCK CHIPS UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. 7. INSTALL SEWER SERVICE LINES PRIOR TO STREET IMPROVEMENTS. 8. CONSTRUCT SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.3 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, AND DRAWINGS 7.21(S), 7.22(S), 7.24(S), 7.25(S), 7.26(S) AS APPLICABLE. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ALL SEWER LINES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.1.C OF THE SSWD STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. 10. PLACE SEWER SERVICE LINES INSIDE A SIX INCH DIAMETER WATER CLASS PIPE CASING WHEREVER THE SERVICE LINE CROSSES A STORMWATER DISPOSAL FACILITY SEEPAGE BEDS, DRAINAGE SWALES). USE WATER TIGHT SEAL FOR EACH END OF CASING. 11. THE SEPARATION OF WATER AND SEWER MAINS SHALL BE PER WATER NOTE # 4. 12. WHEN COVER OVER A SEWER PIPE IS LESS THAN THREE FEET FROM TOP OF PIPE TO SUBGRADE OR TOP OF PIPE TO NATURAL GROUND, USE "CLASS 200 WATER PRESSURE PIPE", ASTM D 2241,SDR 21, INCLUDING SERVICE LINES AND FITTINGS. 13. ONLY PLANS APPROVED BY THE SSWD ENGINEER SHALL BE USED BY THE PROJECT CONTRACTOR. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A TELEVISION INSPECTION UPON COMPLETION OF THE SEWER LINES AND PROVIDE A VIDEOTAPE OF THE INSPECTION PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE SEWER, PER SECTION 4.3 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 15. THE CONTRACTOR'S SURVEYOR SHALL VERIFY EACH MANHOLE INVERT ELEVATION DURING PLACEMENT. THE SURVEYOR SHALL ALSO VERIFY THE PIPE INVERT ELEVATION 100 FEET FROM EACH MANHOLE TO CONFIRM PIPE GRADE. 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH MANHOLES WITH MANHOLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS LABELED ON THE INSIDE. SURVEY MONUMENTS 1. REFERENCE ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE LAND SURVEY MONUMENTS THAT WILL BE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES PRIOR TO DISTURBING. REESTABLISH SUCH MONUMENTS AS PART OF THE SURVEY WORK FOR THIS PROJECT BEFORE PROJECT COMPLETION. SECTION CORNER AND QUARTER CORNER MONUMENTS RESET AFTER CONSTRUCTION SHALL INCLUDE CORNER PERPETUATION'S AND FILING WITH THE COUNTY. SIXTEENTH CORNERS THAT ARE DISTURBED AND RESET AND HAVE EXISTING CORNER PERPETUATION FILED WITH THE COUNTY SHALL HAVE NEW PERPETUATION RECORDS FILED AFTER THE CORNER HAS BEEN RESET. PERFORM ALL MONUMENT WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 55, CHAPTER 16 OF THE IDAHO STATE CODE. PERFORM ALL CORNER REESTABLISHMENT AND CORNER PERPETUATION FILING WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SURVEYING PRACTICES UNDER THE RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF A PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR DULY AND PROPER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF IDAHO. RVM JLP 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O ---PAGE BREAK--- X X X PP OHP OHP GI GI GI TP-31 12''SS> 12''SS> 8''PI 8''PI 8''PI 8''W 8''W 10''SD> 10''SD> 1.50% 57.73 CP #203 8''W 45° 8''W 8''W 2''PI 8''PI 8''SS< 8''SS< 18''SD< 15''SD< 12''SD< 12''SD< 8''W 8''W O O # # # # # # # FIRE FIRE 4''SS< MW X X O O O PS PS PS R/W R/W NG NG NG UGP UGP FO FO FO T T T CABLE CABLE TR TV o o o o EG EG 8''PS< 8''PS< C T JT DEVICE JT UGP UGP OHP OHP PP T T FO FO T/D T/D CABLE TR TV T <4''SS <4''SS 4''SS< 4''SS< GM GR 8''GI< 8''GI< WC ( ) ROW ROW P/L P/L 5 7 8 5 6 6 7 J NG NG NG NG NG NG PROPERTY & CONTROL SURVEY CONTROL POINT SECTION LINES PRESCRIPTIVE RIGHT OF WAY PROJECT BOUNDARY PROPERTY LINES EASEMENT - UTILITY EASEMENT - TEMPORARY EASEMENT - SETBACK EXISTING TOPOGRAPHY TOPOGRAPHIC CONTOUR EDGE OF PAVEMENT CURB & GUTTER, SIDEWALK & DROP INLET FENCE (BARBED WIRE OR OTHER) TEST PIT EDGE OF GRAVEL DEDICATED RIGHT OF WAY DITCH FLOWLINE FENCE (CHAINLINK) SIGN WITNESS CORNER CALCULATED POINT SET 1/2" STEEL PIN W/CAP SET 5/8" STEEL PIN W/CAP FOUND 5/8" STEEL PIN FOUND ALUMINUM CAP FOUND BRASS CAP FOUND 1/2" STEEL PIN DATA OF RECORD BENCHMARK QUARTER SECTION - NOT FOUND CENTER SECTION SECTION CORNER - FOUND EXISTING UTILITY WATERLINE & VALVE SANITARY SEWER LINE & MANHOLE STORM DRAIN LINE & MANHOLE PRESSURE IRRIGATION & VALVE GRAVITY IRRIGATION & MANHOLE OVERHEAD POWER LINE & POWER POLE SIGNAL POLE LIGHT POLE PROPOSED SITE 6" VERTICAL CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK & INLET 6" REVERSE CURB & GUTTER PROPOSED GRADING TOPOGRAPHIC CONTOUR RIDGELINE DRAINAGE ARROW & SLOPE SPOT ELEVATION PROPOSED MISCELLANEOUS CHAINLINK FENCE & GATE FENCE UNDERGROUND POWER LINE NATURAL GAS LINE FIBER OPTIC LINE TELEPHONE LINE & RISER CABLE LINE & RISER CONSTRUCTION PHASE LIMITS DEMOLITION/ABANDON CLEARING AND GRUBBING EDGE OF GRAVEL PRESSURE SEWER LINE & VALVE VAULT SANITARY SEWER SERVICE & CLEANOUT SIGN SWALE FLOWLINE PROPOSED UTILITY FLANGED MECHANICAL JOINT FITTING TYPES BEND REDUCING TEE GATE VALVE FIRE HYDRANT BLOW-OFF VALVE PRESSURE IRRIGATION, TEE & GATE VALVE WATERLINE PRESSURE IRRIGATION SERVICE SANITARY SEWER & MANHOLE STORM DRAIN LINE, INLET & CATCH BASIN STORM DRAIN LINE & MANHOLE W/ VENTED LID SANITARY SEWER SERVICE & CAP TEE REDUCER FLANGE TO MECHANICAL JOINT COUPLING CROSS CAP W/BLIND FLANGE CHECK VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE WATER SERVICE LINE & METER FIRE LINE MONITORING WELL CABLE & TELEPHONE RISERS JOINT TRENCH & DEVICE PRESSURE SEWER & VALVE VAULT SANITARY SEWER SERVICE & CLEANOUT JOINT TRENCH IN PROFILE GRAVITY IRRIGATION & STRUCTURE JUNCTION BOX & DUCT BANK RESTRAINED FITTING LOCATION WIRE BOX NON-FREEZE YARD HYDRANT PROPOSED UTILITY (CONT.) CABLE & TV RISER FIBER OPTIC LINE & VAULT NATURAL GAS LINE & METER NATURAL GAS LINE & RISER NATURAL GAS LINE & VALVE UNDERGROUND POWER OVERHEAD POWER & POLE LIGHT POLE TELEPHONE LINE & RISER TELEPHONE DATA LINE PROPOSED SITE (CONT.) 6" VERTICAL CUT CURB & GUTTER 6" REVERSE CUT CURB & GUTTER IMBEDDED CURB CONCRETE ASPHALT GRAVEL SECTION GRAVEL SURFACE LANDSCAPE ROCK A A A A A A A BM-#1 BUILDING OR STRUCTURE BUILDING OR STRUCTURE EP EP EDGE OF PAVEMENT BM-1 WM EP EP EG EG (SOLID 18) (AR-CONC OR SOLID 70%) (DOTS OR SOLID 50%) (AR-SAND) (GRAVEL) (AGGREGATE) SET PK NAIL FOUND PK NAIL 2460 2457 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l DAYLIGHT - CUT LINE DAYLIGHT - FILL LINE SYMBOLS & LINE LEGEND C-002 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-002.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 3:18 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM X REV X 00-00-00 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O RVM JLP ---PAGE BREAK--- EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS EXISTING CONDINTIONS & DEMO PLAN C-003 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-003.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 11:49 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM GENERAL SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 01 DECK REMOVAL BY OWNER. COORDINATE WITH STAR PARKS AND REC. 02 REMOVE EXISTING STONE PAVERS AND RETURN TO OWNER. COORDINATE WITH STAR PARKS AND REC. 03 PROTECT EXISTING ROADWAY. 04 REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE DRIVE APPROACH RVM JLP 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 0 20 40 COMMUNITY RECREATION CENTER 1. EXISTING BASE MAP MAY CONTAIN ERRORS. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE, IN A NON-DESTRUCTIVE MANNER, EXISTING UTILITIES TO VERIFY LOCATION & DEPTH. 2. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. 3. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER MATERIALS OFFSITE AT A LOCATION DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH ENGINEER AND OWNER TO ENSURE OPERATIONS ARE NOT DISRUPTED. 5. AREAS TO BE CLEARED AND GRUBBED SHALL BE STRIPPED TO A MINIMUM OF 8-INCHES OR UNTIL ALL ORGANICS ARE REMOVED, WHICH EVER IS GREATER. VARIOUS SURFACE REMOVAL (CONCRETE/ASPHALT) LEGEND LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE X X X X X X DEMOLITION A A A A A A A A A ABANDON CLEAR AND GRUB EXISTING BUILDING /STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED 01 02 02 03 04 ---PAGE BREAK--- EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SITE PLAN C-100 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-100.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 1:23 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM GENERAL SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 01 CONSTRUCT NEW 24-FOOT WIDE DRIVE APPROACH PER ISPWC STANDARD DETAIL SD-710B 02 CONSTRUCT 24-FOOT WIDE GRAVEL ROAD, RE: A4/C-501 03 CONSTRUCT CONCRETE PARKING SECTION, RE:A1/C-501 04 INSTALL ADA PARKING SIGN, RE:A2/C-501 05 INSTALL ADA VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL SIGN, RE:A2/C-501 06 ADA PARKING SYMBOL, RE:A3/C-501 07 4-INCH WIDE TRAFFIC YELLOW STRIP PER ISPWC STANDARDS. 08 CONSTRUCT GRAVEL PARKING LOT, RE: A4/C-501 STRIPING SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 09 CONSTRUCT GRAVEL WALKING PATH, RE: A4/C-501 10 CONSTRUCT 4" THICK 6-FOOT WIDE SIDEWALK PER ISPWC STANDARDS, RE: C-101 FOR GRADING INFORMATION 11 CONSTRUCT DECK PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS RVM JLP 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 0 20 40 1. AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION WHERE SURFACE REPAIR IS NOT INDICATED SHALL BE RESTORED TO SAME CONDITION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE LANDSCAPING, INCLUDING ANY PLANTS AND IRRIGATION THAT ARE DISTURBED OR REMOVED FOR CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE LANDSCAPING REMOVAL WITH OWNER. COMMUNITY RECREATION CENTER 01 02 03 06 08 04 05 04 09 07 07 07 11 24.00' 64.00' 24.00' 24.00' 10.00' 20.00' 30.00' 10.00' 6.67' 25.82' 24.18' 20.00' 173°' 173°' 166°' 110°' 166°' 57.21' 6.00' 3.22' 2.98' 5.00' 5.00' 19.31' 6.00' ---PAGE BREAK--- EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS 2472.94(CON) 2473.06(CON) 2473.24(CON) 2473.18(CON) 2473.29(CON) 2473.35(CON) 2475.69(CON) 2475.75(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.69(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.69(CON) 2475.75(CON) 2475.75(CON) 2475.75(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2475.78(CON) 2471.53(GVL) 2471.53(GVL) 2471.24(GVL) 2471.23(GVL) 2471.12(GVL) 2471.07(GVL) 2470.04(GVL) 2470.10(GVL) 2470.34(GVL) 2470.60(GVL) 2470.60(GVL) 2470.46(GVL) 2470.35(GVL) 2470.20(GVL) 2471.73(GVL) 2471.80(GVL) 2470.87(GVL) 2471.42(GVL) 2471.34(GVL) 2471.75(GVL) 2471.80(GVL) 2471.86(GVL) 2471.67(GVL) 2471.67(GVL) 2471.64(GVL) SITE GRADING PLAN C-101 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-101.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 4:13 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM GENERAL SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 01 MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT ELEVATION. 02 MATCH EXISITNG GRAVEL SURFACE ELEVATOIN. 03 MATCH EXISTING ROADWAY ELEVATION. 04 CONSTRUCT ADA RAMP WITH HANDRAILS RVM JLP 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 0 20 40 COMMUNITY RECREATION CENTER 1. ALL GRADES SHOWN ARE FINISH GRADE UNLESS LABELED OTHERWISE PER THE FOLLOWING DEFINITIONS: AC = ASPHALT CON = CONCRETE GB = GRADE BREAK GVL= GRAVEL RIM = RIM OF MANHOLE, INLET OR CATCH BASIN TBC = TOP BACK OF CURB 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF FIELD CONDITIONS CONFLICT WITH THE PLANS. CONTACT RYAN MORGAN AT KELLER ASSOCIATES, [PHONE REDACTED]. 03 01 02 02 02 04 ---PAGE BREAK--- EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS FIRE FIRE 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W 2''W FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> 12''GI> SITE UTILITY PLAN C-102 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-102.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 2:31 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM GENERAL SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 01 PLACE PIE - C900 6" FIRE SPRINKLER LINE. COORDINATE WITH FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. 02 PLACE PIPE - 2' HDPE 03 STUB LINE FOR BUILDING CONNECTION 04 STUB LINE AT PROPERTY BOUNDARY FOR FUTURE CONNECTION TO WATER MAIN. 05 PLACE FITTING - 6" 45 DEGREE ELBOW 06 PLACE FITTING - 6" 22.5 DEGREE ELBOW 07 PROTECT EXISTING SEWER SERVICE LINE. 08 PLACE PIPE - 12" PVC SDR 35 09 POTABLE NOTPOBLE WATER CROSSING, RE GENERAL WATER NOTES. RVM JLP 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 0 20 40 COMMUNITY RECREATION CENTER 1. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS BEFORE CONNECTING. 2. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE IN A NON-DESTRUCTIVE MANNER EXISTING UTILITIES TO VERIFY LOCATION & DEPTH. WHERE EXISTING UTILITIES WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAND DIG OR VACUUM TRUCK EXCAVATE FOR MATERIAL EXCAVATION IN THESE AREAS. 3. AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION WHERE SURFACE REPAIR IS NOT INDICATED SHALL BE RESTORED TO SAME CONDITION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE UTILITY SUPPORT FOR EXISTING UTILITIES AS REQUIRED. 5. DESIGN IS BASED ON SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED IN KEYNOTES. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS TO ACCOMMODATE ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT (IF APPROVED BY OWNER/ENGINEER). 6. FURNISH MATERIALS WHERE INSTALL, PLACE, OR CONSTRUCT IS REQUIRED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 01 01 02 02 03 04 06 05 06 07 08 08 09 09 ---PAGE BREAK--- 6' 4' 2' 0 3/8" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN - BOLLARD A2 NOTES: 1. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN SHALL CONFORM WITH CURRENT STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING RESERVED 1'-6" 2'-6" 2'-6" 3'-6" 2" 1'-6" 12"x12"x0.080 ALUMINUM ACCESSIBLE SIGN PARKING SING. SIGN TO READ "RESERVED PARKING" W/ IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL, BOLT TO STEEL TUB W/ 3/8" CADMIUM PLANTED BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS "VAN ACCESSIBLE" IF REQUIRED 2"x2"x.188 STEEL TUBE EXTENDED INTO CONCRETE FILLED PIPE 2'-0" PROVIDE WELDED WATERTIGHT CAP PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING THEME PAVEMENT 6"Ø STD STEEL PIPE FILLED W/ CONCRETE #6-14" LONG BARS EA WAY THROUGH PIPE 18"Ø CONCRETE BASE 6' 4' 2' 0 3/8" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE SYMBOL A3 ℄ OF PARKING SPACE 5° 23° 8" R2'-0" R1'-8" R6" 4" 1'-0" 1'-8" 3" 8" 1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-6" WHITE REFLECTIVE PAINT BLUE BACKGROUND N.T.S. CONCRETE PAD A1 6" BROOM FINISH CONCRETE 6" OF CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COMPACTED NATIVE, IMPORTED OR COMMON FILL MATERIAL RE: PLAN NOTES: 1. PLACE EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES AND 60' MAXIMUM SPACING. 2. BROOM FINISH CONCRETE, CONTINUOUS PLACEMENT PREFERRED, SCORE INTERVALS AT 5-FEET MAXIMUM SPACING. 3. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS, PLACEMENT & CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. N.T.S. GRAVEL SECTION A4 NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT. 2. PREPARE SUBGRADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. 3" OF AGGREGATE BASE 8" OF AGGREGATE SUBBASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE DETAILS C-501 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\02_CIVIL\C-501.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 4:09 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O RVM JLP ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. VERIFY ALL EXISTING GRADING. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WALKING SURFACES ARE TO BE BE GRADED AT NO MORE THAN 5% IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL AND NO MORE THAN 2% PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, SEE CIVIL FOR ACTUAL GRADING. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION IS TO BE AT MINIMUM 18" ABOVE THE HIGHEST ADJACENT CROWN OF THE ADJACENT STREET, SEE CIVIL FOR ACTUAL FINISHED FLOOR. 4. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE DRAINAGE SWALES WITH BANKS THAT DO NOT EXCEED 33%. 5. PROVIDE LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION THAT MEETS OR EXCEED ALL APPLICABLE STANDARDS. SITE NOTES ASSESSORS PARCEL NUMBER : R1842701985 ADDRESS : 960 S MAIN STREET STAR, IDAHO 83669 LEGAL DESCRIPTION : DICKSONS SUBDIVISION 4N1W17 PAR #1985 NE SIDE OF LOT 76 ZONE : RT (states this on the assessors website, however, Star zoning map distinguishes it as 'Public', not RT. LOT AREA : ACRES = 5.239 ACRES SQUARE FOOTAGE = 228,211 SQUARE FEET BUILDING AREA : LEVEL 1 = 3137 SQ. FT. TOTAL = 3137 SQ. FT. ATTACHED GARAGE = 610 SQ. FT. DETACHED GARAGE = 1480 SQ. F.T REAR DECK = 2,750 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM HEIGHT : ALLOWED : PROPOSED : N/A (NOT CHANGING) LOT COVERAGE : ACTUAL = 3.5% BUILDING COVERAGE SETBACKS : REQUIRED : PROPOSED: FRONT - N/A (NOT CHANGING) SIDE - N/A (NOT CHANGING) REAR - N/A (NOT CHANGING) SITE ANALYSIS AS1.1 RE: A1.2-5 1.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 6.9 6.9 5.9 6.11 6.12 3.3 23.1 2.1 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" OVERALL SITE PLAN 1 3.3 32.1 32.1 32.1 6.11 6 A6.1 6 A6.1 6 A1.2 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. ALL DEMOLITION IS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION TO OCCUR. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE AND COORDINATE DEMOLITION AND REPAIR AS NEEDED TO ACHIEVE THE INDICATED NEW CONSTRUCTION RESULTS. THE FULL EXTENT OF THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AND ACCOMMODATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE ACTUAL DEMOLITION AND REPAIR EXTENT AND PROVIDE THE MEANS AND METHODS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY DEMOLISH AND COMPLETE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY REQUIREMENTS TO THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK. 4. CAP, PLUG, BURY AND CONCEAL EXISTING UTILITIES AS REQUIRED. 5. ALL MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT RELOCATED OR RE-USED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER AT THEIR DISCRETION OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE (WITH THE OWNERS APPROVAL) AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FINISHES, FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL COVERINGS, PAINT, CONCRETE, GRINDING, CORING, CUTTING, ETC. REMOVE AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW FINISHES. SHEET NOTES AD1.1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 1 2.16 2.17 2.15 2.7 2.5 2.11 2.3 2.4 2.8 2.9 2.9 2.10 2.9 2.12 2.4 2.8 2.15 TYP. TYP. 2.4 2.8 TYP. 2.5 TYP. 2.5 TYP. 2.3 TYP. 2.14 2.13 2.13 2.15 2.30 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL DOOR FRAMES AND DOOR/WINDOW ASSEMBLIES ARE TO BE LOCATED 0'-4" FROM FACE OF ADJACENT WALL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. CONTRACTOR TO ASSESS AND REVIEW ALL CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PREPARATIONS AND REMEDIATION TO RECEIVE NEW WORK AND FINISHES. 5. ALL SIGNAGE IS TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER. 6. ALL EXISTING STOREFRONT AND EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS IS TO BE WASHED, AND EXISTING STOREFRONT IS TO BE SELECTIVELY RE-PAINTED. REMOVE ALL GRAFFITI FROM BUILDING. SHEET NOTES A1.1 1 A7.1 STORAGE/ DRESSING 110 100B 4 A6.1 1 A6.1 3 A6.1 1 A7.1 1 A7.1 RESTROOM 111 STORAGE 112 MEETING ROOM NO. 2 109 MEETING ROOM NO. 1 108 ASSEMBLY 107 ENTRY VESTIBULE 100 KITCHEN 106 RESTROOM 101 RESTROOM 105 STORAGE CLOSET 104 UTILITIES 103 GARAGE 102 100A 107B 108B 109B 112 110 109A 108A 104 103 102 A B B 107A SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN 1 1 A6.1 1 A6.1 1 A6.1 4 A6.1 1 A6.1 3 A6.1 4 A6.1 1 A6.1 2 A6.1 2 A6.1 1 A6.1 1 A6.1 10.24 10.23 10.24 10.23 2.18 2.19 2.18 2.20 23.3 23.2 22.1 5.7 5.7 6.13 6.13 6.13 TYP. TYP. 6.13 TYP. 6.13 23.2 23.2 D E B B B 4 A1.2 1 A1.2 3 A1.2 2 A1.2 10.25 10.25 5.7 5.7 CL CL CL SCH-2 LVT-1 SCH-2 LVT-1 LVT-1 P-3 P-3 P-4 P-4 PT-3 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. VERIFY CONNECTIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 3. PROVIDE SOLID BACKING FULL-LENGTH, TOP AND BOTTOM OF ALL WALL MOUNTED ELEMENTS. 4. VERIFY ALL HEIGHTS OF WALL MOUNTED ELEMENTS. 5. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN AND REVIEW ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CUT-SHEETS AN VERIFY ALL SPACES AND CONFINES ARE ABLE TO RECEIVE AND ACCEPT SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. SHEET NOTES A1.2 2 A2.1 B A 3 A2.1 B A 1 A2.1 B A 111 101 105 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 105 RESTROOM 4 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 106 KITCHEN 1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 101 RESTROOM 3 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 111 RESTROOM 2 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR RAMP 5 2.21 2.22 2.22 11.2 2.24 10.21 2.23 TYP. 10.1 10.5 10.7 10.19 10.2 10.20 10.9 10.1 10.5 10.7 10.19 10.2 10.20 10.9 4 A2.1 B A 10.1 10.5 10.7 10.19 10.2 10.20 10.9 10.17 RE: A7.1-X 2.2 3.2 2.2 3.3 10.4 10.4 10.4 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" TRELLIS PLAN 6 5 A6.1 D D D D D D D D C C 5.10 5.10 TL-1 SCH-2 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 TL-1 SCH-2 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 TL-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-1 SCH-2 P-3 P-3 P-3 1. IN THE CASE THAT NEW KITCHEN MILLWORK IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE TAGGED FINISHES IN PLAN, AND ADA COMPLIANT SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. IN THE CASE THAT EXISTING KITCHEN MILLWORK IS TO REMAIN AND BE ALTERED FOR ADA COMPLIANCE, STAIN EXISTING MILLWORK TO MATCH TAGGED FINISH. 3. FINISH TL-2, CERAMIC TILE WAINSCOT AT ALL RESTROOM WALLS 48" HIGH MIN. AND PAINTED GYP. ABOVE. HORIZONTAL BRICK PATTERN. INTERIOR KEYED NOTES SS-1 SS-1 SS-1 PL-1 PL-1 PL-1 TL-2 THROUGHOUT RESTROOM 3 TL-2 THROUGHOUT RESTROOM 3 10.13 10.13 10.13 5.10 10.16 10.16 10.16 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com SHEET NOTES 1. ALL GYPSUM CEILING, SOFFITS, AND HEADERS ARE TO BE A LEVEL 4 GRADE FINISH. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING IS IN-FILLED, MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE HEIGHT AND FINISH. TAPE, TEXTURE AND FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE ALL WORK INTERFACING WITH ALL CEILING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL. 3. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY AND PROVIDE SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CATEGORY. 4. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENTS AND REPORT TO ARCHITECT, ANY CONFLICTS WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND CONDITIONS. A2.1 CEILING TYPES DESCRIPTION MARK GYP-1 EXISTING WOOD CEILING AND TRUSSES WD-1 NEW 5 8" GYPSUM BOARD CEILING PATCHES CEILING LEGEND LIGHTING EXIT SIGNAGE GYP-1 TYPICAL THROUGHOUT, UNO. ALL GYPSUM CEILINGS SHALL BE 9'-0" A.F.F. WD-1 RECESSED 4" LED, WET RATED X'-X" EXISTING EXTERIOR WOOD SOFFIT WD-2 GYP-1 EXISTING TO REMAIN WD-1 WD-1 WD-2 TYPICAL EXTERIOR SOFFIT WD-2 TYPICAL EXTERIOR SOFFIT STORAGE/ DRESSING 110 RESTROOM 111 STORAGE 112 MEETING ROOM NO. 2 109 MEETING ROOM NO. 1 108 ASSEMBLY 107 ENTRY VESTIBULE 100 KITCHEN 106 RESTROOM 101 RESTROOM 105 STORAGE CLOSET 104 UTILITIES 103 GARAGE 102 NOT USED, MATCH ALL CEILINGS TO EXISTING CEILING HEIGHTS U.N.O. SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1 6.14 10.24 2.25 10.24 6.13 TYP. 2.18 2.26 TYP. 2.25 6.13 TYP. 4 A7.1 10.22 10.22 10.18 4 A7.1 SIM. 6.14 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com SHEET NOTES 1. ASSESS ROOF IS MAINTAINING POSITIVE DRAINAGE. 2. VERIFY ALL DRAINAGE FROM ROOF IS FUNCTIONING AND DRAINING WITHOUT WATER INTRUSION. DETERMINE ABILITY OF DRAINAGE TO CONTINUE PROPER USE. 3. PROVIDE DRAINAGE CRICKETS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE, EVEN IF NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. PROVIDE GALVANIZED PRE-FINISHED FLASHING, COUNTER-FLASHINGS, REGLETS, DRIP EDGES, VENTS, AND COPINGS OF MINIMUM 22 GAUGE. COLOR TO MATCH METAL ROOF COLOR. 5. PROVIDE BITUMINOUS RUBBERIZED ASPHALT WATER-PROOF ICE/WATER SHIELD BENEATH ALL METAL ROOFING SYSTEMS. A3.1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" ROOF PLAN 1 5.8 TYP. 2.28 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 5.1 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 TYP. TYP. 5.1 TYP. ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLIMENTARY COMPONENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION IF INCONSISTENCIES, CONTRADICTIONS OR OMISSIONS ARE DISCOVERED. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, IF DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED & NOT FOUND, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO COLUMN CENTERLINES OR TO FACE OF FRAMING, CLEAR DIMENSIONS INDICATE DIMENSION BETWEEN FINISHES. 4. ALL EXPOSED FOUNDATIONS AND FOOTINGS ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH OR COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER. PROVIDE NECESSARY SURFACE TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH CONSISTENT FINISH, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATION. 5. PROVIDE 24 GAUGE PRE-FINISHED METAL FLASHING, DRIP EDGE AND TRIM TO MATCH ROOF COLOR, AS SELECTED BY OWNER. 6. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS PRE-FININSHED 22 GAUGE METAL GUTTER TO MATCH FLASHING AT ALL ROOF EAVES. 7. RAILINGS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY PURPOSES. RE: A5.1. SHEET NOTES A4.1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTH 1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST 2 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST 3 TYP. 6.12 7.2 TYP. 7.2 TYP. 7.2 TYP. 6.12 2.28 2.28 2.28 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 2.27 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" TRELLIS SYSTEM ELEVATION 4 T.0. DECK FINISH 0'-0" B.O. TRELLIS 8'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" RAILING SYSTEM ELEVATION 4 B B B B B B 107B 108B 109B 107B 107B 108B 109B 5.9 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 105 102 105 102 7.1 TYP. 7.1 TYP. 7.1 ---PAGE BREAK--- 960 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLIMENTARY COMPONENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION IF INCONSISTENCIES, CONTRADICTIONS OR OMISSIONS ARE DISCOVERED. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, IF DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED & NOT FOUND, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO COLUMN CENTERLINES OR TO FACE OF FRAMING, CLEAR DIMENSIONS INDICATE DIMENSION BETWEEN FINISHES. 4. ALL EXPOSED FOUNDATIONS AND FOOTINGS ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH OR COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER. PROVIDE NECESSARY SURFACE TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH CONSISTENT FINISH, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATION. 5. PROVIDE 24 GAUGE PRE-FINISHED METAL FLASHING, DRIP EDGE AND TRIM TO MATCH ROOF COLOR, AS SELECTED BY OWNER. 6. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS PRE-FININSHED 22 GAUGE METAL GUTTER TO MATCH FLASHING AT ALL ROOF EAVES. 7. RAILINGS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY PURPOSES. RE: A5.1. SHEET NOTES A4.2 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH 1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION - WEST 2 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHWEST 3 7.2 TYP. 7.2 TYP. 7.2 TYP. 2.28 2.28 2.28 5.8 5.8 5.8 7.1 TYP. 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 A 100B 108A 109A 100B A 100B 108A 109A 1.1 7.1 TYP. 7.1 TYP. ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLIMENTARY COMPONENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION IF INCONSISTENCIES, CONTRADICTIONS OR OMISSIONS ARE DISCOVERED. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, IF DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED & NOT FOUND, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO COLUMN CENTERLINES OR TO FACE OF FRAMING, CLEAR DIMENSIONS INDICATE DIMENSION BETWEEN FINISHES. 4. INTERIOR ITEMS ON BUILDING WALLS, CONDUIT, PIPING, MECHANICAL ELEMENTS, DUCTING, GRILLES, LOUVERS, ACCESS PANELS AND COVERS ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES, UNLESS PRE-FINISHED TO MATCH. 5. ALL DUCTING, GRILLES, LOUVERS, ACCESS PANELS AND COVERS ARE TO BE WHOLLY LOCATED WITHIN ONE WALL FINISH AND LOCATIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 6. ALL GYPSUM BOARD WORK TO CONFORM TO THE U.S. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 7. ALL TILE WORK TO CONFORM TO THE TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, INCORPORATED HANDBOOK. 8. PROVIDE GYPSUM / CEMENT BOARD FINISH LEVELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH TYPES OF FINISHES APPLIED TO GYPSUM / CEMENT BOARD. 9. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN SIMILAR AND DISSIMILAR MATERIALS ARE TO BE SEALED, WITH CLEAR AND PAINTABLE SEALANT OR TINTED SEALANT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 10. REFER TO ALL DRAWINGS FOR FINISH, LOCATION, TYPE AND INFORMATION. 11. ALL JOINTS; GROUT, MORTAR, CONTROL, EXPANSION AND TRIM, FLASHING ARE TO BE CENTERED WITHIN THE ROOM AND SPACE AND WALL AND COORDINATED WITH ANY JOINTS, TRIM AND FLASHING ON THE CEILING. 12. ALL MILLWORK, WOODWORK, AND CABINETRY IS TO COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS (AWS). SHEET NOTES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" RESTROOM - 111 2A A5.1 SCALE: 1/4" RESTROOM - 101 3A SCALE: 1/4" RESTROOM - 105 4A SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" RESTROOM - 111 2B SCALE: 1/4" RESTROOM - 101 3B SCALE: 1/4" RESTROOM - 105 4B 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.19 10.11 10.6 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.11 10.19 10.11 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.19 10.11 10.6 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.19 10.11 10.6 10.4 10.20 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.11 10.19 10.11 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.11 10.19 10.11 WT P1 WT P1 WT P1 WT P1 WT P1 WT P1 10.20 10.20 10.15 10.4 10.15 10.4 10.15 TL-2 TL-2 SCH-1 SCH-1 TL-2 SCH-1 10.10 10.10 10.10 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com 1. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLIMENTARY COMPONENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION IF INCONSISTENCIES, CONTRADICTIONS OR OMISSIONS ARE DISCOVERED. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, IF DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED & NOT FOUND, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR CLARIFICATION. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO COLUMN CENTERLINES OR TO FACE OF FRAMING, CLEAR DIMENSIONS INDICATE DIMENSION BETWEEN FINISHES. 4. ALL EXPOSED FOUNDATIONS AND FOOTINGS ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH OR COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER. PROVIDE NECESSARY SURFACE TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH CONSISTENT FINISH, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL DATUM ELEVATIONS. 6. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, 0'-0" EQUALS RESPECTIVE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. SEE CIVIL FOR ACTUAL FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. 7. REFER TO MATERIAL SCHEDULE AND MATERIAL CALLOUTS FOR FINISHES. SHEET NOTES SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION - EXTERIOR DOOR 4 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION - EXTERIOR WINDOW 3 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION - WALL INFILL 2 A6.1 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION - WINDOW INFILL 1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" DECK STAIRS 6 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TRELLIS SYSTEM 5 6.10 5.9 6.9 6.9 3.4 3.4 6.6 6.7 6.5 6.9 6.16 6.16 F 3'-0" 6.15 T.0. DECK FINISH 0'-0" T.O. FRAMING 3'-0" B.O. TRELLIS 8'-0" B.O. TRIM PIECES 2'-5 1/2" A A A 3'-0" A 6.9 7.4 5.4 6.15 10.14 10.3 6.15 6.15 2.29 6.9 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 8 A7.1 9 A7.1 6 A7.1 5 A7.1 2 A7.1 2 A7.1 2 A7.1 2 A7.1 8.1 6.8 6.9 7.4 5.4 10.14 10.3 6.8 8.1 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" COLUMN WRAP 1 A7.1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" FASCIA WRAP 2 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WOOD RAILING TO METAL RAILING 3 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" OPERABLE PARTION WALL SOFFIT 4 E F.H. SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WINDOW HEAD 5 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WINDOW SILL 6 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WINDOW JAMB 7 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DOOR HEAD 8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DOOR THRESHOLD 9 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DOOR JAMB 10 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" ALUMINUM JAMB (HEAD SIM.) 11 SCALE: 1'-0" = 1'-0" TILE TO LVT TRANSITION 12 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" SWING DOOR THRESHOLD 13 2.31 5.3 8.2 8.1 5.8 5.1 5.6 5.3 10.26 6.4 9.1 2.9 5.14 5.5 5.9 5.11 3.1 5.12 5.10 R-1 5.13 5.13 9'-0" A.F.F. B.O. STEEL COLUMN 7'-11 1/2" A.F.F. B.O. PARTITION SOFFIT 9.1 6.2 6.3 9.1 10.23 6.2 8.1 8.2 5.6 8.1 2.32 2.6 9.3 6.9 2.31 5.3 8.2 8.1 6.2 6.2 8.1 8.2 5.6 8.2 8.1 6.2 A 3'-0" 5.13 2.6 8.1 9.3 2.32 9.2 X SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL TYPE. 6.5 5.15 6.1 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1119 E. State Street, Suite 120 - Eagle, Idaho 83616 p. [PHONE REDACTED] www.alcarchitecture.com ABBREVIATIONS DOOR/WINDOW NOTES SIGNAGE HARDWARE GROUP RATING & LABEL FRAME HEAD MATERIAL GLASS FINISH DOOR & FRAME REMARKS DOOR MATERIAL TYPE DOOR MARK FACING/FINISH DOOR SCHEDULE SIZE JAMB 100A 6'-0" 100B 101 WIDTH - HEIGHT - 6'-8" THICKNESS - PANEL TYPE REMARKS BASE WALLS ROOM NUMBER ROOM SCHEDULE FLOOR 100 - ENTRY VESTIBULE TL-1 101 - RESTROOM TL-1 WB TL-2 P-3 WALLS WAINSOT WALLS WAINSOT WAINSOT WALLS WAINSOT N E W S P-3 P-1 P-3 102 - GARAGE EXIST. EXIST. WALLS P-1 WT P-1 WT P-3 WT P-1 WT CEILING STYLE MARK INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL LEGEND MANUFACTURER LVT TL-1 SIZE WB REMARKS MATERIAL COLOR FINISH LUXURY VINYL TILE PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE WOOD BASE MATTE SATIN TEXTURED EGGSHELL THROUGHOUT THROUGHOUT UNO. NEW KITCHEN MILLWORK MITERED EDGES AT KITCHEN SEMIGLOSS WHERE REQUIRED AT UTILITY/STORAGE ROOMS 6" X 48" PLANK 12" X 24" 4" HIGH 4" HIGH 48561 FAWN SA06 META LIGHT GRAY STAIN TO MATCH FLOOR WF0011T MACCHIATO 9208CS WHITE STONE SW 9165 GOSSAMER VEIL 80 FAWN SOLITUDE SLATE ATTACHE 4" WOOD BASE ACRYLIC SLAB 4" SHAW CONTRACT DALTILE NEVAMAR WILSONART SHERWIN WILLIAMS JOHNSONITE 3'-0" 1 3/4" A A E ACW ACW WD ACW ACW AL FF 1 1 2 T JAMB SILL / THRESHOLD DETAILS A. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES AND LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. B. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED 34 INCHES MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. C. MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE NOT PERMITTED. D. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY DOOR OR LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. E. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN INTERIOR SWINGING EGRESS DOOR, OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS, SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS. F. THERE SHALL BE A FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR, AND SUCH FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE AT THE SAME ELEVATION ON EACH SIDE OF THE DOOR. G. LOCKS AND LATCHES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PREVENT OPERATION OF DOORS WHERE THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED, A SIGN POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL BE IN 1 INCH HIGH LETTERS AND ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. H. THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF EACH DOOR OPENING SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32 INCHES MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND STOP, WITH THE DOOR OPEN TO 90 DEGREES. I. DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO AN OPEN POSITION OF 12 DEGREES SHALL BE 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. J. ALL GLAZING IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS WHERE GLAZING IS LOCATED IN AN INDIVIDUAL FIXED OR OPERABLE PANEL ADJACENT TO A DOOR WHERE THE NEAREST EXPOSED EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS WITH IN A 24 INCH ARC OF EITHER VERTICAL EDGE OF THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. GLAZING IN A INDIVIDUAL FIXED OR OPERABLE PANEL WHOSE EXPOSED AREA OF INDIVIDUAL PANE IS GREATER THAN 9 SQUARE FEET AND THE EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE IS LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND THE EXPOSED TOP EDGE IS GREATER THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. K. ALL METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE PROVIDED WITH SILENCERS. L. ALL DOOR HARDWARE IS TO BE COMMERCIAL GRADE AND QUALITY. M. ALL GLAZING AND DOOR SYSTEMS ARE TO BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR SELECTION AND APPROVAL. N. FIELD VERIFY ALL WINDOW / DOORS OPENING DIMENSIONS. O. MINIMUM GLASS THICKNESS TO BE 1 P. ALL DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH IBC. Q. THE PROVIDED HARDWARE SCHEDULE IS INTENDED TO COVER ALL DOORS AND REQUIRED HARDWARE AND ESTABLISH A TYPE AND STANDARD OF QUALITY. IT SHALL BE THE SPECIFIC DUTY OF THE HARDWARE SUPPLIER / CONTRACTOR TO EXAMINE THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED HARDWARE AND DOORS TO COMPLY TO ALL CURRENT CODES FOR ALL OPENINGS LISTED OR NOT. R. PROVIDE ITEMS, ARTICLES, MATERIALS, OPERATIONS AND METHODS LISTED, MENTIONED OR SCHEDULED OR ON THE DRAWINGS, IN QUANTITIES AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE PROJECT. PROVIDE HARDWARE THAT FUNCTIONS PROPERLY. PRIOR TO FURNISHING HARDWARE, ADVISE ARCHITECT OF ITEMS THAT WILL NOT OPERATE PROPERLY, ARE IMPROPER FOR CONDITIONS, OR WILL NOT REMAIN PERMANENTLY ANCHORED. S. ALL RESTROOM DOORS SHALL HAVE UNISEX RESTROOM SIGNAGE INCLUDING BRAIL MOUNTED PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. SEE KEY NOTE 10.12 ON G1.2. T. BASIS OF DESIGN IS PELLA WINDOWS AND DOORS. CONTACT CHRIS DEFONTE FOR PRICING. (208) 781-1658. [EMAIL REDACTED]. U. WINDOWS AND DOORS TO BE ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD. V. WINDOW AND DOOR SIZES MUST BE CONFIRMED ON SITE AND FIT EXISTING OPENINGS. STANDARD SIZES SHOULD BE USED WHENEVER POSSIBLE. W. GLASS TO BE CARDINAL LOWE 272. X. INTERIOR TO BE UNFINISHED, CLEAR PINE. Y. EXTERIOR CLAD COLOR TO BE DARK BRONZE. Z. NEW WINDOWS A TO BE FIXED. WINDOW B TO BE A DOUBLE OPERABLE CASEMENT. AA. BOTH SLIDING DOORS AND SWINGING DOORS REQUIRE AN ADA COMPLIANT THRESHOLD AND AN ADA-COMPLIANT BOTTOM RAIL. AB. SLIDING DOORS TO COME WITH THE AMBROSE OR NOTUS HANDLE SET. COLOR TO BE DARK BRONZE. AC. SWINGING DOORS TO FITTED WITH SURFACE MOUNTED PANIC BARS, CLOSERS, AND KICK PLATES FROM VON DUPRIN OR SARGENT. AD. SLIDING DOORS AND OPERABLE WINDOWS TO INCLUDES SCREENS. AE. THE IN-SWING DOOR IN THE 105 RESTROOM WILL BE AN ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD DOOR WITH SPANDREL GLASS. HARDWARE AND HANDLE SET TO BE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. HANDLE SET TO HAVE KEYED ACCESS. THRESHOLD TO BE ADA COMPLIANT. KEYNOTE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL COLOR RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK B-35903 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK B-2746 CHROME SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER BOBRICK B-270 CHROME GRAB BAR AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INCORPORATED 36-3800 SERIES SMOOTH, SATIN FINISH GRAB BAR AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INCORPORATED 42-3800 SERIES SMOOTH, SATIN FINISH MIRROR BOBRICK B-293-2436 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SATIN GRAB BAR, VERTICAL AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INCORPORATED 3800 SERIES SMOOTH, SATIN FINISHED SOAP DISPENSER SPARTAN LITE N' FOAMY 1000ML, #9757 BLACK RESPONSIBILITY C.F.C.I. C.F.C.I. C.F.C.I. C.F.C.I. C.F.C.I. C.F.C.I. C.F.C.I. ACCESSORY SCHEDULE T = TEMPERED GLASS HM = HOLLOW METAL CLR = CLEAR PP = PRIME AND PAINT AL = ALUMINUM WD = SOLID CORE WOOD SS = STAINED & SEALED FF = FACTORY FINISHED ACW = ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD SG = SPANDREL GLASS HEAD REMARKS WINDOW MATERIAL WINDOW MARK FINISH WINDOW SCHEDULE OPENING SIZE JAMB A 3'-0" 3'-8" PANEL ACW FF A7.1-5 A7.1-7 1" TEMPERED JAMB A7.1-7 SILL A7.1-6 DETAILS HEIGHT - WIDTH - SILL HEIGHT 3'-0" B 5'-0" 3'-8" ACW FF 1" TEMPERED 3'-0" 10.19 10.16 10.20 10.11 10.11 10.6 10.7 10.4 10.8 10.15 TOILET AMERICAN STANDARD 209AA138.020 C.F.C.I. SINK AND FAUCET AMERICAN STANDARD 0356.028.020 C.F.C.I. A8.1 103 - UTILITIES LVT RB P-1 P-1 FRP P-1 FRP P-1 104 - STORAGE CLOSET LVT WB P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 105 - RESTROOM TL-1 TL-2 P-1 WT P-1 WT P-3 WT P-1 WT 106 - KITCHEN LVT WB P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 107 - ASSEMBLY LVT WB P-1 P-1 P-1 P-4 108 - MEETING ROOM NO. 1 LVT WB P-4 P-1 P-1 P-1 109 - MEETING ROOM NO. 2 LVT WB P-4 P-3 P-1 P-1 110 - STORAGE/DRESSING LVT WB P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 111 - RESTROOM TL-1 TL-2 P-1 WT P-1 WT P-3 WT P-1 WT 112 - STORAGE LVT RB P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE SS-1 ACRYLIC SOLID SURFACE DOOR HARDWARE SETS SET #1 (EXTERIOR DOORS) HARDWARE BY MANUFACTURER AND MANUFACTURERS VENDORS 102 103 104 E WD AL A7.1-11 4 105 107A 107B C C ACW ACW ACW ACW A7.1-12 A7.1-8 A7.1-10 1 1 SG/TIMER HARDWARE A7.1-10 A7.1-9 108A 108B 109A B C B ACW ACW ACW ACW ACW ACW 1 1 1 109B 110 111 C E E ACW WD WD ACW AL AL 1 2 2 112 E WD AL 3 RB RUBBER BASE A7.1-5 A7.1-7 A7.1-7 A7.1-6 EXIST. EXIST. 3'-0" 3'-0" EXIST. 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 6'-0" 1 3/4" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" A7.1-8 A7.1-10 A7.1-10 A7.1-9 A7.1-8 A7.1-10 A7.1-10 A7.1-9 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-12 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-11 A7.1-13 A7.1-13 A7.1-13 A7.1-13 A7.1-14 A7.1-14 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF P-1 PAINT (GENERAL WALLS THROUGHOUT) 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" DOOR TYPES @ 1/4" = 1'-0" WINDOW TYPES @ 1/4" = 1'-0" A B A B C D E T T T T T T HI-LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN ELKAY EZSTL8LC 10.17 FRP AROUND MOP SINK ONLY SET #2 (INTERIOR DOORS) 3 - HINGES 1 - LATCH 1 - PRIVACY LOCK 1 - CLOSER 2 - HANDLES SILENCERS SET #3 (STORAGE DOOR) 3 - HINGES 1 - LATCH 1 - MORTISE LOCKSET 1 - CLOSER 2 - HANDLES SILENCERS SET #4 (PANTRY DOOR) 3 - HINGES 1 - LATCH 2 - HANDLES EGGSHELL SEMIGLOSS WHERE REQUIRED SW7004 SNOWBOUND SHERWIN WILLIAMS P-2 PAINT (GYPSUM CEILINGS) 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" BASIS OF DESIGN PELLA FIXED OR EQUAL BASIS OF DESIGN PELLA SWING DOOR OR EQUAL BASIS OF DESIGN PELLA SLIDING DOOR OR EQUAL BASIS OF DESIGN SOLID CORE WOOD TL-2 CERAMIC WALL TILE MATTE 6" X 8" 0799 MATTE PEARL WHITE WALL TILE DALTILE RESTROOM FLOOR. GROUT: ARDEX DOVE GRAY 18 INSTALL HORIZ. BRICK PTRN. GROUT: ARDEX DOVE GRAY 18 SCH-1 RESTROOM BASE COVE DILEX-AHK SCHLUTER RESTROOM COVE BASE COVE PROFILE + COVE CORNERS AE - SATIN ANO. ALUM. EGGSHELL SEMIGLOSS WHERE REQUIRED SW7058 MAGNETIC GRAY SHERWIN WILLIAMS P-3 PAINT (WALL ACCENT) EGGSHELL SEMIGLOSS WHERE REQUIRED SW7044 AMAZING GRAY SHERWIN WILLIAMS P-4 PAINT (WALL ACCENT) SCH-2 TILE/LVT TRANSITION STRIP 3/8" X 5/32" RENO-U SCHLUTER RESTROOM COVE BASE AE - SATIN ANO. ALUM. P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2/WD WD WD EXIST. FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL AROUND MOP SINK ---PAGE BREAK--- GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES S-001 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-001 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 7:15 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:20 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O BASIS OF DESIGN 1. BUILDING CODE: 2015 IBC 2. BUILDING CLASS CATEGORY: III 3. GRAVITY DESIGN A. DEAD LOADS a. ROOF: 20 PSF b. FLOOR: 15 PSF B. LIVE LOADS a. ROOF: 20 PSF b. FLOOR: 100 PSF C. SNOW LOADS a. GROUND SNOW LOAD: Pg 25 PSF b. ROOF SNOW LOAD: Pf 25 PSF c. EXPOSURE FACTOR: Ce 1.0 d. IMPORTANCE FACTOR: Is 1.1 e. THERMAL FACTOR: Ct 1.0 4. WIND DESIGN A. BASIC WIND SPEED: 120 MPH B. EXPOSURE CATEGORY: C 5. SEISMIC DESIGN A. ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE B. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: III C. IMPORTANCE FACTOR: Ie 1.25 D. MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION: Ss & S1: 0.295g & 0.104g E. SITE CLASS: D F. SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENT: Sds & Sd1: 0.308g & 0.165g G. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: C H. SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT: Cs 0.059 I. RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR: R 6.5 J. DESIGN BASE SHEAR: 5.5 K 6. SOILS A. SOIL BEARING PRESSURE: 1500 PSF (ASSUMED) B. MINIMUM FROST COVER: 24 INCHES GENERAL 1. SCOPE A. THE GENERAL NOTES AND STANDARD DETAILS APPLY TO THE ENTIRE PROJECT, UNO. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE: B. AND VERIFY LOCATIONS, WEIGHTS AND SIZES OF MECHANICAL UNITS, EQUIPMENT, ETC., PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND ERECTING OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORTING ELEMENTS. REPORT SIZES AND LOCATIONS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS TO THE ARCH/EOR FOR REVIEW. ADDITIONAL FRAMING MAY BE REQUIRED. C. ROOF, FLOOR AND WALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL, ETC., WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH THE ARCH/EOR. D. DOORS, WINDOWS, WALLS, ELEVATIONS, SLOPES, STAIRS, CURBS, DRAINS, RECESSES, DEPRESSIONS, RAILINGS, WATERPROOFING, FINISHES, CHAMFERS, KERFS, PADS, LANDSCAPE WALLS, TRENCHES IN SLABS, ETC., WITH THE STRUCTURAL WORK. E. INSPECTIONS, TESTING AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS AS WORK PROCEEDS. NOTIFY THE EOR 48 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY REQUIRED STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS. 3. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE, SHORING AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS: A. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE METHOD, MEANS AND SEQUENCE OF STRUCTURAL ERECTION, UNO. HE SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY SHORING OR BRACING FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNTIL THE ENTIRE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM IS COMPLETED. DESIGN OF SHORING AND BRACING IS BY OTHERS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 4. OMISSIONS, CONFLICTS AND DISCREPANCIES: A. RESOLVE OMISSIONS, CONFLICTS AND DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ELEMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK INVOLVED. TIMBER DETAILS 1. CODES AND STANDARDS. COMPLY WITH THE LATEST VERSION OF: A. THE ANSI/AF&PA "NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION", (NDS). B. THE GRADING REQUIREMENTS OF THE WWPA. 2. MATERIALS: (ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED) A. STRUCTURAL LUMBER SPECIES AND GRADE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED ON PLANS OR DETAILS, ANY SUBSTITUTIONS OR ALTERATIONS OF LOWER GRADE TIMBER SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. a. JOISTS, BEAMS OR HEADERS: DF/L #2 OR BETTER. b. POSTS AND COLUMNS: DF/L #1 OR BETTER. c. STUDS: DF/L #2 OR BETTER. B. MANUFACTURED JOISTS: TRUS-JOIST OR APPROVED EQUAL. C. STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER: 24F-V4 FOR SIMPLE SPANS AND 24F-V8 FOR CONTINUOUS OR CANTILEVERED BEAMS. D. ENGINEERED LUMBER a. STRUCTURAL LAMINATED-VENEER-LUMBER (LVL): CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM DESIGN VALUES: b. FB = 2,600 PSI (JOIST/BEAM ORIENTATION) c. FV = 285 PSI d. E = 1,900,000 PSI e. STRUCTURAL LAMINATED-STRAND-LUMBER (LSL): CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM DESIGN VALUES: f. FB = 2,325 PSI (JOIST/BEAM ORIENTATION) g. FV = 310 PSI h. E = 1,550,000 PSI i. STRUCTURAL PARALLEL-STRAND-LUMBER (PSL): CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM DESIGN VALUES: j. FB = 2,900 PSI (JOIST/BEAM ORIENTATION) k. FV = 290 PSI l. E = 2,200,000 PSI E. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS SHALL BE EXPOSURE 1 GRADE OR BETTER APA RATED SHEATHING WITH EXTERIOR GLUE AND CONFORM TO STANDARD PS 1-83, OR PS 2-92. F. WOOD CONNECTORS SHALL BE SIMPSON-STRONG-TIE. 3. CONSTRUCTION: A. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT 8'-0" OC MAXIMUM SPACING FOR DIMENSIONAL LUMBER AND LVL JOISTS. PROVIDE BRIDGING IN ALL OTHER MANUFACTURED JOISTS AS PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. MEET MINIMUM NAILING REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL (FRAMING ANCHORS, JOIST HANGERS, PURLIN ANCHORS, ETC.) AS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER, UNO. C. INSTALL WASHERS UNDER ALL BOLT NUTS. MAKE BOLT HOLES ONLY 1/32 TO 1/16 INCH LARGER THAN BOLTS. TIGHTEN NUTS SNUGLY, BUT DO NOT CRUSH THE WOOD. DO NOT COUNTERSINK BOLTS, UNO. D. SPECIFIED NAILS ARE COMMON AND SHALL CORRESPOND TO THE FOLLOWING DIAMETERS AND (16d -0.162"∅ & 3-1/2" LONG; 10d-0.148"∅ & 3" LONG; 8d-0.131"∅ & 2-1/2" LONG) E. MINIMUM NAILING OF MEMBERS: CONFORM TO IBC, TABLE 2304.9.1, UNO. F. NAIL BUILT-UP BEAMS OF 2X_ MEMBERS 12" DEEP OR LESS TOGETHER WITH 16d NAILS AT 12" OC, STAGGERED. ADD 16d COMMON NAILS AT SUPPORTS. BOLT 2X_ MEMBERS DEEPER THAN 12" TOGETHER WITH 1/2" BOLTS AT 16" OC STAGGERED. ADD BOLTS AT SUPPORTS. G. DOUBLE TOP PLATES SHALL HAVE AN MINIMUM LAP LENGTH OF 4FT FASTENED WITH ROWS OF 16d NAILS @ 6" O.C., UNO. H. WOOD SHEATHING: ALL PANELS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE STAGGERED A MINIMUM OF 32". USE FULL SIZE PANELS EXCEPT AT ENDS OF ROOF, FLOOR, AND WALLS. DO NOT USE PANELS SMALLER THAN 4 SQ FT. NAILS SHALL NOT PENETRATE BEYOND THE FACE OF THE SHEATHING AND SHOULD REMAIN FLUSH. USE SHEATHING CLIPS WHERE BLOCKING IS NOT REQUIRED. I. FASTENERS IN PRESERVATIVE-TREATED AND FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD: CONFORM TO IBC, SECTION 2304.9.5, UNO. FOOTINGS 1. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE 12" MIN. THICK & PROPERLY FORMED, UNO. INTERIOR FOOTINGS MAY BE MONOLITHIC WITH SLAB. 2. ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR BELOW FROST DEPTH. 3. FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON UNDISTURBED NATURAL MATERIAL OR ON PROPERLY PLACED ENGINEERED FILL. SEE EARTHWORK NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL STEP FOOTINGS & FOUNDATION AS REQUIRED. 5. NO FOOTING SHALL BE PLACED IN WATER OR ON FROZEN GROUND. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THESE DRAWINGS BE "FINAL BID" UNTIL THE PROJECT IS FULLY PERMITTED. 2. ALL PRELIMINARY PRICING EFFORTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO BE ESTIMATES ONLY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE NECESSARY CONTINGENCIES, ALLOWANCES, ALTERNATES, ETC. AS APPROPRIATE TO ACCOUNT FOR MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS THAT WILL OCCUR TO THE DRAWINGS DURING THE FINALIZATION OF THE DESIGN AND PERMITTING. 3. THE OWNER OR CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONTINGENCIES FOR EACH OF THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENT COSTS TO BE USED AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: A. PROGRESS SET 7 PERCENT MINIMUM B. ALL OF THE "FINAL BID" CONTINGENCIES NOT USED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE REFUNDED TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO CLOSEOUT OF THE PROJECT. 4. ANY MODIFICATIONS, DELETIONS OR ELIMINATIONS TO THE STRUCTURAL BIDDING AND CONTINGENCY REQUIREMENTS WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, SHALL AUTOMATICALLY INDEMNIFY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF ANY COSTS THAT MAY ARISE DURING THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT. 5. WHERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR WITHIN THE DRAWINGS THE CONTRACTOR WILL EITHER RESOLVE THE DISCREPANCIES WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE BIDDING OR INCLUDE THE GREATER COST ITEM IN THE BID AND RESOLVE THE DISCREPANCY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. THIS DRAWING PACKAGE IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL ONLY. ANY MATERIALS ORDERED OR CONSTRUCTED BASED ON THIS DRAWING PACKAGE PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER-OF-RECORD IS AT RISK OF THE FRAMING CONTRACTOR. FRAMING CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO OBTAIN FINAL APPROVED DRAWING PACKAGE PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIAL AND/OR CONSTRUCTION. 7. IN ADDITION TO THE STEEL INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 5 PERCENT ALLOWANCE OF STEEL TO BE FINISHED, FABRICATED AND INSTALLED DURING THE PROGRESSION AS MAY BE DIRECTED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. IN THE EVENT THE ALLOWANCE IS NOT COMPLETELY EXHAUSTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD BE PREPARED TO ISSUE A CREDIT TO THE OWNER FOR THE REMAINING PORTION OF THE ALLOWANCE REINFORCING STEEL 1. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: A. CRSI "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE". B. ACI "DETAILING MANUAL", ACI 315 (OR SP-66). C. ACE 318 “BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE” D. ASTM A615, GRADE 60 FOR NEW STOCK DEFORMED REBAR AND ASTM A706, GRADE 60 DEFORMED WELDABLE REBAR 2. SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE EOR FOR REVIEW. DRAWINGS SHOULD INCLUDE FABRICATIONS, BENDING, PLACEMENT PLANES AND ELEVATIONS, BAR SIZES, MATERIAL, GRADE, BAR SCHEDULES, STIRRUP SPACING, BENT BAR DIAGRAMS, BAR ARRANGEMENT, SPLICES AND LAPS, MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS, TIE SPACING, HOOP SPACING, AND SUPPORTS FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT B. REQUESTS FOR ALTERATIONS OR LAP SPLICES MADE AT LOCATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE EOR FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF COMPONENT WHERE MATERIAL WILL BE USED. 3. INSPECTION: ALL REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE MARKED SO THEIR IDENTIFICATION CAN BE MADE WHEN THE FINAL IN-PLACE INSPECTION OCCURS. 4. CONSTRUCTION/OTHER: A. DETAIL, BOLSTER, AND SUPPORT ALL REBAR. TIE BARS SECURELY WITH PROPER CLEARANCES BEFORE CASTING CONCRETE. B. USE REBAR FREE OF LOOSE FLAKY RUST, SCALE, GREASE, OIL, DIRT, AND OTHER MATERIALS WHICH AFFECT OR IMPAIR BOND. C. PLACE REBAR CONTINUOUS IN WALLS, BEAMS, COLUMNS, SLABS, FOOTINGS, ETC. D. MINIMUM LAP SPLICES (INCHES): (MINIMUM LAP 24") #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 CONCRETE: 24" 24" 24" 33" 53" 66" 80" 96" 113" E. MAKE COLD BENDS. DO NOT USE HEAT. BENDS IN THE FABRICATOR'S SHOP, UNO. DO NOT UNBEND OR REBEND A PREVIOUSLY BENT BAR. F. MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER: (SECURELY POSITION AND ANCHOR REBAR PRIOR TO POUR) a. CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH 3" b. EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: b.1. #6 AND LARGER 2" b.2. #5 AND SMALLER1-1/2" c. NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: c.1. SLABS, WALLS AND JOIST, #11 & SMALLER 3/4" c.2. BEAMS, COLUMNS: MAIN REINFORCING OR TIES 1-1/2" d. SLABS-ON-GRADE (SOG) CENTER OF SLAB, UNO G. IN MASONRY, PLACE AND POSITION REBAR ACCORDING TO THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WHILE LAYING UNITS. SECURE AGAINST DISPLACEMENT AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: a. #4 AND SMALLER 6'-0" b. #5 AND LARGER 10'-0" H. DO NOT WELD REINFORCING UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. USE E-90XX ELECTRODES AND ASTM A706 REINFORCING. COMPLY WITH AWS REQUIREMENTS. I. USE EPOXY COATED REINFORCING WHEN SPECIFICALLY NOTED. INCREASE LAP SPLICE BY A FACTOR OF 1.2. J. WELDING: WELDING OF REINFORCING IS PERMITTED ONLY WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR WHEN APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE WITH LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 'RECOMMENDED PRACTICES FOR WELDING REINFORCING STEEL, ETC', AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY, AWS D1.4, AND ACI 318 SECTION 26.6.4 ALL REINFORCING TO BE WELDED SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A706 GRADE 60 UNO. K. DOWELS: REINFORCING DOWELS BETWEEN FOOTINGS AND WALLS OR COLUMNS SHALL BE THE SAME NUMBER, SIZE, SPACING AND GRADE AS THE SPECIFIED VERTICAL REINFORCING, UNO. L. WIRE FABRIC: WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A1064. MINIMUM LAP OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE 6 INCHES OR ONE FULL MESH AND ONE HALF, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. M. BARS SHALL BE SECURELY TIED IN PLACE WITH #16 DOUBLE-ANNEALED IRON WIRE. BARS SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON ACCEPTABLE CHAIRS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE REINFORCING STEEL PLACEMENT DETAILS AND PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR PLACING STEEL IN CONGESTED AREAS, AS NECESSARY. N. METAL CHAIRS, BOLSTER BAR SUPPORTS, AND SPACERS WHICH TOUCH FORM WORK SHALL BE PLASTIC-COATED. CONCRETE 1. CODES AND STANDARDS. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES: A. ACI 301, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS". B. ACI 318, "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE". C. ACI 347, "RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR CONCRETE FORM WORK". 2. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. CEMENT; ASTM C150, TYPE I, PORTLAND CEMENT. B. HARD ROCK AGGREGATES: ASTM C33 LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATES: ASTM C330 C. WATER SHALL BE POTABLE. D. AIR ENTRAINMENT: ASTM C260 E. FLY ASH: ASTM C618 F. CALCIUM CHLORIDE SHALL NOT BE USED. 3. MIX DESIGNS: A. SUBMIT MIX DESIGNS TO THE EOR FOR REVIEW. ALL MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY AND SEALED BY A CIVIL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE APPROPRIATE STATE. B. PLACE ONLY ONE TYPE OF CONCRETE AT ANY GIVEN TIME. C. THE MAXIMUM SLUMP SHALL BE 4" W/O PLASTICIZER ADDED. D. USE PEA GRAVEL AND/OR PLASTICIZER IN CONGESTED AREAS. E. LIMIT FLY ASH TO 20% OF THE TOTAL CEMENT. F. CONCRETE MIXES SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: TYPE OF 28 DAY MAX. MAX. MAX. AIR MIN. CONCRETE W/C DRY AGG. CEMENT MEMBER WEIGHT SIZE PER YD. (PSI) (RATIO) (PCF) (INCHES) (LBS) FOOTINGS: 3000 0.50 150 3/4 3 ±1 517 FOUNDATION WALLS: 3000 0.50 150 3/4 3 ±1 517 SLABS ON GRADE: INTERIOR 3000 0.50 150 1.5* 0 TO 2 517 G. MIXING AND PLACING OF AL CONCRETE AND SELECTION OF MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE PROPORTIONS OF AGGREGATE TO CEMENT SHALL BE SUCH AS TO PRODUCE A DENSE, WORKABLE MIX WHICH CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER. ALL CONCRETE SHALL HAVE AN ACCEPTABLE WATER-REDUCING ADMIXTURE ADDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. H. W/C RATIO SHALL BE BASED ON TOTAL WEIGHT OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. DO NOT ADD WATER TO CONCRETE DURING DELIVERY, AT PROJECT SITE OR DURING PLACEMENT. 4. CONSTRUCTION: A. MECHANICALLY VIBRATE CONCRETE DURING PLACEMENT. B. PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE, CHECK WITH TRADES TO INSURE PROPER PLACEMENT OF OPENINGS, BLOCK OUTS, SLEEVES, CURBS, CONDUITS, BOLTS, INSERTS, EMBEDS, DOWELS, ETC. PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS AND DOWELS PRIOR TO CASTING CONCRETE, UNO. C. FORM CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND BULKHEADS WITH A KEY WAY. INTENTIONALLY ROUGHEN CONTACT SURFACES (NEW OR EXISTING) AT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PRIOR TO CASTING ADJACENT POURS, UNO. D. ADD ADDITIONAL REINFORCING TOO SIDES OF FLOOR AND WALL OPENING, EQUIVALENT TO THE BARS CUT BY THE OPENING WITH HALF TO EACH SIDE OF THE OPENING OR #5 BARS, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, UN0. BARS PARALLEL TO THE PRINCIPAL REINFORCING SHALL RUN FULL LENGTH OF THE SPAN. END BARS IN THE OTHER DIRECTION WITH A STANDARD HOOK. ADD #5 X 5'-0" DIAGONAL BARS AT EVERY CORNER. E. DO NOT ALLOW PENETRATIONS THROUGH ANY BEAM, JOIST, COLUMN, PIER, FOOTING, OR JAMB WITHOUT THE EOR'S APPROVAL. OTHERWISE, RE-ROUT THE PENETRATION. F. EXPOSED CONCRETE CORNERS AND EDGES SHALL HAVE 3/4" CHAMFERS, UNO. G. MAINTAIN CONCRETE ABOVE 50°F AND IN A MOIST CONDITION FOR A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS AFTER PLACEMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE ACCEPTED BY EOR. FOR STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS THAT ARE USED PRIOR TO DESIGN STRENGTH, IF AVERAGE TEMPERATURE AT THE SITE IS BELOW 50°F, ADDITIONAL TESTING CYLINDERS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND FIELD CURED. 5. FOOTINGS: A. BEAR FOOTINGS ON PROPERLY PREPARED MATERIALS. B. CENTER FOOTINGS ON THE WALL OR COLUMN ABOVE, UNO. C. BEAR EXTERIOR FOOTINGS BELOW THE EFFECTS OF FROST. SEE BASIS OF DESIGN. D. PROVIDE 2X4 BEVELED KEY IN CONTINUOUS WALL FOOTINGS. E. STAGGER FOOTING CONSTRUCTION JOINTS FROM WALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ABOVE BY AT LEAST 6 FEET. F. PROVIDE CORNER BARS IN CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS. G. ADD #6 OR #5 TOP BARS IN ADDITION TO FOOTING SCHEDULE REINFORCEMENT AT CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS WITHOUT CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS DIRECTLY ABOVE (DOOR OPENINGS, ETC.). H. DO NOT ALLOW PENETRATIONS THROUGH ANY CONCRETE FOOTING. AT UTILITIES, STEP THE FOOTING DOWN BELOW THE CONFLICT AND ADD A CONCRETE WALL, PIER OR COLUMN THAT EXTENDS TO THE FOOTING. CONSULT WITH THE EOR. I. BACKFILL BEARING SURFACES THAT ARE UNDERMINED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITH A LEAN CONCRETE MIX (1000 PSI MIN.). 6. SLABS ON GRADE (SOG): A. PLACE LARGE AREAS OF INTERIOR SLABS-ON-GRADE IN STRIPS NOT TO EXCEED 120 FEET IN LENGTH NOR 20 FEET IN WIDTH. SUBDIVIDE BY CONSTRUCTION OR CONTRACTION (CONTROL) JOINTS INTO ROUGHLY SQUARES WHOSE SIDES DO NOT EXCEED 10 FEET IN EITHER DIRECTION. STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. CODES AND STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH: A. AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS & COMMENTARY". B. AISC "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE" 15TH ED. EXCLUDING SECTIONS 7.5.4, AND 7.13.3. C. AWS "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE", EXCLUDE ITEMS CONFLICTING WITH AISC. 2. MATERIALS: SHALL CONFORM AS FOLLOWS: A. WIDE FLANGE SHAPES: ASTM A992, Fy = 50 KSI B. OTHER SHAPES AND PLATES: ASTM A36, Fy = 36 KSI C. HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS: ASTM A500, Fy = 46 KSI GR. B D. PIPE: ASTM A53, Fy = 35 KSI GR. B E. HIGH STREGTH BOLTS: ASTM F3125, GR. 325 F. ANCHOR RODS: ASTM F1554, Fy = 36 KSI G. OTHER BOLTS: ASTM A307 OR BETTER H. WELDED ANCHORS (STUDS) AND DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS (DBA'S):MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE REINFORCING FOR DBA'S 3. CONSTRUCTION: A. FABRICATE IN AN APPROVED FABRICATOR'S SHOP. B. FABRICATE BEAMS WITH INCIDENTAL CAMBER UP, UNO. C. USE 7000 PSI (MINIMUM AT 28-DAY) NON-SHRINK LIQUID GROUT BENEATH BEARING PLATES. PLACE GROUT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS PRIOR TO LOADING MEMBER. D. ADD DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS TO STRUCTURAL SECTIONS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY, UNO. USE THE SAME SIZE AND SPACING AS THE ADJACENT REINFORCING BARS. MINIMUM LENGTH OF BARS SHALL BE 48 BAR DIAMETERS BUT NOT LESS THAN 24 INCHES. 4. BOLTED CONNECTIONS: A. USE 3/4" DIAMETER BOLTS IN STANDARD HOLES (BOLT DIAMETER + 1/16"), UNO. B. STEEL-TO-STEEL CONNECTIONS: USE ASTM A325 TYPE CONNECTIONS, UNO. C. OTHER CONNECTIONS: USE ASTM A307 BOLTS OR BETTER EXCEPT FOR ANCHOR RODS, UNO. D. USE HARDENED WASHERS BENEATH THE TURNED ELEMENT OF THE BOLT OR NUT. USE BEVELED HARDENED WASHERS WHERE THE OUTER FACE OF BOLTED PARTS HAS A SLOPE GREATER THAN ONE IN TWENTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PLANE NORMAL TO THE BOLTS AXIS. AT OVERSIZED HOLES, USE HARDENED WASHERS OR PLATES AT LEAST 5/16" THICK CONFORMING TO ASTM F436. E. TIGHTEN BOLTS UNTIL ALL PLIES OF THE JOINT ARE IN FIRM CONTACT. SNUG TIGHT CONDITION, UNO. F. ENLARGE BOLT HOLES BY REAMING. DO NOT TORCH CUT. 5. WELDED CONNECTIONS: A. PERFORM WELDING AND CUTTING BY AWS CERTIFIED WELDERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/AWS D1.1 (LATEST EDITION). B. FOR TYPICAL SHOP & FIELD WELDS, USE FILLER METALS WITH NOMINAL 70 KSI TENSILE STRENGTH HAVING: a. MATCHING MATERIAL FOR MULTIPLE PASS WELDS. b. A DIFFUSIBLE HYDROGEN LIMIT OF H16 OR LESS. c. A CVN TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT-LBS AT 0 DEG. F. C. FOR ALL CONNECTIONS OF BRACED FRAMES, USE THE SAME CRITERIA AS ABOVE BUT WITH A CVN TOUGHNESS OF 40 FT-LBS AT 70 DEG. F. D. USE PRE-QUALIFIED PROCEDURES. E. WELD INTERSECTING STEEL SHAPES TOGETHER, WHICH ARE NOT CONNECTED WITH BOLTS, WITH ALL-AROUND FILLET WELDS, UNO. F. WELD STUDS AND DBA'S ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECS. G. WHEREVER POSSIBLE USE SHOP WELDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FIELD AND SHOP WELDS BETWEEN SHOP FABRICATION AND THE STEEL ERECTOR. H. REMOVE SLAG FROM WELDS. ---PAGE BREAK--- C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF5x3 C-1 SF4.5x3 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 0 4' 8' 12' 3/16" = 1'-0" FOOTING & FOUNDATION PLAN A1 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 SF2.5 C-1 2'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 2'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 4'-6" 4'-1 1/2" 4'-5" 4'-5" 4'-7 1/2" 10'-0" 9'-9" 4'-7 1/2" 10'-0" 9'-9" 4'-4 1/2" 4'-4 1/2" 8'-2 1/8" 7'-4 7/8" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 4'-7 5/8" 3'-3" C-1 S0602 TYP S0602 SIM, TYP FOOTING & FOUNDATION PLAN S-101 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-101 FOOTING & FOUNDATION PLAN.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 9:25 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM RM CS 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1. SEE TYPICAL DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. TOP OF FINISH FLOOR SLAB, RE: ARCH. 3. 5/8" Ø ANCHOR BOLTS w/ 7" MIN EMBEDMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED @ 32" OC MAXIMUM @ ALL SOLE/SILL PLATES UNLESS REQUIRED PER THE WOOD SHEARWALL SCHEDULE SHEARWALLS REQUIRE 1/4x3x3 PLATE WASHER. 4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE ARCHITECT. GENERAL SHEET NOTES SF # SPREAD FOOTING, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW COLUMN, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW LEGEND FOOTING SCHEDULE MARK WIDTH SIZE LENGTH REINFORCING NOTES SF2.5 2'-6" - THICK 2'-6" 1'-0" REF ELEV FINISH FLOOR 100'=0" = RE: ARCH COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK C-1 COLUMN 6X6 DF #1 OR BETTER ABW BASE, LCE CAP SF4.5x3 4'-6" - 3'-0" 1'-0" 01 TEMPORARILY SUPPORT EXISTING BEAMS, REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING FOOTING AND COLUMN. SHEET KEYNOTES #4 EW, EQUALLY SPACED #4 LONG, #4 TRANS, EQUALLY SPACED SF5x3 5'-0" - 3'-0" 1'-0" #4 LONG, #4 TRANS, EQUALLY SPACED C-2 IN WALL 6X6 DF #1 OR BETTER ---PAGE BREAK--- 0 4' 8' 12' 3/16" = 1'-0" FLOOR FRAMING PLAN A1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 S9250 TYP S9251 S9251 S9251 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN S-102 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-102 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 9:25 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM RM CS 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1-3/4 x 11-7/8 LVL - - 1-3/4x9-1/2 LVL W12x87,W14x68, W16x75, W18x46 GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. SEE DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN TO VERIFY ALL TOP OF WALL ELEVATIONS 3. ALL EXTERIOR WOOD WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS A SW1 SHEARWALL, UNO RE: BELOW 4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECTS. 6. PROVIDE FULL BEARING UNDER BEAMS @ WALL 7. WHERE WOOD DOUBLE TOP PLATES ARE BROKEN OR STEP AROUND PERIMETER, OR INTERIOR SHEARWALLS, CONNECT TOGETHER WITH SIMPSON LSTA30, MSTC40 OR TS22 STRAP, UNO 8. ALL HANGERS, CLIPS AND STRAP CONNECTORS ON THE PLANS AND DETAILS ARE SIMPSON STRONG TIE PRODUCTS UNO 9. WHERE SPLICE OCCURS IN DOUBLE TOP PLATE, RE: S8950 10. SEE DETAIL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL TYPICAL DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT ON PLANS. 11. BUILT UP COLUMNS TO BE BUILT OUT TO MATCH BEARING WIDTH AND/OR DEPTH OF BEAMS WHERE NECESSARY LEGEND WB-# WOOD BEAM, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW COLUMN, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW BEAM SCHEDULE BEAM MARK WB-1 NOTES WB-2 WB-3 SB-1 KING, TRIMMERS KING, TRIMMER 1-3/4x9-1/2 LVL COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK C-1 COLUMN 6X6 DF #1 OR BETTER ABW BASE, LCE CAP C-2 IN WALL 6X6 DF #1 OR BETTER PLYWOOD SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE MARK SW-1 SHEATHING SILL PLATE BOLT/ NAILS EDGE FASTENERS FIELD 8d @ 6" OC 8d @ 12" OC 5/8" Ø @ 32" OC 16d SINKERS @ 6" OC 7/16 SIDE ---PAGE BREAK--- 0 4' 8' 12' 3/16" = 1'-0" ROOF FRAMING PLAN A1 WB-2 SB-1 SB-1 C-2 WB-2 WB-3 WB-3 WB-2 WB-3 WB-3 WB-3 01 C-2 C-2 C-2 S9158 TYP ROOF FRAMING PLAN S-103 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-103 ROOF FRAMING PLAN.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 9:25 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM RM CS 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. SEE DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN TO VERIFY ALL TOP OF WALL ELEVATIONS 3. 5/8" Ø ANCHOR BOLTS w/ 7" MIN EMBEDMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED @ 32" OC MAXIMUM @ ALL SOLE / SILL PLATES SHEARWALLS REQUIRE1/4x3x3 PLATE WASHER. 4. ALL DEMOED OPENING REPLACED WITH WALL SHALL BE SW-1, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW 5. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECTS. 6. PROVIDE FULL BEARING UNDER BEAMS @ WALL 7. WHERE WOOD DOUBLE TOP PLATES ARE BROKEN OR STEP AROUND PERIMETER, OR INTERIOR SHEARWALLS, CONNECT TOGETHER WITH SIMPSON LSTA30, MSTC40 OR TS22 STRAP, UNO 8. ALL HANGERS, CLIPS AND STRAP CONNECTORS ON THE PLANS AND DETAILS ARE SIMPSON STRONG TIE PRODUCTS UNO 9. SEE DETAIL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL TYPICAL DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT ON PLANS. 10. BUILT UP COLUMNS TO BE BUILT OUT TO MATCH BEARING WIDTH AND/OR DEPTH OF BEAMS WHERE NECESSARY SHEET KEYNOTES 01 CONDITIONAL ON EXISTING FRAMING. IF EXISTING HEADER SPANS NEW OPENING WIDTH, LEAVE IN PLACE. IF MULTIPLE HEADERS USED, REPLACE w/ BEAM AS NOTED. 1-3/4 x 11-7/8 LVL - - 1-3/4x9-1/2 LVL W12x87,W14x68, W16x75, W18x46 LEGEND WB-# WOOD BEAM, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW COLUMN, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW SB-# STEEL BEAM, RE: SCHEDULE BELOW BEAM SCHEDULE BEAM MARK WB-1 NOTES WB-2 WB-3 SB-1 KING, TRIMMERS KING, TRIMMER 1-3/4x9-1/2 LVL COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK C-1 COLUMN 6X6 DF #1 OR BETTER ABW BASE, LCE CAP C-2 IN WALL 6X6 DF #1 OR BETTER PLYWOOD SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE MARK SW-1 SHEATHING SILL PLATE BOLT/ NAILS EDGE FASTENERS FIELD 8d @ 6" OC 8d @ 12" OC 5/8" Ø @ 32" OC 16d SINKERS @ 6" OC 7/16 SIDE ---PAGE BREAK--- N.T.S. COLUMN TO SPOT FOOTING S0602 RE: PLAN RE: PLAN BEAM, RE: PLAN COLUMN, RE: PLAN ABW TYPE BASE LCE TYPE CAP PER POST REINFORCING, RE: PLAN 1/2" EXPANSION ANCHOR w/4" MIN EMBED N.T.S. TYPICAL HOOKS & BENDS S0002 = #6 THRU #8 * = #3 THRU #5 6D MIN 3" D1 OR D2 "D2" 135° MIN "D2" "L1" D2 > D1 "L1" D1 2'-0" 2'-0" LAP LENGTH 2'-0" WALL TYPE CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY 40R2 FOR 60 GRADE #6 BAR 30D2 FOR 40 GRADE 48D2 6 6D * 12D 1 3" OFFSET SPLICE MARK L1 L1 L1 D1 OR D2 d D2 = 4D FOR #3 THRU #5 "D1" "D1" "D1" d STD HOOKS AND BENDS (TYP) 4D 12D "D1" MIN 2-1/2" D2 = 6D FOR #6 THRU #8 STIRRUP & TIE HOOKS (TYP) LAP SPLICE MIN LAP LENGTH D1 D1 = 8D FOR #3 THRU #8 D1 = 10D FOR #9 THRU #11 (#11 MAX FOR MASONRY) D1 = 12D FOR#14 AND #18 48D2 FOR 60 GRADE > #7 BAR WIRE TIED FOUNDATION DETAILS S-501 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-501 FOUNDATION DETAILS.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/13/2020 4:19 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O ---PAGE BREAK--- N.T.S. EXISTING JOISTS TO BEAM S9250 FLOOR SHEATHING FLOOR JOISTS BEAM, RE: PLAN LCE TYPE CAP, PER COLUMN COLUMN, RE: PLAN 16d COMMON NAILS PER JOIST N.T.S. BEAM TO EXISTING BEAM S9251 COLUMN, RE: PLAN LCE TYPE CAP PER COLUMN U TYPE HANGER BEAM, RE: PLAN FLOOR JOIST BEAM 16d COMMON NAILS FLOOR JOIST TO BEAM, TYP FLOOR FRAMING DETAILS S-510 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-510 FLOOR FRAMING DETAILS.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/13/2020 5:11 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O ---PAGE BREAK--- N.T.S. TYPICAL FRAMING S8952 BEAM, RE: PLANS MULTIPLE KING STUDS WHERE OCCURS, RE: PLANS MULTIPLE TRIMMERS WHERE OCCURS, RE: PLANS 2X KING STUD, ATTACH KING STUDS W/ 10d NAILS @ 12" OC 2X TRIMMER, ATTACH TRIMMERS TO KING STUDS W/ 10d NAILS @ 12" OC STRAP, RE: PLAN DOUBLE 2X TOP PLATE 10d NAILS: KING STUD TO PL HEADER, RE: PLANS REDWOOD OR PRESSURE TREATED DF SILL PL ANCHOR BOLTS, RE: PLANS 6" MAX N.T.S. TYPICAL SHEAR SHEATHING AT WALL INTERSECTION S8955 INTERIOR SHEATHING AT CORNER INTERIOR SHEATHING AT WALL INTERSECTION EXTERIOR SHEATHING AT CORNER FULL HEIGHT WOOD STUD (TYP) WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS LOCATION OF STRAP @ END OF SHEARWALL (TYP), RE: PLAN FOR TYPE OF STRAP WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS 16d FACENAIL @ 6" OC LOCATION OF STRAP @ END OF SHEARWALL (TYP), RE: PLAN FOR TYPE OF STRAP EDGE NAILING PER SHEARWALL SCHEDULE WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS 16d FACENAIL @ 6" OC FULL HEIGHT WOOD STUD (TYP) 16d FACENAIL @ 6" OC FULL HEIGHT WOOD STUD (TYP) EDGE NAILING PER SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 16d FACENAIL @ 6" OC DISTANCE FROM CORNERS TO CENTER OF STRAP EQUALS WIDTH OF WALL (MAX) (TYP) DISTANCE FROM CORNERS TO CENTER OF STRAP EQUALS WIDTH OF WALL (MAX) (TYP) N.T.S. TYPICAL HEADER S8956 2"x6" 2"x4" KING STUDS, RE: FRAMING NOTES FOR REQUIRED NUMBER OF STUDS WALL STUD TRIMMER, RE: FRAMING NOTES FOR REQUIRED NUMBER OF STUDS PROVIDE SIMPSON ACE6 OR SIMILAR EA SIDE OF MEMBER IF NOT SHEATHED. HEADER, RE: PLAN 2X_CRIPPLE (AS NEEDED) 2X_TOP PLATE PROVIDE SQUASH BLOCKING ABOVE HEADER WHERE COLUMN EXISTS ABOVE SHEATHING, RE: PLAN HEADER, RE: PLAN TRIMMER STUD SHIM AS NEEDED KING STUD 2x6 BLOCK MIN 24" OC SHEATHING, RE: PLAN HEADER, RE: PLAN TRIMMER STUD SHIM AS NEEDED KING STUD N.T.S. BEAM CONSTRUCTION S8954 2x 2x LVL'S LVL'S KEYNOTES: 1. 16d NAILS STAGGERED @ 12" OC AS SHOWN 2. ROWS OF 16d NAILS @ 12" OC @ 14" MEMBERS OR DEEPER AS SHOWN 3. PLYWOOD SPACER - 3" LONG (MIN) STRIP 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 N.T.S. NOTCH/HOLE REPAIR S8951 2X4 PLATE D D N (MAX DEPTH=W/2) ≤ 7/8" ≤ 1" ≤ 1" ≤ 1-3/8" ≤ 2-1/2" 2X6 PLATE 2X4 OR 2X6 PLATE RPS STRAP NONE ≤ 1" RPS18 ≤ 1-3/8" ≤ 2-1/8" ≤ 5-1/2" RPS18 ≤ 2" ≤ 3-1/4" ≤ 12" RPS28 2X4 STUD D NON-BEARING NON-SHEAR ≤ 2-3/4" ≤ 4-1/2" 2X6 STUD D REPAIR CTS 218 w/ 10d STUD HOLE REPAIR BEARING OR SHEAR ≤ 3/4" ≤ 1-3/8" CTS 218 w/ 10d BEARING OR SHEAR ≤ 2-3/4" ≤ 4-1/2" CTS 218 TWO SIDED w/ 10d 2X4 STUD NOTCH NON-BEARING NON-SHEAR ≤ 2-1/2" REPAIR CTS 218 w/ 10d STUD NOTCH REPAIR BEARING OR SHEAR ≤ 2-1/2" SS w/10d BEARING OR SHEAR ≤ 2-3/4" CTS 218 TWO SIDED w/ 10d DEPTH LENGHT ≤ 4-1/2" ≤ 2-1/2" ≤ 4-1/4" 2X6 STUD NOTCH ≤ 3-3/4" ≤ 2-1/2" ≤ 4-1/2" DEPTH LENGHT ≤ 4-1/2" ≤ 2-1/2" ≤ 4-1/4" NOTES: 1. USE RPSZ FOR SILL PLATE. 2. CENTER STRAPS @ NOTCH OR HOLE. 3. WHERE ROOF TRUSS OR FLOOR JOIST IS BEARING WITHIN STUD BAY OF THE HOLE OR NOTCH, INSTALL AN ADDITIONAL STUD DIRECTLY BELOW THE TRUSS OR JOIST UNLESS NO RPS STRAP IS REQUIRED OR WHERE EXISTING STUD FACE IS WITHIN 3" OF TRUSS OR JOIST FACE. 4. NOTCHES & HOLES MUST BE SEPARATED BY 2"xD" OR 2"xN" 5. WHERE MULTIPLE HOLES ARE LOCATED ADJACENT TO EACH OTHER, THE STRAP REPAIR MAY BE WITH A CS16 STRAP ON EACH SIDE OF THE UPPER PLATE. THE STRAP & NAILING SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 9" BEYOND EACH END OF THE ENTIRE GROUP. NAILING BETWEEN THE HOLES IS NOT REQUIRED. NAILS IN THE CS16 STRAPS MAY BE N8'S OR N10'S. D N N RPS STRAP PER TABLE 2X STUD WALL DOUBLE 2X TOP PLATE NOTES: 1. HOLES & NOTCHES SHALL NOT OCCUR IN SAME STUD 2. ALLOWABLE HOLES OR NOTCHES FOR NON BEARING, NON SHEAR, PARTITIONS, NO REPAIR IS REQUIRED 3. WHERE HOLES & NOTCHES EXCEED ALLOWABLE, REPAIR PER TABLES 4. ALL NOTCHES IN BEARING, SHEAR, OR EXTERIOR WALLS, REQUIRE REPAIRS W NOTCH DEPTH 40% W MAX SS/HSS PER TABLE WHERE REQUIRED NOTCH IN STUD HOLE IN STUD CTS STRAP PER TABLE WHERE REQUIRED 60% W MAX 5/8" MIN % OF W 2X4 STUD HOLE / NOTCH SCHEDULE 2X6 STUD 25% 3/4" 1-3/8" 40% 1-3/8" 2-1/8" 60% 2" 3-1/4" WALL FRAMING DETAILS S-520 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-520 WALL FRAMING DETAILS.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/13/2020 5:25 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O ---PAGE BREAK--- N.T.S. TYPICAL BUILT UP POST S8957 NOTES: 1. STUDS SHALL BE BUILT-UP AS REQUIRED FOR SOLID BEARING WITH KING STUD EACH SIDE TYP UNO. 2" OC 8" OC STAGGERED NAILING 2X STUDS 10d NAILS N.T.S. TYPICAL SHEAR WALL SECTION S8961 04 02 03 01 05 06 07 07 08 KEYNOTES: 01 BUILT UP STUD COLUMN, FULL WIDTH OF BEAM. 02 DOUBLE TOP PLATE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL. 03 SIMPSON MST48 STRAP CENTERED OVER DOUBLE TOP PLATE. 04 WALL STUDS, SEE PLANS. 05 WALL SHEATHING, SEE PLAN & SCHED. 06 DBL KING STUD EACH SIDE OF BEAM. SPIKE TO BEAM AND BUILT-UP STUDS PER GSN & PLAN NOTES. 07 FLOOR OR ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN & SCHEDULE. 08 FLOOR OR ROOF GIRDER, SEE PLAN. 09 UPPER LEVEL WALL OR PARAPET WALL FRAMING, (WHERE OCCURS). NOTES: A. AT SIM. BEAM IS BELOW DOUBLE TOP PLATE. NO STRAP IS REQUIRED WHERE DOUBLE TOP PLATE IS CONTINUOUS. N.T.S. NEW BEAM TO EXISTING WALL S9158 2X WALL FRAMING COLUMN BUILT UP AS REQ'D, RE: PLAN ROOF TRUSSES WHERE OCCURS BEAM, RE: PLAN 2X BOTTOM PLATE WHERE NEEDED SDS SCREWS @ 16" OC SDS SCREWS w/ 3" MIN EMBED 2X FRAMING WHERE OCCURS WALL FRAMING DETAILS S-521 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\04_STRUC\S-521 WALL FRAMING DETAILS.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/13/2020 5:53 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O ---PAGE BREAK--- EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE NO. CFM SPE WATTAGE CHAR SONES MANUFACTURER REMARKS 1 - - - - - - 1 2 100 .25 36.6 W 120/1Ø 1.5 'COOK' GC-148 2, 3 3 - - - - - - 1 4 - - - - - - 1 EF # GENERAL PROJECT NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL WORK IS TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT CODES AS ADOPTED AND AMENDED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE CURRENT ADOPTED CODES. 4. RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE INSTALLATION ARE REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN 30 DAYS OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. REDLINES OF AS-BUILT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 5. PROVIDE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITHIN 30 DAYS OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 6. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK SEISMICALLY BRACED PER CODE, MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, OR STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. MECHANICAL SHEET INDEX # SHEET NAME M0.0 HVAC COVER SHEET M0.1 HVAC DETAILS SHEET M1.1 HVAC DEMO PLAN M1.2 HVAC NEW PLAN M2.1 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ACH AIR CHANGES PER HOUR APD AIR PRESSURE DROP (INCHES W.G.) ASME AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNITS BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHAR CHARACTERISTICS COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE DB DRY BULB EA EXHAUST AIR EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EDB ENTERING DRY BULB EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO ENT ENTERING ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES W.G.) EVAP EVAPORATOR EWB ENTERING WET BULB EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXISTING FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FT FEET GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HP HORSEPOWER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING HSPF HEATING SEASONAL PERFORMANCE FACTOR IN INCH KW KILOWATTS KWH KILOWATT-HOURS LB POUNDS LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LVG LEAVING LWB LEAVING WET BULB LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MBH BTUH'S IN THOUSANDS MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER NC NOISE CRITERIA NG NATURAL GAS NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO. NUMBER NTS NOT TO SCALE OA OUTSIDE AIR PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE RA RETURN AIR RAT RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SA SUPPLY AIR SAT SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SD SMOKE DAMPER SENS SENSIBLE SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING SF SQUARE FOOTAGE SPE STATIC PRESSURE EXTERNAL (INCHES W.G.) SP STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES W.G.) SQFT SQUARE FEET S/T SENSIBLE TO TOTAL COOLING RATIO TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TYP TYPICAL VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF VS VERSUS WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP (FT HEAD) WB WET BULB WG WATER GAUGE T EQUIP # F #-HR C EQUIP # MECHANICAL LEGEND SUPPLY DUCT RISE/DROP RETURN RISE/DROP EXHAUST RISE/DROP BACKDRAFT DAMPER DOUBLE WALL TURNING VANES FLEX DUCT HIDDEN LINE 1,2,3, AND 4 WAY DIFFUSERS, RESPECTIVELY VOLUME DAMPER SPIN IN FITTING CEILING EXHAUST FAN CABINET (INLINE) EXHAUST FAN THERMOSTAT CONTROLLER RETURN GRILLE # HOUR RATED FIRE DAMPER BALL VALVE GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR LOAD CALCULATION SUMMARY FORM AREA EQUIPMENT SQFT COOLING LOAD WITH FRESH AIR (MBH) HEATING LOAD WITH FRESH AIR (MBH) - FC-1 754 34.9 29.4 - FC-2 500 25.9 17.8 - FC-3 1314 53.7 35.0 1. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED UNDER THE 2015 IECC. 2. LOAD CALCULATIONS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE 183. 3. DUCT SEALING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE. 4. ALL THERMOSTATS CONTROLLING HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE 7-DAY, SOLID STATE, PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS WITH NIGHT SETBACK CAPABILITIES AT A MINIMUM. ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE NO. CFM kW CHAR AMPS MOUNT MFR / MODEL REMARKS 1 65 2.0 240/1Ø 8.3 WALL - SURFACE 'QMARK' CZ 1 FURNISH WITH INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. 1 EUH # CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CONNECT FAN TO ROOM LIGHT SWITCH. PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER ROOF CAP, BACKDRAFT DAMPER, HANGING ISOLATING KIT, AND INTEGRAL CEILING GRILLE. 1 2 3 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB GRILLE AND REGISTER SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MODEL FINISH REMARKS FR FLOOR REGISTER 'SHOEMAKER' 850 BAKED ENAMEL, WHITE 1, 2 RG RETURN GRILLE 'TITUS' 50F BAKED ENAMEL, WHITE 1, 2 SWR SIDE WALL RETURN 'TITUS' 350 RL BAKED ENAMEL, WHITE 1, 2 1 FACE SIZE SHALL NOT EXCEED 21 N.C. MATCH COLOR TO ARCHITECTUAL REQUIREMENTS. M0.0 FAN COIL SCHEDULE NO. TYPE CFM SPE CHAR MCA HEATING COOLING FRESH AIR CFM MANUFACTURER REMARKS MBH @ AHRI ELECTRIC BACK UP (KW) EAT °F LAT °F MBH S/T EAT DB/WB °F LAT DB/WB °F 1 TOP RETURN 1200 0.50 240/1Ø - 11 6.0 60 - 36.0 - 80 / 62 - 250 'GOODMAN' ARUF 1, 2 2 TOP RETURN 1200 0.50 240/1Ø - 11 9.6 60 - 36.0 - 80 / 62 - 150 'GOODMAN' ARUF 1 3 TOP RETURN 2000 0.50 240/1Ø 10 28 10.8 65 78 54.7 0.88 80 / 62 54.8/51.7 300 'TRANE' GA 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 EXISTING TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE MINIMUM ELECTRIC HEATING KIT LISTED ABOVE IS INSTALLED AND OPERABLE. REBALANCE TO FRESH AIR VALUES LISTED. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS IN DUCT CAPABLE OF SHUTTING OFF EQUIPMENT. FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER SIZED REFRIGERANT LINE KITS. PROVIDE 1" MERV 8 FILTER AND RACK OR BETTER. PROVIDE WITH MATCHING COOLING COIL. FIELD CONVERT TO TOP RETURN OPENING. PROVIDE WITH MICROMETL MB ECONOMIZER, HONEYWELL CONTROLLER, AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER SET TO OPEN AT .03" BUILDING PRESSURE. 1 2 3 4 FC # HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE NO. TONAGE ELECTRICAL COOLING HEATING REFRIGERANT MANUFACTURER REMARKS CHAR MCA TOTAL MBH SENSIBLE MBH EDB °F SEER MBH @ AHRI HSPF 1 3.0 240/1Ø 20.2 36 - 95 12.5 11 - R-410A 'GOODMAN' GSZ 1 2 3.0 240/1Ø 20.2 36 - 95 12.5 11 - R-410A 'GOODMAN' GSZ 1 3 5.0 240/1Ø 32.0 54.7 48.7 95 14.0 28 8.5 R-410A 'TRANE' 4TWR4 2, 3, 4 EXISTING TO REMAIN. PROVIDE WITH REFRIGERANT LINE KIT SIZED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE WITH HARD START KIT AND LOW AMBIENT KIT. COORDINATE DISCONNECT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 2 HP # 3 5 4 6 7 2 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB M0.1 SCALE: NTS VERTICAL FAN COIL DETAIL M0.1 1 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION RETURN AIR FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SUPPLY AIR GAS PIPING SEE PLANS FOR SIZING DIRT LEG LIQUID AND SUCTION REFRIGERANT LINES FRESH AIR BALANCE DAMPER RETURN AIR BALANCE DAMPER F # CONDENSATE FILTER RACK ROUTE FRESH AIR THROUGH ROOF TERMINATE WITH ROOF CAP ENSURE 10FT HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FROM OBJECTIONABLE ODORS SCALE: NTS ECONOMIZER CONTROL BOX M0.1 3 ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER RETURN AIR FROM SPACE MIXED AIR TO AIR HANDLER OUTSIDE AIR FROM ROOF CAP T RA T OSA T MA DAMPER MOTORS DAMPER MOTORS SET ECONOMIZER CONTROLS PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS SCALE: NTS VERTICAL FAN COIL WITH ECONOMIZER M0.1 2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SUPPLY AIR GAS PIPING SEE PLANS FOR SIZING DIRT LEG LIQUID AND SUCTION REFRIGERANT LINES F # CONDENSATE FILTER RACK RETURN AIR FROM SPACE FRESH AIR 20X20 SA FROM 18X18 KEES LPL-P ECONOMIZER 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- FC 1 FC 2 EF 1 EF 4 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HP 2 HP 1 5 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB 0' 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8" = 1' 1 M1.1 HVAC DEMO PLAN KEYNOTES: DEMO FLOOR REGISTERS. ENSURE CARE IS TAKEN TO REUSE IF POSSIBLE. COORDINATE USE WITH NEW PLAN. DEMO EXISTING DRYER EXHAUST SYSTEM. FINISH ALL PENETRATIONS TO MATCH ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS. DEMOLISH EXISTING DUCTWORK, FAN COIL, REFRIGERANT LINES, AND ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITH FAN COIL. ENSURE CARE IS TAKEN TO RELOCATE. SEAL AND CAP ALL PENETRATIONS TO MATCH ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS. DEMOLISH EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND CAP EXISTING DUCTWORK THROUGH ROOF. RELOCATE TO LOCATION SHOWN IN NEW PLAN. 1 2 3 4 5 M1.1 GENERAL NOTES 1. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN LIGHT. NEW WORK SHOWN DARK. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 4. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE INTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND ARE MEASURED IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. LINE ALL DUCTWORK WITHIN 15' OF A SUPPLY FAN WITH 1" ACOUSTICAL LINING. 6. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF DUCT, DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES WITH REFLECTED CEILING, LIGHTING, AND FIRE PROTECTION LAYOUTS. 7. COORDINATE DUCT RUNS AND ROOFTOP PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL AND ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 8. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH U.L. APPROVED FIRE-RATED SYSTEM. 9. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE CONSTRUCTED PER THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA. 10. FLEX DUCT RUNOUTS ARE LIMITED TO 5'-0" MAXIMUM. 11. INSTALL ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND ACCESS. 12. DUCT MAINS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN THE JOIST ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH STRUCTURAL. COORDINATE FOR REMOVING OF BRACING AS REQUIRED. 13. ALL SQUARE TO ROUND WORK CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE BELL MOUTHS WITH STANDARD PRACTICE RADIUSES. 14. ALL DUCTWORK BEHIND RETURN GRILLES SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. 15. PROVIDE FLUSH CUP REMOTE OPERATORS ON ALL DAMPERS LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING. 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- FC 1 FC 2 EF 1 EF 4 EF 2 2 3 3 EUH 1 T FC-1 T FC-2 FC 3 T FC-3 14X6 FR 150 CFM 14X8 FR 200 CFM 14X8 FR 200 CFM 14X8 FR 200 CFM 14X6 FR 150 CFM 14X14 FR 300 CFM 14X14 FR 300 CFM M0.1 2 M0.1 3 M0.1 1 14X6 FR 150 CFM 12X12 FR 250 CFM 12X12 FR 250 CFM 12X12 FR 250 CFM 12X12 FR 250 CFM 14X14 FR 350 CFM 14X8 FR 200 CFM 14X8 FR 200 CFM 8X6 FR 50 CFM 36X24 SWR 8X6 FR 50 CFM 8X6 FR 50 CFM 8X6 FR 50 CFM M0.1 1 14X8 FR 200 CFM 20X20 SA 14X12 SA 16X14 SA 4 4 20X20 RG 20X20 RG 14X12 SA 8Ø SA 8Ø SA 8Ø SA 3 6 HP 2 HP 1 HP 3 16X14 SA 6Ø SA 8Ø SA 6Ø SA 8Ø SA 10Ø SA 10Ø SA 10Ø SA 10Ø SA 10Ø SA 10Ø SA 10Ø SA 8Ø SA 8Ø SA 8Ø SA 20X20 RA 6Ø SA 6Ø SA 6 7 1 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB 0' 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8" = 1' 1 M1.2 HVAC NEW PLAN KEYNOTES: CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND CONDITION OF ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO BIDDING. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL BROAN GLACIER EXHAUST HOOD SET AT 300 CFM EXHAUST RATE. REUSE EXISTING IF CAPABLE. INDIRECTLY DRAIN CONDENSATE TO FLOWER BED. ROUTE 16X14 RA DUCT IN CEILING SPACE TO RETURN GRILLE SHOWN ABOVE SUPPLY DUCT. BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER WITH 20X20 RA DUCT UP TO 18X18 THROAT SIZE KEES LPL-P PENTHOUSE. ROUTE 6Ø EA DUCT TO ROOF AND CAP WITH MANUFACTURER ROOF CAP. ENSURE 10FT CLEARANCE FROM ALL BUILDING OPENINGS. ROUTE 10Ø EA UP TO MANUFACTURER ROOF CAP. ENSURE 10FT CLEARANCE FROM BUILDING OPENINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 M1.2 GENERAL NOTES 1. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN LIGHT. NEW WORK SHOWN DARK. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 4. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE INTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND ARE MEASURED IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. LINE ALL DUCTWORK WITHIN 15' OF A SUPPLY FAN WITH 1" ACOUSTICAL LINING. 6. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF DUCT, DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES WITH REFLECTED CEILING, LIGHTING, AND FIRE PROTECTION LAYOUTS. 7. COORDINATE DUCT RUNS AND ROOFTOP PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL AND ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 8. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH U.L. APPROVED FIRE-RATED SYSTEM. 9. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE CONSTRUCTED PER THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA. 10. FLEX DUCT RUNOUTS ARE LIMITED TO 5'-0" MAXIMUM. 11. INSTALL ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND ACCESS. 12. DUCT MAINS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN THE JOIST ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH STRUCTURAL. COORDINATE FOR REMOVING OF BRACING AS REQUIRED. 13. ALL SQUARE TO ROUND WORK CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE BELL MOUTHS WITH STANDARD PRACTICE RADIUSES. 14. ALL DUCTWORK BEHIND RETURN GRILLES SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. 15. PROVIDE FLUSH CUP REMOTE OPERATORS ON ALL DAMPERS LOCATED ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILING. 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS AS SHOWN OR INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED SUPPORTING MATERIALS IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM AS PER THE DESIGN INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS. 2. PROPER AND REASONABLE EFFORT TO ENSURE COMPLETE CONSTRUCTIONS DOCUMENTS HAS BEEN PROVIDED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY DRAWINGS AND LOOK FOR ANY INACCURACIES BEFORE BIDDING ON PROJECT. IF ANY INACCURACIES ARE NOTICED, PLEASE REPORT THEM TO THE ENGINEER AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. DO NOT BID OR PERFORM ANY WORK BEFORE NOTIFYING ENGINEER OF THESE DISCREPANCIES. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY FEES, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK INTENDED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 4. COORDINATE ALL ROOF AND WALL PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL PENETRATIONS ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED. 5. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WORK INCLUDING ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ARCHITECTURAL TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS UNLESS THAT WORK IS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT UNDER ANOTHER DIVISION. 6. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS IN ORDER TO ENSURE WORK IS FULLY COMPLETED. ALSO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 7. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY SEISMIC RESTRAINTS PER LISTED CODE, MANUFACTURER, AND STANDARD RECOMMENDATIONS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO REPAIR ANY AND ALL DAMAGE THAT OCCURS AS A RESULT OF THE WORK ON THIS PROJECT. WORK MUST BE REPAIRED TO A CONDITION THAT IS ACCEPTED BY OWNER. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL ONLY EMPLOYEE COMPETENT, QUALITY TRADESMEN IN THE TRADE THEY ARE SKILLED IN FOR THE WORK THEY ARE PROVIDING. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS THOSE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ARE SPECIFICALLY STATED TO BE REUSED. 11. ANY MATERIALS OR TRIM THAT IS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO MAKE A SYSTEM OPERATE PROPERLY SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED EVEN IF THOSE MATERIALS ARE NOT SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS. 12. IF ANY TESTING IS REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ANY REQUIRED MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, OR LABOR. 13. ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, OR HIS/HER REPRESENTATIVE MAY INSPECT THE WORK AT ANY TIME. IF WORK HAS BEEN COVERED, IT SHALL BE UNCOVERED FOR INSPECTION. 14. GET APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY ADDITIONAL WORK YOU EXPECT TO BE COMPENSATED FOR. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL HANDLING 1. ENSURE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ORDERS ARE DELIVERED IN A TIMELY MANNER IN ORDER TO ENSURE PROJECT SCHEDULE IS CONFORMED TO. 2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL IS NOT DAMAGED WHEN DELIVERED. ANY DAMAGED ITEMS SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 3. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OWNER IN ORDER TO LOCATE A SAFE AND CLEAN SPACE IN ORDER TO STORE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND TOOLS IN AN ORGANIZED MANNER. 4. COORDINATE WORK AREAS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE WORKPLACE SAFETY AND CONTRACTOR COORDINATION. 5. DAMAGED OR LOST EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY FOR ALL WORK COMPLETED ON THIS PROJECT. WARRANTY COVERAGE SHALL INCLUDE EQUIPMENT, CRAFTSMANSHIP, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS. STANDARDS AND CODES 1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORK COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PERFORMED PER ALL CODE, MANUFACTURER, AND OWNER REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THE MOST RECENTLY ADOPTED EDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS: 2.1. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2.2. INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2.3. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION 2.4. INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE 2.5. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2.6. INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2.7. IDAHO PLUMBING CODE 2.8. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS 2.9. SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 2.10. ALL OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS 3. THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT INTENTIONALLY, OR UNINTENTIONALLY PERMIT INSTALLATIONS NOT CONFORMING TO ANY OF THESE STANDARDS OR CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE INSTALLATIONS MEET OR EXCEED THESE REQUIREMENTS. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS 1. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR THIS PROJECT. THIS INCLUDES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, PIPING, PLUMBING FIXTURES, VALVES, TRIM, ETC. SUBMIT EVERYTHING REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ONE PACKAGE NEATLY ORGANIZED AND LABELED FOR REVIEW. CLEARLY STATE CAPACITIES AND EQUIPMENT OPTIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ANY CHANGES FROM ORIGINAL DESIGN INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO DIMENSIONS, STRUCTURAL IMPACTS, ELECTRICAL IMPACTS, ETC. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COSTS RESULTING FROM THESE CHANGES. CLEANING 1. CLEAN ALL WORK AFTER IT HAS BEEN COMPLETED. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO HYDRONIC CHEMICAL TREATMENT, DUCT CLEANING, EQUIPMENT CLEANING, VALVE CLEANING, STRAINER CLEAN OUT, DOMESTIC WATER PIPING CLEANING, AND GAS PIPING CLEANING. 2. CLEAN UP SITE AT THE END OF EACH DAY AFTER WORK. ONCE ALL WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, CLEAN UP THE SITE IN A CONDITION SATISFACTORILY TO THE OWNER. COORDINATION 1. ALL WORK DUE TO THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE EFFICIENT CONSTRUCTION. THIS COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 2. COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUIT, SLEEVES, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND DUCT LOCATIONS BEFORE CONCRETE IS POURED. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. EQUIPMENT MAKE AND MODELS IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE TO ESTABLISH DESIGN INTENT. ALTERATIONS FROM THESE SELECTIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS LONG AS THEY ARE REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER FOR CONFORMANCE TO DESIGN INTENT. CONTRACTOR IS STILL RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ARE UL LISTED OR APPROVED BY A SIMILAR LISTING PROCESS. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED IN THIS PROJECT FOR EQUIPMENT, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, MATERIAL, VALVE, OR FITTING ACCESS. ACCESS PANEL SIZE SHALL BE APPROPRIATE FOR THE EQUIPMENT OR VALVE TO BE ACCESSED. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FRAME SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH TO THE SURFACE WITH APPROPRIATE LOCKING MECHANISM. ACCESS PANEL SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY RATED AND INSTALLED IF LOCATED IN A RATED ASSEMBLY. MATERIALS DUCTWORK 1. ALL G90 GALVANIZED DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER ASTM-A653. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE 24 GAUGE AT A MINIMUM. 2. ROUND DUCTWORK IN EXPOSED AREAS SHALL BE SPIRAL CONSTRUCTION. 3. ROUND DUCTWORK THAT IS LINED SHALL BE MCGILL K-27 OR EQUAL. 4. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED WITH DUCT SEALER. 5. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND BRACED APPROPRIATELY PER MANUFACTURER AND SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. 6. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK RUNOUTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 5 FEET UNLESS DRAWINGS STATE OTHERWISE OR YOU HAVE APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER AND ENGINEER. DUCT INSULATION 1. CONCEALED FRESH AIR, SUPPLY, AND RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1-1/2" INSULATION WITH A MINIMUM R-VALUE THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE IECC. 2. EXPOSED FRESH AIR, SUPPLY, AND RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL BE ACOUSTICALLY LINED WITH A MINIMUM R-VALUE THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE IECC. 3. EXTERIOR FRESH AIR, SUPPLY, AND RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL BE DOUBLE WALLED CONSTRUCTION WITH 2" INSULATION WITH A MINIMUM R-VALUE THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE IECC. GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS 1. VERIFY ALL SURFACES AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS BEFORE ORDERING DIFFUSERS. ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS ARE ALLOWED AS LONG AS SUPPLIER VERIFIES SIZING TO ENSURE PROPER THROW AND NOISE CRITERIA. ENSURE APPEARANCE OF ALTERNATE IS SIMILAR TO ORIGINAL DESIGN. ACCESSORIES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FILTERS FOR ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. IF EQUIPMENT IS RAN DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPLACE FILTERS ONCE THE PROJECT IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. SEE THESE DOCUMENTS OF MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FILTER SIZES AND REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS ON ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT THAT HAS A CHANCE OF VIBRATING. THIS INCLUDED DUCTWORK AND PIPING. PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATE FLEX CONNECTION FOR THE APPLICATION IT IS USED. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY FIRE, SMOKE, AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AS WELL AS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL MEET ALL CODE AND UL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS WITH 120 VOLT ACTUATOR. 4. PROVIDE PARALLEL BLADE MANUAL BALANCE DAMPERS ON ALL DUCTWORK RUNOUTS UNLESS DRAWINGS STATE OTHERWISE. EXECUTION MATERIALS 1. DUCTWORK SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN OF ALL DIRT AND DEBRIS. IT SHALL ALSO BE COVERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY TO LIMIT THE AMOUNT OF DUST INTRUSION. TEST DUCTWORK FOR LEAKAGE PER IMC AND IECC REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL APPROPRIATE HANGERS FOR ALL DUCTWORK PER MANUFACTURER AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION MEETS CODE, SMACNA, AND ASHRAE REQUIREMENTS. 2. CLEAN AND SEAL ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW FILTERS. REPLACE FILTER IF EQUIPMENT WAS RAN DURING CONSTRUCTION. EQUIPMENT 1. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE EQUIPMENT IS ACCESSIBLE FOR EASE OF MAINTENANCE. 2. ENSURE EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY ANCHORED AND BRACED FOR CODE, MANUFACTURER, AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. IDENTIFY EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WITH PLASTIC TAGS INCLUDING EQUIPMENT ABBREVIATION AND NUMBER. CONTACT ENGINEER IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY IN NUMBERING. CONTROLS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROLS ON THIS PROJECT PER CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, PROGRAMMING, VALVES, AND TRIM TO ENSURE A COMPLETE FUNCTIONING SYSTEM THAT OPERATES PER THE DESIGNED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. 2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL WORK INCLUDING CONDUIT, WIRING, AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. 3. EXPOSED WIRING IN A PLENUM SHALL BE PLENUM RATED AND MEET ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 1. PROVIDE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ON THIS PROJECT INCLUDING ALL AIR FLOWS, STATIC PRESSURES, AND OTHER CONDITIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE A REPORT SHOWING ALL ACTUAL VERSUS DESIGN CONDITIONS. EQUIPMENT START UP 1. ENSURE EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY SET UP BEFORE STARTING. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO SAFETY VALVES, VALVES, TRIM, WIRING, LUBRICATION, CONTROLS, ETC. 2. START EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDE OWNER WITH DOCUMENTATION OF START UP AND PROPER EQUIPMENT OPERATION. CLEANING AND PATCHING 1. CLEAN THE WORK SITE COMPLETELY AT THE END OF THE PROJECT IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. REPAIR ANY DAMAGED FINISHED SURFACES WITH A CRAFTSMAN THAT IS SKILLED IN THAT TRADE. TRAINING 1. PROVIDE OWNER WITH APPROPRIATE TRAINING ON EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. PROVIDE OWNER WITH RED LINE DRAWINGS, SUBMITTALS, WARRANTY INFORMATION, AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AT THIS TIME. 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB M2.1 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB GENERAL PROJECT NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL WORK IS TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT CODES AS ADOPTED AND AMENDED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE CURRENT ADOPTED CODES. 4. RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE INSTALLATION ARE REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN 30 DAYS OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. REDLINES OF AS-BUILT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 5. PROVIDE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITHIN 30 DAYS OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 6. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK SEISMICALLY BRACED PER CODE, MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, OR STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 7. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS. 8. INSTALL ALL WATER LINES ON EXTERIOR WALLS, INCLUDING LINES IN ATTIC OR ROOF, ON WARM SIDE (INSIDE) OF INSULATION. PLUMBING SHEET INDEX # SHEET NAME P0.0 PLUMBING COVER SHEET P1.1 WASTE AND VENT PLAN P1.2 DOMESTIC WATER PLAN P1.3 PROPANE GAS PLAN P2.1 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS SHEET ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ACH AIR CHANGES PER HOUR APD AIR PRESSURE DROP (INCHES W.G.) ASME AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNITS BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHAR CHARACTERISTICS COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE DB DRY BULB EA EXHAUST AIR EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EDB ENTERING DRY BULB EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO ENT ENTERING ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES W.G.) EVAP EVAPORATOR EWB ENTERING WET BULB EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXISTING FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FT FEET GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HP HORSEPOWER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING HSPF HEATING SEASONAL PERFORMANCE FACTOR IN INCH KW KILOWATTS KWH KILOWATT-HOURS LB POUNDS LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LP LIQUID PROPANE LVG LEAVING LWB LEAVING WET BULB LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MBH BTUH'S IN THOUSANDS MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER NC NOISE CRITERIA NG NATURAL GAS NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO. NUMBER NTS NOT TO SCALE OA OUTSIDE AIR PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE RA RETURN AIR RAT RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REA RELIEF AIR RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SA SUPPLY AIR SAT SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SD SMOKE DAMPER SENS SENSIBLE SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING SF SQUARE FOOTAGE SPE STATIC PRESSURE EXTERNAL (INCHES W.G.) SP STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES W.G.) SQFT SQUARE FEET S/T SENSIBLE TO TOTAL COOLING RATIO TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TYP TYPICAL VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF VS VERSUS WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP (FT HEAD) WB WET BULB WG WATER GAUGE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION COLD WATER LINE SIZE HOT WATER LINE SIZE WASTE LINE SIZE VENT LINE SIZE WC-1 WATER CLOSET (FLUSH TANK) 1/2" - 3" 2" L-1 LAVATORY (ADA COMPLIANT) 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" KS-1 KITCHEN SINK (SINGLE BOWL, DISPOSAL) 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" WH-1 WATER HEATER (50 GAL, 4.5 KW, 240/1Ø) SEE PLANS SEE PLANS - - WH-2 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER (1.8KW, 120/1Ø) 1/2" 1/2" - - SS-1 SERVICE SINK 3/4" 3/4" 3" 1-1/2" HB-1 HOSE BIB 1/2" - - - IM-1 ICE MAKER 1/2" - - - WC-1 WATER CLOSET (FLUSH TANK): KOHLER K-3713-0 "HIGHLINE CLASSIC" (OR EQUIVALENT GERBER) WATER CLOSET WITH SEAT AND BOLT CAPS, 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH, AND EVERCLEAN SURFACE. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED COPPER SUPPLY, 1/4 ANGLE STOPS, WAX RING, AND CLOSET BOLTS. PROVIDE "WHITE" COLOR SELECTION FOR CHINA. L-1 WALL HUNG LAVATORY (ADA COMPLIANT): AMERICAN STANDARD 0356.028.020 "LUCERNE" LAVATORY WITH AMERICAN STANDARD "PORTSMOUTH" 7420.801 TWO HANDLE FAUCET WITH 1.5 GPM VANDAL RESISTANT AERATOR, GRID STRAINER, 18 GA. CHROME PLATED P-TRAP, TAILPIECE AND 1/4 TURN STOPS. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE CARRIER; COORDINATE WITH WALL TYPE. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT INSULATION KIT, FASTENERS FOR TRAP, AND HOT AND COLD WATER ANGLE STOP VALVES. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES AND INSTALL TO MEET ALL ADA REQUIREMENTS. KS-1 KITCHEN SINK (DOUBLE BOWL, ADA COMPLIANT): ELKAY LRAD-332265 WITH 1 FAUCET HOLE, 18 GAUGE TYPE 302 SELF RIMMING STAINLESS STEEL SINK WITH LK-35 BASKET STRAINER IN RIGHT BOWL. PROVIDE TRAP, TAILPIECE, AND 1/4 TURN ANGLE STOPS AND SUPPLIES. PROVIDE MOEN 7864 CHROME PLATED SINGLE LEVER FAUCET WITH 2.2 GPM FLOW CONTROL AERATOR. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WITH ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES TO MEET ADA COMPLIANCE. PROVIDE WASTE KING LEGEND 8000 1-HP DISPOSAL. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO CONNECT DISHWASHER USING MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. WH-1 WATER HEATER (50 GAL, 4.5 KW, 240V/1Ø): EXISTING BRADFORD WHITE M250T6DS WATER HEATER TO BE RELOCATED TO LOCATION SHOWN. WH-2 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER (1.8 kW, 120/1Ø): CHRONOMITE SR-15L/120, LOW PRESSURE, INSTANTANEOUS HOT WATER HEATER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. SS-1 SERVICE SINK: KOHLER K-6710 WITH K-8940 RIM GUARD, K-9146 PERFORATED STRAINER, K-8928 FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER, LOOSE KEY STOPS, HOSE AND WALL HOOK. HB-1 HOSE BIBB: WOODFORD NO. 65, AUTO-DRAINING WITH VACUUM BREAKER, LOOSE KEY STOPS AND BARREL LENGTH TO SUIT WALL CONSTRUCTION. IM-1 ICE MAKER VALVE BOX: SIOUX CHIEF OX BOX NO. 696-G1000 COMPLETE WITH COLD WATER CONNECTION, MINI WATER HAMMER ARRESTER, 1/4 TURN BALL VALVE, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. PLUMBING / HYDRONIC LEGEND PIPE CONTINUATION PIPE RISE PIPE DROP PIPE CAP PT PORT TEMPERATURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR PRESSURE SENSOR STRAINER UNION GLOBE VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE BALL VALVE CHECK VALVE WATER METER CIRCUIT SETTER REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER SINGLE BOWL FLEX CONNECTOR DOUBLE BOWL FLEX CONNECTOR PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE HOSE BIBB WALL/FLOOR CLEAN OUT CLEAN OUT TO GRADE ROOF OVERFLOW DRAIN SCUPPER GAS REGULATOR DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER WASTE VENT GAS POINT OF CONNECTION POINT OF DEMOLITION T P DCW DHW W V G P0.0 WH-# SCALE: NTS WATER HEATER DETAIL P0.0 1 DOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLY THERMOMETER (TYP) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY AMTROL ST-5 EXPANSION TANK STRAP TO WALL. T AQUASTAT P 1 HEAT CHECK MANUFACTURERS DRAIN PAN PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CASH ACME HEAT GUARD 110-D TEMPERING VALVE SET TO 110°F WATER HEATER STAND TO SERVICE SINK PUMP SCHEDULE NO. TYPE GPM HEAD (FT) WATTS CHAR RPM SYSTEM WEIGHT MANUFACTURER 1 POTABLE WATER CIRCULATOR 1 5 39 120/1Ø 2800 HOT WATER RECIRC 9 LB 'B&G' NBF-8S/LW P # 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- SS-1 WC-1 L-1 WC-1 L-1 WC-1 L-1 2 KS-1 2" V 2" V 2" VTR 2" V 3 4" W 4" W 4" W 4" W 4 4" W 4" W 1-1/2" VTR 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB KEYNOTES CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND CONDITION OF ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO BIDDING. DEMO ALL EXISTING FIXTURES. COORDINATE ALL PLUMBING STUBS WITH NEW FIXTURES SHOWN. DEMO ALL UNUSED PIPING BACK TO MAINS AND CAP PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING 4" WASTE CLEANOUT TO GRADE. UPSIZE EXISTING VTR TO 1 2 3 4 0' 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8" = 1' 1 P1.1 WASTE AND VENT PLAN P1.1 GENERAL NOTES 1. EXISTING SHOWN LIGHT, NEW WORK SHOWN DARK. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 4. GRADE FOR DRAIN LINES SHALL BE 1/4" PER FT MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. INSTALL ALL WORK PER LOCAL CODES AS A MINIMUM STANDARD. IF PLANS REFLECT SCOPE THAT EXCEEDS CODE REQUIREMENTS, INSTALL WORK PER THE HIGHER STANDARD. 6. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT THE BASE OF ALL WASTE AND ROOF DRAIN STACKS. 7. PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE STOP ASSEMBLY FOR ANY PIPING PENETRATING RATED ASSEMBLIES. 8. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING ITEMS. 9. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS. 10. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS FOR ALL SOLENOID VALVES AND QUICK CLOSING VALVES ON LINES OVER 1/2". 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- WC-1 L-1 WC-1 L-1 WC-1 L-1 WH-2 KS-1 1" DCW 1-1/4" DCW 3 4 1 2 5 HB-1 HB-1 HB-1 6 6 3/4" DCW 7 3/4" DCW 1" DCW 1-1/4" DCW 1" DCW 3/4" DCW IM-1 3/4" DHWR SS-1 WH-1 8 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB KEYNOTES CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT THE SIZE, LOCATION, AND CONDITION OF ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO BIDDING. DEMO ALL EXISTING FIXTURES. COORDINATE ALL PLUMBING STUBS WITH NEW FIXTURES SHOWN. DEMO ALL UNUSED PIPING AND CAP PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1-1/4" DCW CONTINUES TO WELL PUMPS. DEMO ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING TO LOCATION SHOWN AND CAP. ENSURE CARE IS TAKEN TO REUSE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS CAPABLE. INDIRECTLY DRAIN WATTS LF-009 EMERGENCY RELIEF INTO SERVICE SINK. DEMO EXISTING HOSE BIB. FINISH WALL TO MATCH ARCHITECT. ROUTE 1" DCW AND DHW TO WATER HEATER. EXISTING BRADFORD WHITE WATER HEATER LOCATION. DEMO WATER HEATER AND ALL CONNECTIONS FROM EXISTING LOCATION AND RELOCATE TO LOCATION SHOWN. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0' 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8" = 1' 1 P1.2 DOMESTIC WATER PLAN P1.2 GENERAL NOTES 1. EXISTING SHOWN LIGHT, NEW WORK SHOWN DARK. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 4. GRADE FOR DRAIN LINES SHALL BE 1/4" PER FT MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. INSTALL ALL WORK PER LOCAL CODES AS A MINIMUM STANDARD. IF PLANS REFLECT SCOPE THAT EXCEEDS CODE REQUIREMENTS, INSTALL WORK PER THE HIGHER STANDARD. 6. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT THE BASE OF ALL WASTE AND ROOF DRAIN STACKS. 7. PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE STOP ASSEMBLY FOR ANY PIPING PENETRATING RATED ASSEMBLIES. 8. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING ITEMS. 9. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS. 10. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS FOR ALL SOLENOID VALVES AND QUICK CLOSING VALVES ON LINES OVER 1/2". 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- 1-1/4" LP 1 2 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB KEYNOTES CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PROPANE TANK AND PIPING. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PIPING AND GAS RANGE. 1 2 0' 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1/8" = 1' 1 P1.3 PROPANE GAS PLAN P1.3 GENERAL NOTES 1. EXISTING SHOWN LIGHT, NEW WORK SHOWN DARK. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 4. GRADE FOR DRAIN LINES SHALL BE 1/4" PER FT MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. INSTALL ALL WORK PER LOCAL CODES AS A MINIMUM STANDARD. IF PLANS REFLECT SCOPE THAT EXCEEDS CODE REQUIREMENTS, INSTALL WORK PER THE HIGHER STANDARD. 6. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT THE BASE OF ALL WASTE AND ROOF DRAIN STACKS. 7. PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE STOP ASSEMBLY FOR ANY PIPING PENETRATING RATED ASSEMBLIES. 8. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING ITEMS. 9. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS. 10. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS FOR ALL SOLENOID VALVES AND QUICK CLOSING VALVES ON LINES OVER 1/2". 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS AS SHOWN OR INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED SUPPORTING MATERIALS IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM AS PER THE DESIGN INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS. 2. PROPER AND REASONABLE EFFORT TO ENSURE COMPLETE CONSTRUCTIONS DOCUMENTS HAS BEEN PROVIDED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY DRAWINGS AND LOOK FOR ANY INACCURACIES BEFORE BIDDING ON PROJECT. IF ANY INACCURACIES ARE NOTICED, PLEASE REPORT THEM TO THE ENGINEER AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. DO NOT BID OR PERFORM ANY WORK BEFORE NOTIFYING ENGINEER OF THESE DISCREPANCIES. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY FEES, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK INTENDED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 4. COORDINATE ALL ROOF AND WALL PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL PENETRATIONS ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED. 5. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WORK INCLUDING ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ARCHITECTURAL TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS UNLESS THAT WORK IS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT UNDER ANOTHER DIVISION. 6. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS IN ORDER TO ENSURE WORK IS FULLY COMPLETED. ALSO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 7. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY SEISMIC RESTRAINTS PER LISTED CODE, MANUFACTURER, AND STANDARD RECOMMENDATIONS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO REPAIR ANY AND ALL DAMAGE THAT OCCURS AS A RESULT OF THE WORK ON THIS PROJECT. WORK MUST BE REPAIRED TO A CONDITION THAT IS ACCEPTED BY OWNER. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL ONLY EMPLOYEE COMPETENT, QUALITY TRADESMEN IN THE TRADE THEY ARE SKILLED IN FOR THE WORK THEY ARE PROVIDING. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS THOSE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ARE SPECIFICALLY STATED TO BE REUSED. 11. ANY MATERIALS OR TRIM THAT IS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO MAKE A SYSTEM OPERATE PROPERLY SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED EVEN IF THOSE MATERIALS ARE NOT SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS. 12. IF ANY TESTING IS REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ANY REQUIRED MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, OR LABOR. 13. ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, OR HIS/HER REPRESENTATIVE MAY INSPECT THE WORK AT ANY TIME. IF WORK HAS BEEN COVERED, IT SHALL BE UNCOVERED FOR INSPECTION. 14. GET APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY ADDITIONAL WORK YOU EXPECT TO BE COMPENSATED FOR. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL HANDLING 1. ENSURE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL ORDERS ARE DELIVERED IN A TIMELY MANNER IN ORDER TO ENSURE PROJECT SCHEDULE IS CONFORMED TO. 2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL IS NOT DAMAGED WHEN DELIVERED. ANY DAMAGED ITEMS SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 3. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OWNER IN ORDER TO LOCATE A SAFE AND CLEAN SPACE IN ORDER TO STORE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND TOOLS IN AN ORGANIZED MANNER. 4. COORDINATE WORK AREAS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE WORKPLACE SAFETY AND CONTRACTOR COORDINATION. 5. DAMAGED OR LOST EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY FOR ALL WORK COMPLETED ON THIS PROJECT. WARRANTY COVERAGE SHALL INCLUDE EQUIPMENT, CRAFTSMANSHIP, AND ALL OTHER MATERIALS. STANDARDS AND CODES 1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORK COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PERFORMED PER ALL CODE, MANUFACTURER, AND OWNER REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THE MOST RECENTLY ADOPTED EDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS: 2.1. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2.2. INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2.3. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION 2.4. INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE 2.5. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2.6. INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2.7. IDAHO PLUMBING CODE 2.8. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS 2.9. SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 2.10. ALL OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS 3. THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT INTENTIONALLY, OR UNINTENTIONALLY PERMIT INSTALLATIONS NOT CONFORMING TO ANY OF THESE STANDARDS OR CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE INSTALLATIONS MEET OR EXCEED THESE REQUIREMENTS. EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS 1. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR THIS PROJECT. THIS INCLUDES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, PIPING, PLUMBING FIXTURES, VALVES, TRIM, ETC. SUBMIT EVERYTHING REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ONE PACKAGE NEATLY ORGANIZED AND LABELED FOR REVIEW. CLEARLY STATE CAPACITIES AND EQUIPMENT OPTIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ANY CHANGES FROM ORIGINAL DESIGN INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO DIMENSIONS, STRUCTURAL IMPACTS, ELECTRICAL IMPACTS, ETC. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COSTS RESULTING FROM THESE CHANGES. CLEANING 1. CLEAN ALL WORK AFTER IT HAS BEEN COMPLETED. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO HYDRONIC CHEMICAL TREATMENT, DUCT CLEANING, EQUIPMENT CLEANING, VALVE CLEANING, STRAINER CLEAN OUT, DOMESTIC WATER PIPING CLEANING, AND GAS PIPING CLEANING. 2. CLEAN UP SITE AT THE END OF EACH DAY AFTER WORK. ONCE ALL WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, CLEAN UP THE SITE IN A CONDITION SATISFACTORILY TO THE OWNER. COORDINATION 1. ALL WORK DUE TO THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE EFFICIENT CONSTRUCTION. THIS COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 2. COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDUIT, SLEEVES, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND DUCT LOCATIONS BEFORE CONCRETE IS POURED. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. EQUIPMENT MAKE AND MODELS IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE TO ESTABLISH DESIGN INTENT. ALTERATIONS FROM THESE SELECTIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS LONG AS THEY ARE REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER FOR CONFORMANCE TO DESIGN INTENT. CONTRACTOR IS STILL RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ARE UL LISTED OR APPROVED BY A SIMILAR LISTING PROCESS. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED IN THIS PROJECT FOR EQUIPMENT, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, MATERIAL, VALVE, OR FITTING ACCESS. ACCESS PANEL SIZE SHALL BE APPROPRIATE FOR THE EQUIPMENT OR VALVE TO BE ACCESSED. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FRAME SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH TO THE SURFACE WITH APPROPRIATE LOCKING MECHANISM. ACCESS PANEL SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY RATED AND INSTALLED IF LOCATED IN A RATED ASSEMBLY. MATERIALS PIPING 1. WATER: PEX A SUITABLE FOR USE ON DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS. ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM F877. PROVIDE TYPE L COPPER STUBS FOR EACH FIXTURE AND ANCHOR TO WALL. 2. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT: PVC-DWV PIPE AND FITTINGS. CONFIRM COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM D2665. 3. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT: ABS-DWV PIPE AND FITTINGS. CONFIRM COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM D2661 4. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT: CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS. CONFIRM COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM A888 AND CISPI 301. 5. NATURAL GAS: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL CONFORMING WITH ASTM A53A. PIPE FITTINGS 1. THREADED: PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER SHALL HAVE MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS AND UNIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM A-197 TO MATCH PIPE MATERIAL. 2. SOLDERED: WROUGHT COPPER CONFORMING TO ANSI B16.22 SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR SOLDERING. 3. BRAZING: WROUGHT COPPER CONFORMING TO ASTM B16.22 SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR BRAZING. PIPE JOINTS 1. SCREWED JOINTS: APPLY JOINT LUBRICANT SEALER OR TEFLON TAPE PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. ENSURE PRODUCT IS DESIGNED FOR EACH SPECIFIC APPLICATION. 2. SOLDERED: USE LEAD FREE SOLDER AND WATER SOLUBLE FLUX. JOINTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D2564. 3. BRAZED: USE PHOS-COPPER BRAZING ALLOY. JOINTS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI B2.2. 4. SOLVENT WELD: APPLY SOLVENT PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. CONFORM TO ASTM D2564. 5. UNIONS: USE DIELECTRIC UNIONS WHERE TWO DISSIMILAR METALS ARE CONNECTED. VALVES AND PIPING SPECIALTIES 1. VALVES SHALL BE BRONZE AND RATED FOR 125 PSI AS A MINIMUM. INCREASE THIS RATING IF THE SYSTEM WILL BE OPERATING AT PRESSURES HIGHER THAN THIS. 2. BALL VALVES SHALL BE FULL PORT WITH CHROME PLATED BRASS BALLS AND STAINLESS STEEL TRIM. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ISOLATION VALVES AT EACH SYSTEM MAIN AND AT EACH SYSTEM BRANCH FOR EASE OF SYSTEM MAINTENANCE. 4. INSTALL ALL VALVES WITH PROPER CLEARANCES AND EASE OF ACCESS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS WHERE VALVES ARE LOCATED BEHIND WALLS OR CEILINGS. 5. PROVIDE ALL VALVES AND STRAINERS FULL SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTROL VALVES ARE THE EXCEPTION AND SHALL BE SELECTED BASED ON PROPER CV VALUES. 6. SHUT OFF AND THROTTLING: PROVIDE BALL VALVES UP TO 2 INCH AND PROVIDE BUTTERFLY VALVES ON PIPES LARGER THAN THIS. 7. THROTTLING: PROVIDE GATE OR GLOBE VALVES. 8. STRAINER: BRONZE CONSTRUCTION WITH STAINLESS STEEL STRAINER. 9. BALANCE VALVE: BALL VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS 10. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. 11. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATES ALL ALL WALL, CEILING, AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS. ENSURE PLATES ARE NEAT, FLAT, AND SECURE THE PIPING IN THE PENETRATION. ESCUTCHEONS TO BE CHROME PLATED BRASS. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. THEY SHALL ALSO BE INSTALLED PER ASME, MSS, AND ANY STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. SUPPORT ALL PIPE INDIVIDUALLY WITH AT LEAST ONE HANGER AT EACH BRANCH. 3. SUPPORT ALL PIPING SO THAT IT IS FIRMLY HELD IN PLACE PER CODE AND MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. 4. SIZE HANGERS TO ACCOMMODATE INSULATION AND USE INSULATION SHIELDS WHERE APPLICABLE. 5. SPACE HANGERS PER BELOW, MANUFACTURER, OR CODE REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 5.1. COPPER: 6 FEET 5.2. STEEL: 6 FEET 5.3. COPPER: 10 FEET 5.4. PVC AND ABS: 4 FEET 5.5. CAST IRON: 4 FEET 6. SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING EVERY 10 FEET. 7. DO NOT USE WIRE OR PLUMBERS TAPE. 8. VALVES AND JOINTS SHALL NOT SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE PIPE IN ANY WAY. 9. SUPPORT PIPING ON ROOF WITH MANUFACTURER PIPING SUPPORTS SUCH AS MIRO STACKABLE BLOCKING SUPPORTS. 10. ENSURE PIPING IS PROPERLY SEISMICALLY BRACED PER STRUCTURAL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. PIPE INSULATION 1. PIPES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PREFORMED FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET. VALVES AND TRIM SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS BATT THAT IS COVERED WITH PLASTIC OR CLOTH. SEAL ALL JOINTS AND ENSURE VALVES ARE STILL SERVICEABLE. 2. PROVIDE ALL INSULATED EXTERIOR PIPING WITH ALUMINUM JACKET THAT HAS BEEN SEALED WEATHER TIGHT. 3. DOMESTIC HOT WATER, COLD WATER, AND RECIRCULATION LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1 INCH OF FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET. EXECUTION GENERAL PIPING 1. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THE DRAWINGS. EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE NEAT WITH MINIMUM FITTINGS AND JOINTS. 2. PREPARE ALL PIPING TRENCHES, FILL, AND FINISH PER INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 3. CLOSE ENDS OF PIPE IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION IN ORDER TO ENSURE DUST AND DEBRIS DO NOT ENTER THE PIPING SYSTEM. 4. EACH PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED PER MANUFACTURER AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 5. PROVIDE UNIONS, FLANGES, AND CONNECTIONS AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE EQUIPMENT CAN BE EASILY ACCESSED AND SERVICED. 6. SUPPORT ALL PIPE TO ENSURE IT DOES NOT SAG OR BEND. 7. INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT CONNECTION POINTS OF DISSIMILAR METALS. 8. INSTALL PIPING, SUPPORTS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS TO ENSURE PIPE CAN EXPAND AND CONTRACT DURING NORMAL OPERATION WITHOUT CAUSING DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM. 9. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND LABOR FOR ALL PIPING PENETRATIONS THAT REQUIRE CORE DRILLING. ENSURE THE OPERATOR IS TRAINED AND PROTECT ALL SURFACES FROM DAMAGE AND DIRT DURING DRILLING. EQUIPMENT 1. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE EQUIPMENT IS ACCESSIBLE FOR EASE OF MAINTENANCE. 2. ENSURE EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY ANCHORED AND BRACED FOR CODE, MANUFACTURER, AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. IDENTIFY EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WITH PLASTIC TAGS INCLUDING EQUIPMENT ABBREVIATION AND NUMBER. CONTACT ENGINEER IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY IN NUMBERING. CONTROLS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROLS ON THIS PROJECT PER CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, PROGRAMMING, VALVES, AND TRIM TO ENSURE A COMPLETE FUNCTIONING SYSTEM THAT OPERATES PER THE DESIGNED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. 2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL WORK INCLUDING CONDUIT, WIRING, AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. 3. EXPOSED WIRING IN A PLENUM SHALL BE PLENUM RATED AND MEET ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 1. PROVIDE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING ON THIS PROJECT INCLUDING ALL AIR FLOWS, STATIC PRESSURES, AND OTHER CONDITIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE A REPORT SHOWING ALL ACTUAL VERSUS DESIGN CONDITIONS. EQUIPMENT START UP 1. ENSURE EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY SET UP BEFORE STARTING. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO SAFETY VALVES, VALVES, TRIM, WIRING, LUBRICATION, CONTROLS, ETC. 2. START EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDE OWNER WITH DOCUMENTATION OF START UP AND PROPER EQUIPMENT OPERATION. CLEANING AND PATCHING 1. CLEAN THE WORK SITE COMPLETELY AT THE END OF THE PROJECT IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. REPAIR ANY DAMAGED FINISHED SURFACES WITH A CRAFTSMAN THAT IS SKILLED IN THAT TRADE. TRAINING 1. PROVIDE OWNER WITH APPROPRIATE TRAINING ON EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. PROVIDE OWNER WITH RED LINE DRAWINGS, SUBMITTALS, WARRANTY INFORMATION, AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AT THIS TIME. 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O E E S C E N S N I O L G N E I P R F O A T D A I L T S N S E O H F E O I E R A D 16250 S O N J. M C F A L L Y T TM NB P2.1 7-14-20 ---PAGE BREAK--- N.T.S. TYP TYP MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAIL E002 FINISHED FLOOR 20" MIN. 48" MAX. PANEL BOARD 6'-3" TO TOP OF TRIM 1'-6" MIN. IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS-TO BOTTOM OF CAN S T ELECTRICAL NOTES & SYMBOLS LEGEND E-001 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\08_ELEC\E-001.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 3:16 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 1. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE LAWS, AND ALL OTHER REGULATIONS GOVERNING WORK OF THIS NATURE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK, MATERIAL, AND LABOR TO SATISFY A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM WHETHER SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ALL PERMITS OR APPLICA- TIONS AND PAY ANY AND ALL FEES AS REQUIRED. 4. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING AND NEW EQUIPMENT WITH OWNERS AGENTS. 5. CABLE RUNS ARE DIAGRAMMATICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. FINAL ROUTING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 6. POWER WIRING SHALL BE COPPER STRANDED CONDUCTOR WITH "THW" INSULATION RATED 600 VOLTS. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE OF POWER WIRING SHALL BE #12 AWG. LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SHALL BE #14 AWG, NON-METALLIC SHEATHED (NM-B) CABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SCHEDULES. 7. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE. 8. ALL RECEPTACLES OUTDOORS, ON ROOFTOPS OR IN INDOOR WET LOCATIONS, SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 5mA FOR PERSONAL PROTECTION. 9. ALL ELECTRIC MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND U.L. OR EQUALLY APPROVED. 10. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTIONS IN DUPLICATE FROM AN APPROVED INSPECTION AGENCY UPON COMPLETION. AC AFF AFG ATS BOD BLG C CB COD EC GC GND HP MCC NEC NIC SF TC UG W/ WM WP ABOVE COUNTER, 4" ABOVE BACK SPLASH ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH BOTTOM OF DEVICE BELOW GRADE CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CENTER OF DEVICE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GROUND HORSE POWER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NOT IN CONTRACT SURFACE TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR UNDERGROUND WITH WIRE MOLD WEATHER PROOF ABBREVIATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS POWER AND ONE-LINE LIGHTING WALL MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE, SIZE ON PLANS PENDANT OR SURFACE MOUNTED WRAP LIGHT FIXTURE, SIZE ON PLANS PENDANT OR SURFACE MOUNTED STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE, SIZE ON PLANS SHADED FIXTURE INDICATES FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY BALLAST WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT PENDANT OR CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN. SHADED AREAS INDICATE ILLUMINATED FACE, ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTION OF EGRESS. PHOTO CELL PC SITE LIGHTING POLE MOUNTED FIXTURE BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE WALL MOUNT EXTERIOR LIGHT DATA AND COMMUNICATIONS TELEPHONE DATA TELEPHONE & DATA TELEVISION CABLE TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD T TTB JT JOINT TRENCH FO FIBER OPTIC E UNDERGROUND POWER UGP UNDERGROUND POWER - FROM PROVIDER MODIFIED EQUIPMENT NEW EQUIPMENT EXISTING EQUIPMENT DEMO EQUIPMENT CONDUIT CONCEALED UNDER FLOOR OR UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING LINETYPE LEGEND S SWITCH - SPST LEGEND 2 DOUBLE POLE 3 3-WAY 4 4-WAY D DIMMER F FAN K KEY OPERATED M MOTION DETECTOR $ MOTOR RATED P WITH PILOT LIGHT OR OVERRIDE OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO THERMAL OVERLOAD X TYPE RECEPTACLE - DUPLEX "TYPE" LEGEND AF ARC FAULT GFI GROUND FAULT IG ISOLATED GRND. SS SURGE SUPPRESS WP WEATHER PROOF WR WEATHER RESIST. RECEPTACLE - QUAD J-BOX, 4"x4"x2" 1/8" DEEP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE J THERMOSTAT BY MC, INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY MC J-BOX AND CONDUIT TO EQUIPMENT BY E.C. T# T PUSH BUTTON MOTORIZED DOOR CONTROLLER RECEPTACLE - MULTI-OUTLET (PLUG MOLD) SPECIAL PURPOSE CONNECTION DIRECT CONNECTION ELECTRIC MOTOR CONNECTION M CIRCUITING SYMBOLS DISCONNECT SWITCH UNFUSED COMBINATION STARTER CONTACTOR RELAY SOFT START HARMONIC FILTER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE C R SS HF VFD ELECTRIC METER M PANEL BOARD, SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL BOARD, FLUSH MOUNTED FUTURE EQUIPMENT GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES POWER LOSS RELAY POWER QUALITY MONITOR TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR PLR PQM TVSS POWER AND ONE-LINE ALN JRR ---PAGE BREAK--- 0 4' 8' 12' 3/16" = 1'-0" FLOOR DEMO PLAN A1 S S S S S S S S S S S WP S S S GFCI GFCI GFCI S S S S S S S SS GFCI S SS GFCI AC AC M SS D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 01 SD SD SD D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D SD SD D D D SD D D D D 03 02 SS FLOOR DEMO PLAN E-100 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\08_ELEC\E-100.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 3:50 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM ALN JRR 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 01 DISCONNECT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. ROUTE CIRCUITS TO NEW LOCATIONS. SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS FOR NEW LOCATIONS. 02 EXISTING 400A. 120/240 VOLT SERVICE. 03 EXISTING 200A SQUARE D HOMELINE LOAD CENTERS. GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. RETAIN AND PROTECT ALL STRUCTURAL BUILDING WALLS. 2. RETAIN ALL LIGHTING AND SWITCHES. U.N.O. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN AND REMOVE ALL RELATED CONDUIT, CONDUCTORS, AND JUNCTION BOXES BACK TO SOURCE OR NEAREST UPSTREAM DEVICE THAT IS TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY TO ALL DEVICES THAT ARE TO REMAIN. 4. NEXT TO DEVICE INDICATES DEMO. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO DEVICES OR REMOVE CIRCUIT BACK TO SOURCE. SHEET KEYNOTES ---PAGE BREAK--- 0 4' 8' 12' 3/16" = 1'-0" FLOOR POWER PLAN A1 GFCI M 40A 02 10/2 03 30A 01 30A 30A 10/2 W/ GND. 04 R GFCI 20A WH2 +42" 12/2 FC-1 40A 8/2 W/ GND NM CABLE FC-2 60A 6/2 W/ GND NM CABLE 05 05 05 HP-1 HP-2 HP-3 EUH-1 FC-3 WP WH-1 12/2 20A/2 GFCI 04 FLOOR POWER PLAN E-101 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\08_ELEC\E-101.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 3:07 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:21 PM 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 01 KITCHEN AREA TO REMAIN AS IS. 02 DRINKING FOUNTAIN RECEPTACLE TO BE FED FROM A REMOTE GFCI LOCATION NEXT TO THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 03 CONNECT FURNACE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. 04 CHANGE FUSES IN THE EXISTING DISCONNECT TO MEET MANUFACTURER'S MOCP. 05 CONNECT NEW RECEPTACLES TO CLOSEST EXISTING RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODE. 3. CABLE AND CONDUIT RUNS ARE DIAGRAMMATICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FINAL ROUTING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 4. ALL OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT AND WIRING SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF. 5. RAISE ALL RECEPTACLES TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS. SHEET KEYNOTES LEVITON CR15W RECEPTACLES OR EQUAL LEVITON 7599-COW RECEPTACLES OR EQUAL GFCI ---PAGE BREAK--- 0 4' 8' 12' 3/16" = 1'-0" FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN A1 SOS S S S S S S SOSS M SS 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 RR1 M S 01 SS SS SF1 SF1 SS EM1 EX1 SD SF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 S RR1 RR1 01 01 SF1 SF1 EM1 EM1 EX1 EX1 SF1 SF1 02 EF-1 SD SD SD SD SF1 SF1 EF-2 M 04 SOS 03 04 05 04 SOSS SOS FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-102 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\08_ELEC\E-102.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/15/2020 11:37 AM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:22 PM ALN JRR 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 01 RE-LAMP ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES WITH LED LAMPS. 02 MOUNT LIGHTS CENTERED BETWEEN BEAMS. 03 WIRING ON WOOD CEILING TO BE DONE USING WIREMOLD 700 SURFACE RACEWAY. 04 CONNECT EXHAUST FAN TO SWITCHED LIGHTING CIRCUIT. 05 SWITCH TO FEED EXISTING KITCHEN LIGHTING. EXTEND WIRING FROM EXISTING LOCATION. GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. RE: E-XXX LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE. 2. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL APPURTENANCES AND ACCESSORIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PHOTOCELLS, CONTACTORS, SWITCHES, HANGERS, ETC., IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 3. COORDINATE FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH OTHER TRADES AND TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE ADEQUATE MOUNTING. 4. ALL TYPE 'EX1' AND 'EM1' EMERGENCY LIGHTS WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP. BATTERY CHARGER TO BE CIRCUITED TO UNSWITCHED LEG OF LOCAL LIGHT CIRCUIT. 5. ALL WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTS AFF. 6. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODE. 7. CABLE AND CONDUIT RUNS ARE DIAGRAMMATICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FINAL ROUTING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER. SHEET KEYNOTES LEVITON IP710-LFZ DIMER OR EQUAL LEVITON CS120-2W SWITCH OR EQUAL LEVITON CS320-2W SWITCH OR EQUAL LEVITON IPS02 OCCUPANCY SENSOR OR EQUAL SD S S3 SOS ---PAGE BREAK--- EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG EG SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E-120 P:\203010\351 - STAR REC CENTER\C_DESN\_CAD\3_DESIGN\D_PLANS-1\08_ELEC\E-120.DWG LAST SAVED: 7/14/2020 3:05 PM PRINTED: 7/15/2020 4:22 PM GENERAL SHEET NOTES SHEET KEYNOTES 01 ALN JRR 131 SW 5th Avenue, Suite A Meridian, Idaho 83642 (208) 288-1992 PROJECT NO. SHEET NO. 203010-351 CHECK: DRAWN: VERIFY SCALE: Scales based on 22"x34" prints. 1-1/2 Inches PAGE STAR COMMUNITY BUILDING REMODEL NO. REVISIONS DATE This document or any part thereof in detail or design concept is the personal property of Keller Associates, Inc. and shall not be copied in any form without the written authorization of Keller Associates, Inc. 90% Design Review Not For Construction T H E S E A L O F T H E C I T Y O F S T A R I D A H O 0 20 40 COMMUNITY RECREATION CENTER 1. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODE. 2. ALL OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT AND WIRING SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF. 3. ALL UNDERGROUND CABLE RUNS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. 4. UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHALL BE MARKED WITH RED PLASTIC MARKING TAPE INSTALLED IN THE TRENCH ONE FOOT BELOW SURFACE.